Digital PDFs

EK-OKS10-MG-001

January 1980

230 pages

Original

15MB

view download

OCR Version

14MB

view download

Document:	EK-OKL10-MG-004 KL10 Maintenance Guide Update Jun86
Order Number:	EK-OKS10-MG
Revision:	001
Pages:	230
Original Filename:	EK-OKS10-MG-001_KS10_Maintenance_Guide_Volume_2_Jan80.pdf

OCR Text

KS10
Maintenance
Guide

Company
Confideritial

VolumelIl

EOSHOED

EK-OKS10-MG-001

KS10

Maintenance
Guide
Volumell

digital equipment corporation * marlboro, massachusetts

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

First Edition, January 1980

subject to change without notice.

Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any
errors which may appear in this manual.

Printed in U.S.A.

The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation,
Maynard, Massachusetts:
DECsystem-10

MASSBUS

DEC

DECSYSTEM-20

OMNIBUS

PDP

DIGITAL

DIBOL

0s/8

DECUS

UNIBUS

EDUSYSTEM

RSTS

VAX

RSX

VMS

1AS

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL
2/80-14

NOTE

The

following

two

two
identical
introduction

Maintenance Guide
"To

the

Move

into

copy of

Volume

existing

the

KS10

(they begin with

this
to

introduction

replace

introduction

second

contain

Reader:").

one

Discard

pages

copies

page

the

Volume

old

the

SYSTEM

pages

following

the

volume.

introduction.

please

called

remove

SOFTWARE
that

and

tab.

this
material.
It
revised and
1is included

the

tab

all

the

Discard

has
been
in Volume

IT1.

Discard
the

this

changes

page

after

described.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

you

make

the

Reader:

CONFIDENTIALITY

information

only.

and

Refer

This

guide

intended

the

contains

for

use

Company

DIGITAL

Confidential

field

engineers

Field Service Methods and Procedures Manual

<confidential

handling

pertaining

©policy

DIGITAL

for

information.

OBJECTIVE

- The

objective

this guide

organize

and

present

information which is most used during KS10 maintenance
that
activities.
This
document
1is
directed
toward
dqualified

KS10-trained

technical

maintain

revisions,

suggestions

personnel.

accuracy

and

that would

KS10

into

KS10

five

DECSYSTEM-2020

The

guide

Technical

Manual,

subsequent

information

to:

EK-0KS10-TM

EK-0KS10-IN

Installation Manual,
divided

into

information.

hardware

subsections

two

volumes.

Volume

is divided by thumb tabs

follows.

GENERAL INFORMATION consists of miscellaneous maintenance
information which cannot be classified and filed in any
of

the

remaining

hardware

four

switch

hardware

positions

associated

with

and

the

describes

TABLES/MAPS

the

sections.

‘

pertaining

information

contains

SWITCHES/JUMPERS

any

S35

KS10-Based DECSYSTEM-2020

contains

guide

forward

usefulness of the guide

DOCUMENTS

KS10-Based

ORGANIZATION

the

Supervisor

Tools

LCG

this

Please

increase

MR1-1

improve

feedback.

need

KS10

jumper

and

tables

process

connections.

maps

bit

mainframe

and

peripheral

check

and

adjustment

equipment.

CHECKS/ADJUSTMENTS

procedures

maintenance.

performed

DIAGRAMS/MULS

consists

during

contains

power

layouts

supply

corrective

module

and

section is indexed and arranged
(i.e., CPU, memory, disk, tape,

1/0).

Volume II contains software information.
tabs

and

utilization lists associated with KS10-based systems.

The information in each hardware
according to unit and subsystem
and

preventive

into

five

follows.

subsections as

It is divided by thumb

CONSOLE SOFTWARE 1lists and describes the commands and
the KS10 console
messages associated with KNS 10,

TOPS-10 consists of:

program,

a.
b.

A module that describes the purpose and intended
of each program in the TOPS-10 program library
A module

that

summarizes

the

and

command

set

the

command

use

error

messages associated with the TOPS-10 operating system
A set of modules

error messages

programs

most

according

These

modules

that

summarize

associated with
commonly

used

arranged

are

program

those

during

system

set

and

library

maintenance.

alphanumeric

order

name.

The operating system and each system library program command set
The
is summarized in a table similar to the one following.
commands are logically arranged

in alphabetic order.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

Table

Command

Summary
Cross

Command

Description

ALCFIL

R ALCFIL<CR.

ASSIGN

TOPS-10

Ref.

Allocates

space

for

region

the

ASSIGN

dev:

for

existing

new

file

reallocates

file

one

contiguous

disk.

logdev:<CR>

ASSIGN devSnn:logdev:<CR>
ASSIGN devn:logdev:<CR>
Allocates

without
The
the

first
base

entry in
command

I/0

device

operator
the
is

the

user's

job

intervention.

table is the base command.
To the right of
example
which
illustrates
the
proper

command
format.
Under the example
task performed by the command.

brief

description

the

When more than a brief description is required to explain the task
performed by the command, a numeric cross reference will appear in
the
right-hand
column.
The
cross
references
are
arranged
in

numeric

order

The

error

the

end
3.

following

message

the

table.

summaries

are

TOPS-20

presents

the

organization

same

MAINTENANCE
a.

the

SOFTWARE

alphanumeric

order

and

kind

information

described

same

for

TOPS-10.

consists

switches

tables

1listing

and

the

uses

of:

starting

utility

hierarchies,

standard

procedures,

common

set

error

A
standard
module
(KS10
STD)
that
contains
the
program
identification
scheme,
standard
program

control

arranged

each module.

and

modules

messages

error

message

that

summarize

for

each

The

utility

summaries

paper

are

arranged

and

name.,

set

modules

that

the

utility

library.
to

addresses,

programs

are

set

and

diagnostic

and

starting

formats.

command

sets

and

program

the

printed

blue

alphabetic

order

summarize

each

according

diagnostic

program in the library.
The diagnostic summaries are
also arranged in alphabetic order according to name.
5.

NOTES contains blank pages for
on
these
pages
can
easily

appropriate

your use,.
Notes written
be
inserted
into
the

sections.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

the

Reader:

CONFIDENTIALITY

This

information

1is

intended

only.

and

Refer

for
DIGITAL
information,

the

guide

©policy

contains

for

Field

use

Service

Company

DIGITAL

Methods

pertaining

Confidential

field

engineers

and

Procedures Manual
handling
confidential

OBJECTIVE - The objective of this guide is to organize
and present
that
information
which
is
most
used
during
KS10
maintenance
activities,
This
document
1is
directed
toward
qualified
KS10-trained technical personnel.
To

maintain

revisions,

accuracy

suggestions

need

that

and

LCG

KS10

this

Please

increase
Tools

MR1-1

improve

feedback.

would

the

1in

any
of

to:

Supervisor

DECSYSTEM-2020

Technical

KS10-Based

DECSYSTEM-2020

Installation

The

guide

divided

GENERAL

INFORMATION

information

which

consists

cannot

Manual,

two

EK-0KS10~TM

Manual,

into

contains KS10 hardware
information.
into five subsections as follows.

EK-0KS10-IN

volumes.

divided

miscellaneous

classified

Volume
I
thumb tabs

and

maintenance

filed

any

SWITCHES/JUMPERS
contains
information
pertaining
hardware switch positions and jumper connections.

TABLES/MAPS
associated

the

remaining

four

hardware

describes
with
the

the

sections.

process

KS10

tables

mainframe

CHECKS/ADJUSTMENTS

consists

procedures
performed
maintenance.

during

bit

maps

peripheral

check

and

adjustment

preventive

and

corrective

DIAGRAMS/MULS
contains
power
supply
layouts
and
module
utilization lists associated with KS10-based systems.

information

according
and 1/0).

unit

each
and

hardware

into

five

subsections

CONSOLE

ihformation.

SOFTWARE

messages

section is indexed and arranged
(i.e.,
CPU, memory,
disk,
tape,

subsystem

Volume II contains software
1.

and

equipment.

tabs

guide

DOCUMENTS

ORGANIZATION

The

subsequent

information

the

S35

KS10-Based

guide

forward

usefulness

follows.

1lists

associated

divided

by thumb

and

describes

the

with

KNS

10,

describes

the

purpose

commands

the

KS10

and

console

program.

TOPS-10
a.

consists

A.module

of:

that

each

module

program

that

the

summarizes

messages

associated

modules

set

error

messages

pPrograms

most

TOPS-10

with

that

the
the

commonly

The

operating

summarized

commands

are

system

and

each

table

logically

system

similar

arranged

command

set

TOPS-10

with
used

These
modules
are
arranged
according to program name.

intended

library

summarize

associated

and

program

the

command

those

system

during

library

the

alphabetic

and

operating

set

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

and

library

maintenance.

program

order

command

following.

order.

error
system

alphanumeric

one

use

set

The

Table 2

TOPS-10 Command Summary
Cross

Command’

Description

ALCFIL

" R ALCFILKXCR.

ASSIGN

Ref.

Allocates

space

for

region

the

ASSIGN

dev:

for

new

existing

file or

file

reallocates

one

contiguous

disk.

logdev:<CR>

ASSIGN devSnn:logdev:
<CR>
ASSIGN devn:logdev:<CR>

Allocates
without

The

the

first entry
base

command
task

in the

command

format.

performed

When more

than

the

user's

job

is the base command.

example

the

which

example

a brief description

performed by the command,

error

the

end

message

each

illustrates

brief

the right of
the

proper

description of

the

required

explain

the

task

a numeric cross reference will appear

summaries

are

references

arranged

are

arranged

alphanumeric

order

module.

TOPS-20 presents the
the same organization
MAINTENANCE

command.

the
right-hand
column.
The
cross
numeric order following the table.
The

the

intervention.

table

1is

Under
by

1/0 device

operator

SOFTWARE

A standard
program

same kind of information
described for TOPS-10.
consists

module

and

uses

contains

the

of:

(KS10

identification

STD)

that

scheme,

standard

program

control switches
and
starting
addresses,
a
set of
tables 1listing
the
utility programs and diagnostic
hierarchies,
standard
loading
and
starting
procedures,

set

error

paper
c.

and

The

are

error

message

that

summarize

for

each

utility

arranged

utility

summaries

formats.

the command

A set
of
program in

the

blue

alphabetic

order

these

order

according

NOTES contains blank pages for your use.
on

and

printed

according

modules
that
summarize
each
diagnostic
the library.
The diagnostic summaries are

arranged

pages

appropriate

sets

program

are

name.

also

common

messages

library.
to

and

modules

can

easily

inserted

sections.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

name.

Notes written
into

the

CONSOLE

Table

Contents

Summary

KNS

SOFTWARE

Version

N/A

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

KNS

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code:

KNS

Title:

Console

Abstract:

Console

program

supports

the

Program

User

Mode

two

Console

CTY

passed
of

Mode

executed

Notes:

The

are

control

console
mode at

the

system.

The

modes.

commands
under

resides

KS1l0-based

either

by)

is
to

the

a
and

console

Commands

the

program

8080

8080
PROMs
and
console operates

user

terminal

and

from

the

KS10

CPU

(and

program.

are

directed

console

.initialized

hardware.

The

the

CTY-to-console

seconds

power-up.

None

and

KS10

Starting

automatically

booted

after

power-up.

Procedure:
OPERATIONAL

CONTROL

The

directed

K510

lists

Table

ERROR

MESSAGE

SUMMARY

Table

the

lists

standard

the

commands

standard

Table

console

Meaning

AUTO

Beginning

automatic

Beginning

boot

BUS

0-35

cYc

Cycle

ENABLED
,

entered

HLTD

Halt

KS10>

Command
Current

RCVD

Current

USR MOD

BOOT
in UNLOCK position).

switch

command.

user

control

mode.

position.)

processor

program

(CTY

user

mode
mode

is
with

execution.

state

when

off.

(Response

current

state

CE,

enable

TE,

TP,

and

requested

KL
and

0.)
state

received

sent

on.

(Response

bus,.

detected

state

bus.

occurred

control
BT,

power-up.

prompt.

failure

after

result

from

(Indicates

during

CE,

enable

(Indicates

during

Entering user mode.
ST,

UNLOCK

from

mode

Data

failure

command.

current

Data

procedure

switch

commands when
it is a 1.)

if
SENT

Table

Messages

result

KS10

commands
it

CTY
as

switch

OFF

for

LOCK

boot

(LOCK

header

type

Entering

messages.

Console

procedure

pressed

Message

error

Standard

Message

being

listed

console messages.

TE,

bus

TP,

and

requested

data

and

received

command.)
bus

data

transmitted

command.)

(User mode is entered as a result
the

successful

completion

CO,

command.)

>>UBA?

Query

for

UBA

S>UNIT?

Query

for

unit

number.
number.

>>TCU

Query

for

tape

controller

unit

number.

>>RHBASE? | Query for RH1l base register address.
>>DENS?

Query

for

tape

density.

>>SLV?

Query

for

tape

slave

number.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

KNS 10

Console Commands

Table

Cross

Command
Special

Ref.

Description
Control

Characters

“\

Enter console mode.

“\\

Used

“uU

Rub out current line.

Switch:

first one stops CTY output,

Stop TTY output and 8080 waits for control Q.

Resumes TTY output.

Stop the 8080.

for

in conjunction with the KL1 command
KLINIK

second

mode.

resumes

one

CTY output.

Enter

RUB-OUT

Rub out previous character typed.

user mode.

Load Commands

LAxx

LAxx <CR> - Set KS10 memory address xx

LCxx

LCxx <CR> - Set CRAM address xx

LFxX

LFxxXx <CR> - Load diagnostic write function xx

.
(0000000-1777777)

function specifies a 12-bit group

The

(0-7).

CRAM

00-11

48-59

24-~35

60-71

84-95

12-23

72-83

36-47

address.

CRAM

within a

(0000-3777).

LIxx

LIxx <CR> - Set I/0 address xx

LKxX

LKxx <CR> - Set 8080 memory address

= 00000-17777;
(PROM address

address

RAM

20000-21777).

Deposit Commands

DBxx

DBxx <CR> - Deposit xx

(36 bits)

bus.

onto KS10

(96 bits)

into CRAM.

into

DCxx

DCxx <CR> - Deposit xx

DFxx

DFxX <CR> - Deposit xx (12-bit group)
CRAM address and diagnostic function

Address previously loaded by LC command.

previously loaded by LC and LF commands.

DIxXxX

DIxx <CR> - Deposit xx (16, 18 or 36 bits)

DKxX

DKxx <CR> - Deposit xx (8 bits) into 8080
Address previously loaded by LK
memory.
command (data cannot be deposited in PROM

DMx X

DMxx <CR> - Deposit xx

into KS10

into

an I/0 register.
LI

loaded by

addresses;

memory.

command

DNxX X

command.

only

in RAM addresses).

(36 bits)

Address previously loaded by LA

EM.

DNxx <CR> - Deposit xx into next
I1/0,

Address previously

CRAM)

(KS1l0,

address.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

8080,

KNS
Table

Command

Examine

Console

Commands

(Cont)
Cross
Ref.

|[Description

Commands

<CR>

Examine

KS10

bus.

Prints

console

registers

100-103

and

contents

<CR>

Examine

contents

300-303.
CRAM

control

ECxx

EI <CR>
Address

EIxx

<CR>

previously

loaded

jump

<CR>

Address
EKxx

EMxx

EKxx

Examine

- Examine

address,
address.
EK

contents

<CR>

Examine

LI
of

current

address,

CRAM

and

Examine

contents

loaded

Examine

<CR>

address

xx.

<CR>

Examine

CRAM)

subroutine

<CR>

Halt

<CR>

Pulse

contents

memory

KS10

CPU

memory

(KS10,

8080,

clock.

CPU

clock.

CPxx <CR> - Pulse CPU clock xx
CS

Start/Stop

<CR>

Start

CPU

times.

clock.

Microcode

<CR>

execute

command

<CR>

address

Pulse

address,
address.

jump

microcode.

Performs

microinstruction

current

address,

Reset

and

CRAM

and

start

command

followed

address,

subroutine

microcode

CRAM

return

CRAM

‘

SMxx <CR5 - Reset and start microcode at CRAM
address

xx.

<CR>

- Trace.

CTY

key

TRxX

<CR>

Start/Stop
HA

Trace.

address
pressed.

command until ‘any

Repeats

reached

command

until

and

CTY

key

Program
<CR>

halt
CO

Repeats

pressed.

CRAM

8080

CPxx

return

of 8080 memory.
by LK command.

CRAM

Clock

TRxx

xx.

address.

address

- Examine contents of KS10 memory.
previously loaded by LA command.

Start/Stop

SMx x

I/0

address,

EM <CR>
Address

EMxx

xx.

command.

Xx.

address

I/0,

CRAM

I/0

contents

previously

<CR>

Halt

KS10

program.

Microcode

loop.

<CR>

Continue

Console

program

<CR>

Shut

KS10

enters
down

program

user

command.

<CR> - Single
instruction.

instruct.

STxx

KS10

Console

execution.

Deposits

Executes

nonzero

allow

KS10

Start

program

mode.

data into KS10 memory location 30
orderly shut down of the monitor.

<CR>

enters

program

user

address

mode.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

xx.

KNS

Console Commands (Cont)

Table 2

Cross

Command

Ref.

Description

Select Device
DS

DS <CR> - Select disk for bootstrap or microcode
Console program asks for UBA number
verification.
(default =

776700),
MS

1),

base

RH11l

address

(default =

(default = 0).

and disk unit number

MS <CR> - Select tape for bootstrap or for microConsole program asks for UBA
code verification.
(default =

number

3), RH1l base address

(default =

772440), tape controller unit number (default = 0),
tape density (default = 1600 bits/in), and slave
number (default = 0).

Boot Commands
BC

BC <CR> - Check the KS10 boot path.

BT <CR> - Bootstrap the KS10 from disk.

Loads

starts microcode and monitor boot program

and

(default address)

from drive 0 on UBA 1

selected

by last DS command;

or drive

starts KS10

at memory

The BT command is performed autoaddress 1000.
A control C
matically 15 seconds after power-up.
the

aborts

BT1

started.

LB1

‘

<CR> - Bootcheck 2.

LB <CR> - Load the monitor boot program from disk
selected

Program

Does not load microcode.

last.

must

started

Same

LB command except that diagnostic boot

Program

1000.

is loaded.

(not monitor boot program)

must

started

1000.

MB <CR> - Load the monitor boot program from the
Does not load microcode.
tape selected last.
Program must

boot process.

This loads in a separate
PRE-BOOT which loads in the bootcheck 2.

program

automatic

Same as BT command except that diagnostic boot
program (not monitor boot program) is loaded and

be started

1000.

MT <CR> - Bootstrap the KS10 from tape.

Loads

from tape unit 0, slave unit 0 on UBA 3

(default

and

starts microcode and monitor boot program

address) or drive selected by last MS command;
starts KS10 at memory address 1000.
Verify Microcode
VD

VD <CR> - Verify CRAM against disk.
unit 0 on UBA 1 (default address)
selected by last DS command.

Compares

microcode in CRAM with microcode found on disk

<CR> - Verify CRAM against tape.

Compares

microcode in CRAM with microcode found on tape
unit 0,

slave unit 0 on UBA 3

or disk

(default address)

or tape selected by last MS command.
Mark/Unmark Microcode
MKxx

MKxx <CR> - Mark microcode word (set bit 95) at

UMxX <CR> - Unmark microcode word (clear bit 95)

CRAM
X
UMx

at
Master
MR

address

CRAM

xX.

address XX.

Reset

MR <CR> - Master reset.

1Issue bus reset.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

KNS

Table 2
Command
Execute

Console Commands (Cdnt)
Cross

|Description

Ref.

Command

EXxx

<CR>

level

- Execute

instruction

the

single

KS10

systems

xx.

Enable/Disable
CExx

CExx

<CR>

- Enable

(xx

disable

(xx

detection

cache.
PExx

PExx

<CR>

Enable

disable

follows.

parity

‘

TEXX
TPXX

Disable

all

Enable

KS10

Enable

DPE/DPM

parity

detection

Enable

CRA/CRM

parity

detection

Enable

all

parity

detection

CPU

interval

timer

TPxx

<CR> traps.

Enable

with

SCxx

<CR>

interrupts.

(xx =
Following an

carriage
-

automatic
Read

detection

parity

TExx <CR> - Enable (xx = i) or disable (xx = 0)

CPU

SCxx

parity
bus

return

Enable

(xx

recovery

or disable (xx = 0)
enable/disable command.

gives
=

from

the
or

soft

current value.

disable

CRAM

(xx

parity

errors.

CRAM

<CR>

read

Read

CRAM

data.

functions

0-17

contents

(of

current

Performs

read

CRAM

address)

diagnostic

addresses

CRAM

bits

00-11

Parity

CRAM

address

KS10

CRAM subroutine
return address

24-35
CRAM bits
(Copy A)

36-47

Current

CRAM

36-47

CRAM

address

and

follows.

bits

bus

A-F

bits

(Copy B)
4

CRAM

bits

12-23

CRAM

bits

48-59

CRAM

bits

24-35

CRAM

bits

60-71

24-35

CRAM

bits

72-3

(Copy A)
6

7
Zero

CRAM

bits

(Copy

<CR>

memory

Repeat

84-95

Zero

memory.

Deposit

into

all

KS10

locations,

<CR>

string,
RPxx

Lamp

bits

Command

CRAM

Memory

RPxx

Repeat

until

<CR>

string,

last

any

Repeat

CTY

command,

key

last

command

pressed.

command,

times.

last

command

(1-2

Test
<CR>

seconds)
and

Lamp

and

REMOTE

returned

test.

turns

off

Momentarily

(1-2

lights

seconds)

STATE,

indicators.

their

The indicators
original state.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

are

FAULT,
then

KNS

Table

Console Commands

(Cont)
Cross

Command

Ref,

|Description

Password Command

PWxX

PWxx

<CR>

with

a carriage

- Set

password

alphanumeric characters).

(xx = maximum

Following a PW command

return clears

the

password

storage

area.

KLINIK

KLxx

Command

KLxx

<CR>

- Enable

system to operate

remote

link with

access

in mode 3

in mode 2 but not

Enable remote

(xx = 0).

link with access

system to operate in mode 2 or in mode 3 (xx = 1).
Following a KL command with a carriage return
the current value.

gives

from mode 3

LR <CR> - Command to set into the 8080 RAM, the
I/0 register, to be either deposited or examined.

DR <CR> -~ Command

ER <CR> - Command to examine one of the 8080 inof that
ternal registers and display the contents

TT <CR> -~ Force REMOTE DIAGNOSIS line

mode

8080 Register Commands

last

to deposit a number

into

the

specified 8080 I/0 register.

CR0OSS

REFERENCES

LIXx

The

address

address.

own

consists

control

number

and

If the console attempts to access

response

its

occurs.

CTL

Address

100000

Memory status register

763100

UBA status register
UBA maintenance register
Unibus device register

UBA paging

763000-77

3
3
3

763101

TXXXXX

default value for the RH11 base
Also,
the only value permitted.

DS - The
currently
return

RAM

response

any

dquestion

retains

address is
a carriage
the

current

value,
<KCR>

>>UBA?

>>RHBASE?,
>>UNIT?

<CR>

776700
<KCR>

default value

- The

currently
return

the

only

response

value

for

any

the

RH11

permitted.
question

value,
>>UBA?

<CR>

>>RHBASE?
>>TCU?

>>SLV?

772440

<CR>

<KCR>

1600

>>DENS?

base

Also,

retains

<CR>

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

address

carriage

the

current

Table
Message

?A/B

A not

Console

Error

a microcode

field

Messages

Meaning

did
?BC

KNS

equal

(A and

B copies

not match.)

command

the

form:

failed.

"?BC

WW=10

Bootcheck

Indicates

portion
CRAM
WW=04

error

messages

are

WWYYYY"
a

failure

during

the

CRAM

YYYY

will

bootcheck.

check

failing

address.

Indicates

failure

trying

MOS

and

tests

address

1000-1777

for

all

ones,

zeroes,

through

that

Bootcheck
memory,

ability

hold

sequence

during

the

memory

verify page
all

page

check.

and

memory

correctly.

YYYY
WW=00

will

the

Indicates

failure

check.
Zero

YYYY

Bootcheck

across

These

the

are

Numbers

Buffer

?BN
?BT

Bad

number.

command

"?BT
8080
A

decimal

buffer

typed

8080

message

the

bus

then

bits

1in

43,

octal.

which

characters

not

error

form

KS10

one,

0-35.

many

typed;

full.)

octal

messages

These messages
to access either

interpreted

XXX=001

input

(Character
failed.

XXXYYY".
is trying

floating
bus.

(Too

80-character

address.

the

failing
range
from

overflow.

console's

KS10

memory

during

the

will

corresponds

?BFO

failing

number.)
the

type

can occur anytime
a disk or tape.

"?BT

XXXYYY"

the

should

follows:

Means

for

disk

that

error

was

encountered

while trying to read the home blocks.
Just
about
anything
can
cause
this
error,
including no disk pack
in the drive, wrong
unit selected,
incorrect RH base specified,
wrong UBA selected, or bad disk drive. ' This
message

also

occurs

both

the

home

block

and
alternate home blocks can be read,
neither has the home block
ID ("HOM"
in

but

six

bit).
Means

for

while

tape

trying

that
to

error

read

the

was

encountered

first

page

microcode from the magtape.
Anything could
be
wrong
in
the
CPll
to
magtape
path,
including wrong unit selected, wrong RH base
address,
density,

magnetic
This

error

process
XXX-002 =

Means
while
which

get

can

that
that

tape

occur

the

any

accesses

disk

error

disk

wrong

8080

format.

command

was

encountered

trying
to
read
the
page of
pointers
makes up the 8080 file system.
If you

this

far,

the

home

blocks

may

have

read

successfully.

The

problem

could

that

not

the

format

required

8080

loading,

the

home

bad disk drive or

pack.

error

process
Means

tape.

pack

This

XXX=003

‘wrong
UBA,
wrong
slave,
wrong.
bad
tape
drive,
bad
TMO02,
bad

tape,

can

that
that

disk

drive

any

accesses

disk

error

while
trying
microcode.
If
could

occur

blocks are

disk

pack

read

you get
not

this

8080

command

far,

encountered

page

8080

for

bombed,

tape.

was

been
be

the

format,

the

problem
or

bad

pack.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

KNS

Table 3
Message

Console

Error Messages

(Cont)

Meaning

CRAM

error

that

the

soft

SCE

occur

can

error

This

PWR

recovery,

FAIL

BT,

or MT

did

not

encountered

while

recovery,

VD,

commands.

Means

XXX-004

microcode

successfully start running after a BT, MT,
This error will always
MB, or LB command.
occur when you do an LB, before the system

microcode

read

trying

loaded.

that

Means

XXX=010

was

error

program.

pre-boot

the

Problems could be the same as 003 above.
could

failure

tape,

the

accessing

have

the
over
skip
a
doing
while
occurred
microcode file, or in the reading of the
Tape could be in
pre-boot program itself.

YYY

the

wrong

LB,

MB,

occur

can

error

This

format.

FORCED RELOAD.

Indicates
the
lower
8
bits
of
the
8080
address of the failing "Channel Command
List" operation.
Do
not waste your
time
you are
unless
1listing,
the
in
looking
positive that the RH11l or disk drive is bad.

It will

type EI on the CTY.

Instead,

out the contents of the RH1l register that
That will give you
has the error bits set.
more information than an 8080 listing.
If
the 8080
way through
your
find
you do
listing, you will do an EI anyway, so do the
EI
?BUS

Bad

KS10

reset.)

?DNC

?DNF

bus

PROM

checksum

where

Data

cycle

failed.

Did

not

enter

Did

finish.

not

after

power-up

bus

data

failure

checksum

for

PROM

chip

(KS10

bus

data

failure

(HA

command

good

(Bad

data

bad

and

4.)

good and bad data printed.)

complete.

microcode

zero

(KS10

during DB command;

not

command;

error.

=1,

lines

failed.

during

detected

printed.)

?DCYC

(A1l

Command/address cycle

?CCYC

2CHK

first.

bus.

halt

loop.)

(ST,

CO,

did

detected

not

command

cause

did

not

complete.)
?FRC

Forced

reload.

the

halts

starts

(Monitor

memory

address.

(Address typed is out of range.)

command.

(Command

does

not

match

failed

update

Memory

refresh

hung

state.)

Not

available.

line

input.)

No bus
No

typed

entered

(During

is not valid.)

the

CTY.)

timesharing,

keep-alive count

for

the
a

monitor

period

error.

(Console

(Incomplete

not

enabled

(Console did
bus.)

acknowledge.

signal

seconds.)

response.

data

CYCLE

and

KS10

MOS

memory

Error occurs when memory must be refreshed

cycle.

requesting KS10
?NDA

8080

(Password entered via KLINIK line

password

error.

approximately

?NBR

reload;

program,

pre-boot

1000.)

Illegal

Keep-alive

?NA

requested

the

location

Illegal

Incorrect password.

?MRE

has

reloads

KS10,

in KS10

after

not

receive KLINIK

receive GRANT after

‘

(Console
data

did

request.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

not

receive

DATA

KNS

Table

Console

Message

Meaning

?NR-SCE

Nonrecoverable

followed by
?N XM

referenced
?PAR

System

ERR xx

parity;

memory.

(Deposit

KS10

error.

(CPU

contents

indicated

Password

1length

order

alphanumeric

?RA

Requires

clock

the

303,

error.

This
message
message.

examine

MOS memory

the

registers

100,

?PWL

(Cont)

CRAM
error.
standard "?PAR ERR"

nonexistent

parity

Messages

soft

the

Nonexistent

Error

command

location.)

stopped

following

system

console

due

status

below.

103

(Password

longer

than

six

requires

CPU

characters.)

argument.

(Command

typed

argument.)

?RUNNING

Clock
be

201

Unknown

CTY
FISCE

running.

XXXXXX

Soft

8080
and

(Command

typed

requires

clock

stopped.)

interrupt.

KLINIK

CRAM

1is

line

error.

XXXXXX

attempting

continuing

(Console

has

the

received

interrupt

but

character.)
represents

recover

instruction

the

error

reloading

that

got

address.

the

CRAM

parity

error.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-10

Table of

Contents

SYSLIB-10
TOPS-10

PIP

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

SYSLIB-10

TOPS-10 SYSTEM PROGRAM LIBRARY
The

programs

the

TOPS-10

System

Program

Library

are

listed

and

described

in Table

Program

Description

AID

‘Algebraic Interpretive Dialogue.
Each command occupies
one line and can be executed immediately or stored as
part of a routine for later execution.
This interpreter

ALCFIL

Table 1

TOPS-10 System Program Library

program

used

for

ALGOL

region

the

that

contains

space

for

new

file

1in

file

existing

for

Language.

ALGOrithmic
language

allocating

space

reallocating

contiguous

experience.

programming

requires

one

disk.

oriented

scientifically

complete

syntax

for

describing

' computational algorithms.
BACKUP

A program used to save disk files on magnetic tape, and
later to restore any or all of these files to disk.
Magnetic

tape

disk files and
BASIC

Beginner's

BATCON

computer

centers.
College.

Batch

control

programs

establish

BOOTS

job,

that

Code.

that

terminal

was

wunits

used
and

developed

reads

enables

users

write

declarations,

which

and

controls

designed

for

job's

the

job

compute

which

expressions,

specifically

program

it.

only

and

storage

implementing

software.

bootstrap program

whose

main

functions

are

load

program into core from a SAVE file on a disk unit and/or
to dump core

CHKPNT

COBDDT

The

program

used

SAVE

file

gather

utilization of
the
billing purposes.

user

COBOL Dynamic

for

later

the

information

DECsystem-10

Debugging

analysis.

for

the

accounting

Technique.

With

and

COBDDT the

can:

Change

data-name

contents,

Set breakpoints,

3.
4.
5.
COBOL

language

This

the

structure,

language

data

consisting

values.
. system

and

backup

Instruction

between

The

starts

for

files between sites.

Symbolic

controller.

file,

commands

programming

used

programming

communication

Dartmouth

passing

BLISS

computer

direct

The

medium

All-purpose

time-sharing
for

the

for transporting

Continue the program,
Display the contents of a data-name,
Trace paragraphs and sections.

COmmon

Business

language

Oriented

used

Language.

programming

that

allows

and

data

programming
processing

applications.
COMPIL

‘A

utility

program

concise

command

and

operations

CREF

system

program

Several

CREF,

program

~listing

DATDMP

all

program

and

that

the

new

which

that

associated

type

cause

short,

series

strings

processes

invoke

deciphers

for

the

COMPIL

the

command.

are

EDIT,

EXECUTE.

produces a

operation

for

user

COMPIL

command

"actually

commands
and

the

order

performed.

followed by tables
operand-type
symbols,

and/or

string

constructs

COMPILE,

all

DAEMON

codes

writing

monitor

all

sequence-numbered

showing

all
and

tables

assembly

cross references for
user-defined operators,

pseudo-op

parts
onto

disk.

codes.

job's

core

area

A program for dumping the core data base.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

SYSLIB-10

Table

TOPS-10

Program

Description

DDT

The

Dynamic

Debugging

checkout,
Program

DIRECT

System

program

for

Library

(Cont)

Technique

program used for on-line
examination,
modification,
and

testing,

composition

Program

object

producing

programs.

d1rectory

listings

DECtapes.

DSKLST

program

disk
DSKRAT

damage

and
DTBOOT

A bootstrap

program
or

DECtape

used

magnetic

save

all

user

file

restore

and

structure

core

operates

1mages

only

’

that

the

and

tape.

mode.

program

one

statistics

program that scans a
inconsistencies detected.

any

and

assessment

reports

executive

DUMP

which gives status
at a given time.

files

disks

outputs

various

selected

formats

that

portions

Technique).

can

specified

file

the

user.

Executive

EDDT

DDT

"in

DDT

used

(Dynamic

for

EDIT

program

FAILSAFE

program

used

magnetic

used

tape

build

and

programs,

File

DDT

and

save

later

‘onto disk.
FILDDT

Debugging

debugging

executive mode.

(Dynamic

edit

the

ASCII

the

text

contents

restore

Debugging

such

version
monitor,

files.

the

saved

disk

contents

Technique).

version

DDT
wused
for
instead
of
in
examine
FILEX

FORTRAN

examining
and
changing a
file
core memory.
This
program
is
a monitor for debugging purposes.

general

file

transfer

various

core

DECtape

directory

image

FORmula

TRANslator.

program

formats
formats
A

and
and

used

read

disk

used

convert

and

standard

back

between

write various

disk

files.

procedure-oriented

programming

language designed
for
solving
scientific-type
problems
by
expressing
the
procedure
for
their
solution
as
arithmetic
formulas.
The
language
is
widely
used
in
many
areas
of
engineering,
chemistry, biology, psychology,

mathematics,

industry,

physics,

military,

and

business.
FUDGE

program

GLOB

GRIPE

used

relocatable

modules

within

update

libraries

binary

modules

these

containing
and

one

manipulate

libraries.

A program used
modules
which

to read collections of relocatable binary
have
been
1loaded together
(from
both

library

files

and

symbols
modules

cross-referenced list of all the global
encountered.
When a program is composed of many
which
communicate
via
global
symbols,
it
is

useful

separate

files)

order

generate

alphabetical

have

symbols

with

defined

and

alphabetical

the
names
referenced.

and

1list

modules

all

which

global

they

are

A program that accepts text from the user and records it
in

disk

file

for

later

examination

the

operations

staff.
INITIA

A program for performing standard
for
a
particular
terminal.
It
specific

programs,

designated
LINK

such

the

system

initialization

is
used
to
1initiate
spooling programs, on the

terminal.

A program that provides automatic loading and relocation
of binary programs,
producing an optional storage map,
and

performs

program

loads

generates

and

links

symbol

library

searching.

relocatable

table

core

binary
for

DDT.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

Also,

the

programs

and

execution

under

SYSLIB-10

Table

TOPS-10

System Program Library

(Cont)

Program

Description

LINKER

A program that combines many input modules into a single
module
for
1loading
purposes.
Thus,
it
allows
for
independent

compilations

modules.

Typically,

control

combine

may

and

references

global

satisfies
sections.
LINKING

LOADER

A program

and

that

linking

provides

automatic

compiler-

and

loading,

relocation,

assembler-generated

object

modules.

LOOKFL

The

system

program by which
computing system.

the

program

disk

MONEY

for

file,

written,

typing

such

the

for

the

and

program

assigning

the

and

reading

system

date

and

the system's

monetary

users

characteristics

creation

terminal.

time

the

charge

resources

each

The

OMOUNT

monitor

options

that

his

individual

program

handle
OPSER

generator

programmer

single

words

user

file

according

wused

the

enables

the

’

system

access

accounting

has

system.

MONGEN

number

time

for

that

gain

wishes

that

The

OPerator

job

control
or

program

the

with

concerning

that

hardware

and

select

interfaces

requests

operator

dialogue

define

installation

for

the

configuration

the

set

his

system.

operator

removable media.

SERvice

program

that

from

'single

terminal

user

initiate

software

order

facilitates

multiple

allowing

several

Jjobs

the

from

his

terminal.
PIP

The Peripheral Interchange Program which transfers data
files
from
one
standard
1I/0
device
to
another
and
performs simple editing
functions,
such
as
sequencing,

trailing
tabs,
PLEASE

blank

and

user's

The

that

and

compressing

control

The

reserved

blanks

into

functions.

for

PLEASE

with
two-way
an
operator's

commands

and

the

terminal.

Batch

queue

schedule jobs
priorities.
QUEUE

tape

A
program
that
provides
the
wuser
communication
with
the
operator
via
terminal

OMANGER

suppression,

magnetic

system

list, or

manager.

QMANGR

computing

program

modify

that

queue

and

called

dynamically

allows

users

entries

the

BATCON

revising

job

add,

delete,

various

system

queues.

QUOLST

A program
structure
blocks

that prints the user's quotas for each
in
his
search
list
and
the number of

available

each

file

file
free

structure.

REACT

A program for maintaining administrative control files.
It can be used to create, modify, delete or list entries
in a file.

RUNOFF

program

printed

shifting,

and
SCRIPT

that
line

characters
simulate

SETSRC

the

preparation

performing
page

typed

formatting,

numbering,

case

titling,

that

over

load

sends

predetermined

multiple

the

pseudoterminals

system

for

sequences

testing,

order

change

his

measurement,

analysis.

program

search
SOUP

justification,

indexing.
program

and

facilitates

manuscripts

that

list.

allows

the

user

list

The SOftware Updating Package that consists of a set of
programs for facilitating the updating of system or user
source

files.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

SYSLIB-10

SPRINT

SYSDPY

Description
The Batch input stacker.
SPRINT reads any sequential
input stream, sets up the job's control file and data
files, and enters the job into the Batch input queue.
A

variation

keyboard

display

maintains

the

SYSTAT

terminal

dynamic

periodically

old
SYSERR

program

(at

display

altering

lines

which

2400

system

the

runs

baud).

display

SYSDPY

status

information with the latest information.

replace

SYSERR
1is
the
report
generating
portion
of
the
DECsystem-10 and DECSYSTEM-20 error detection, recovery,
and

reporting

appended

which

system.

various

monitor,

' pertinent

hardware

lists

a disk
the

program

information

aspects

pieces

and

error

software

this

that

outputs

the

system,

the

system

Text

Editor

detected

status

SYSERR

file.

information

contents

of the command string.
SYSTAT

(Cont)

TOPS-10 System Program Library

Table 1
Program

as
a

file

the

and

describing

the

program

direction

terminal

user's

whole,

gathered

user-mode

are

selected

status

selected

job

set

jobs.
TECO

sophisticated

allows

simple

files
UMOUNT

consisting

program

requests

for

and

Corrector

editing

requests,

characters.

searches, complex program
and text block movement.
ASCII

user

concerning

program

character

that

string

editing, command repetition,
TECO editing is performed on

interfacing

for

removable media.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

the

handling

TOPS-10

The

COMMAND

TOPS-10

LANGUAGE

Operating

The conventions

used

System

1.
The
individual
in Table 2,

Note

that

the

complete

commands.

Depending

format

may

supports

illustrate

Table
order

command

the

required.

approximately

commands.

these commands are described

commands

are
,

arranged

format

has

been

circumstances,

Refer

the

alphabetical

shown

only

part

DECsystem-10

for

the

this

Operating

System Commands manual to determine the arguments required for a
particular task.
1In addition, the commands can be abbreviated as
long as the abbreviation does not conflict with any other command
abbreviation.

Many

command

place
than

strings

file

specification.
1.

allow

alphanumeric

one

Two

The

When

wild-card

characters.

directory

characters

These

such wild-card characters

asterisk

positioned

the

wild

characters

referenced

card

appropriate

used

permit

single

are available:

for

entire

context,

field.

it means:
Examples

any filename or extension

* _EXT

any project

[*,1164]

number

(also,

programmer

FILNAM.*
[27,%*]

any subfile direc-

tory)

Note

that

*.*

and

[*,*]

?
The
question
character.
It can
provided the
character.

are

also

possible.

mark
is
a
wild
card
for
a
be used in any field mentioned

does

not

the

field.

single
above,

means:

any

Examples:

* EX?

In addition,
number,

the

FI???2.EX?

2ILNAM.*

[27,1162]

[*,1127?]

the directory name can be specified with the project
programmer

number,

both

numbers

missing.

;

ERROR MESSAGES
TOPS-10

operating

DEBUG

condition

job.

and

progress,

JOB

not

condition

four

immediately

stop

progress,

the

system

message

the

continues,.

priority

interrupt

the

same

stopcode

priority

acts

harmful

codes.

jeopardizes

the
user's
interrupt is

out

DEBUG

sends

types

interrupt

types

monitor

terminal

use

priority

The

monitor

systems

interrupt

the

message

integrity

both

the

JOB

the

the
or

1is

progress,

terminal
and
aborts
the
job.
in progress, then a JOB stopcode

If
acts

stopcode.

current

—console

any

console

the

job.

terminal

The
and

a priority
like a STOP

stopcode.

STOP

This

system.

aborts

condition

jeopardizes

The monitor
all

jobs,

and

sends

HALT - This condition
going
to
do anything
system

executes

operator

Table

TOPS-10

1lists

initiate

system

integrity

the

console

the

entire

terminal,

system.

instruction

the monitor is
stored data.
waits
for

and

not
The
the

reload.

and describes

operating

the

is so serious that
that might
affect
HALT

the

a message

reloads

(6.03

the

STOP

release).

CODES

associated

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

with

TOPS-10

TOPS-10 Command Conventions

Table 1
Convention

Description

adr

arg

A letter or word specifying the desired function of

control

octal

address.

the

command.

The

name

the

control

file

for

the

Batch

System.

file

core

Decimal

number

blocks

nK)

pages

(nP)

core.

dev:

Any physical
(e.g., MTA:).

devn:

Any phsical device
by a
wunit number
DTA3:).

devSnn:

name of
of one

colon

must

the

| A

letter

colon must

and

three characters followed
to three numerals (e.g.,

included.

designation

station

identifying

disk
...]

which

sub-file directory path branching

from a

in the

brackets

form

drives

The

physical

file.ext

Any
legal
filename
from
one
to
followed by a dot and an extension
characters.

drives

file

The

structure

input spec-|

File
specifications
processed.

form

DSKB,

jobn

A user's

job number

entered

into

which

particular

DSKA,

jobname

name

are

one

area.

[proj,prog]

The

name

square

UFD.

the

LPTS2:).

particular

UFD

(e.g.,

[proj,prog,sfd,sfd,

identifies

number

included.

This designation can be
identifies

ifications

name

Any physical device name of three characters followed
The

[directory]

The

(or logical, normally)
device
The colon must be included.

which

required.

unit

disk.

be mounted.

six
characters
of zero to three

This

name

usually

etc.

for

the

assigned

six

disk

by the

characters

the

system

files

system.

the

queues.

job

being

36-bit word.

Left half of a

logdev:

Any logical
characters.

device name from one to six alphanumeric
The colon should be included.

log

The

file

name

Batch

norm

A number.

<nnn>»

A three-digit

given

the

log

file

created

the

system.

letter.

file.
the

octal

code

indicating

the

protection

This code can appear only on the output side

command

string

and

must

enclosed

angle

brackets.
prog

A program

Right

One
or
string.
A one

Ttape

idf

name

half

six

fewer

36-bit

word.

switches

used

six

character

characters.

modify

identifying

name

the

command

recorded

DECtape.
text

message

sent

the

designated

terminal.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

user

TOPS-10

Table

TOPS-10 Command Conventions (Cont)

Convention

Description

{user

number]}

the

numeric

identification

purpose

usually

two

gaining

numbers

assigned

access

separated

to
by

the

the
a

user

system.

for

comma.

An equal sign used in command strings to separate the
output

the

Command
ALCFIL

specification

Table

TOPS-10

the

(right of

Command

equal

the

sign)

equal

from

sign).

Summary

Description
R

ALCFIL<KCR>

Allocates

for

space

existing

disk.
ASSIGN

(left

input

for

file

new

file

one

reallocates

contiguous

region

space

the

ASSIGN dev:logdev:<CR>
ASSIGN

devSnn:logdev:<CR>

ASSIGN devn:logdev:<CR>

Allocates an
I/0 device
operator intervention.
ATTACH

ATTACH

jobn

[user

the

user'! s

job

without

number]<CR>

Detaches the current job and connects the terminal
the

BACKSPACE

specified

Spaces

MTAn:m

files

tape

the

specified

number

CCONTINUEKLCR>

the

program

but

point

the

terminal

I/0

currently

progress

device, performs
the device.
COMPILE

the

CLOSE UUO,

dev:file.ext

which

was

in monitor mode.

specified

but

the

does

specified

not

release

[directoryl]/S,...<CR>

relocatable

Produces
the

from the

leaves

dev:<CR>

Terminates

CONTINUE

backward

records.

interrupted,

COMPILE

RECORDS<CR>

magnetic

Continues

job.

BACKSPACE MTAn:m FILES<CR>
BACKSPACE

CCONTINUE

detached

binary

source

files.

program

from

(.REL

files

files)

for

CONTINUELKCR>

Continues

the

point

which

was

interrupted.
COPY

file.ext
([directory]l
<nnn>
=
COPY dev:
Ttape
idfl
file.ext
[directoryl,
dev:file.ext
[directoryl,
<+ «<CR>

Transfers
CORE

CORE
Types

user's
CPUNCH

files

from

one

I/0

device

another.

core<CR>
modifies

the

amount

core

assigned

the

job.

CPUNCH- jobname =

Places

entries

dev:file.ext

into

the

[directoryl/s,

card punch

output

for

with

...<CR>

spooling

queue.

CREATE

file.ext<CR>

CREATE
Opens

new

file

disk

creation

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

LINED.

TOPS-10

Table

TOPS-10

Command

Description

CREF

CREF<KCR>

Lists

generated

CSTART

Command

LPT:

any

Summary

(Cont)

cross-referenced
COMPILE,

listing

LOAD,

files

EXECUTE,

DEBUG

command.

CSTART

adr<CR>

Begins

execution of a program that was either loaded
GET command
or
interrupted, but
leaves
the
in monitor mode.

with

terminal

D(eposit)

adr<CR>

Deposits
DAYTIME

DCORE

Types

the

DCORE

dev:file.ext

Writes
DDT

current

core

the

date

user's

core

area.

followed

the

time

user's

core

area.

day.

[directory]<CR>

image

file

the

saved

the

program

and

starts

the

DDT

was

6.01).

the

beginning

loaded

with

the

program

DEASSIGN

dev:<CR>

Returns

devices

logical

DEBUG

assigned

pool

counter

address

(automatic

program

monitor's

DEBUG
|

DDT<KCR>

Copies

DEASSIGN

information

DAYTIME<KCR>

the

available

user's

job

devices

and

clears

names.

dev:file.ext

[directoryl/s,

...<CR>

Produces
relocatable
binary
files
(.REL
files)
for
the
specified
source
files,
loads
the
.REL
files
along with an appropriate system debugging program,
and prepares for debugging.
DELETE

DELETE

dev:file.ext

Deletes
DETACH

files

[directory],

DECtape

affecting
DIRECT

the

terminal from the
status of the job.

the

dev:file.ext

[directoryl/s,

Lists

the

[directory]

directory

DISMOUNT

dev:/s,

Returns,

via

user's
Jjob
devices.
DSK

DSK

disk

specified
R

dev:file.ext

entries

for

the

specified

...<CR>

the

operator,

devices

the

monitor's

usage

for

the

assigned

the

structures

the

clears

the

pool

available

combined

job.

DTCOPY<KCR>

Copies

contents

blocks

DUMP

job without

jobn<CR>

Types

DTCOPY

current

...<CR>

arguments.

DISMOUNT

...<CR>

disk.

DETACH<CR>

Disconnects

DIRECT

from

two

bootstrap

loader.

DUMP/S

...<CR>

core

provides

DECtape
and

DECtapes,

Writes
and

one

DECtape

compares

image
printed

file,

another,

clears

and/or

the

1loads

analyzes

output.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

the

directory,

and

file

writes

written,

TOPS-10

Table

TOPS-10

Command

Description

DUMP

E(xamine)

Command

(Cont)

DUMP<KCR>

Provides

printable

forms

modes.

Summary

and

output

data

files

specified

adr<CR>

Examines

the

specified

core

location

the

user's

area.

EDIT

file.ext<CR>

Opens

the

editing
EOF

EOF

specified

with

file

already

existing

disk

for

LINED.

MTAn:<CR>

Writes

end-of-file

mark

the

specified

magnetic

tape.

EXECUTE

dev:file.ext

Produces
the

specified

begins
FAILSAFE

source

[directoryl/s,

...<CR>

binary

(.REL

files)

for

and

outputs

any

files,

files

loads

the

.REL

files,

and

execution.

FAILSAFE<KCR>

Saves

FILCOM

relocatable

and

restores

disk

files.

R FILCOM
Compares

two

versions

file

differences.

FILE

FILE arg,

Ttape

Provides

remote

idfl,

DECtape-to-disk
FILEX

FINISH

file.ext,

via

...<CR>

the

operator,

image

formats,

and

disk-to-DECtape

transfers.

FILEX<KCR>

Converts

between

reads

writes

and

FINISH

and

various

core

various directory

formats.

dev:<CR>

Terminates

FUDGE

and

file.ext,

control,

I/0

performs

the

progress

RELEASE

UUO

the specified

and

device

DEASSIGN command.

FUDGE<CR>
Creates
a
library
REL
file
by
reading
a
temporary
file generated by a previous COMPILE, LOAD, EXECUTE,
or DEBUG command containing the /FUDGE switch.

FUDGE2

FUDGE2<CR>

Updates

files

containing

and manipulates
GET

GLOB

GET

dev:file.ext

relocatable

programs

[directory]

Loads

core

image

does

not

begin

execution.

from

within

binary

these

programs,

files.

core<CR>

the

specified

device,

but

produce

GLOBKCR>

Reads

multiple

~alphabetical
symbols

GRIPE

the

binary

files

cross-referenced

encountered.

listing

all

global

records

‘

R GRIPE<CR>
Accepts

text

file

the

for

from

user

operations

and

disk

staff.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-10

Table

TOPS-10

Command

Description

HALT

HALT<KCR> or
Stops

job
as

HELP

the

HELP

and

area.
as

stores

Control

monitor

dev:prog<CR>

Outputs

Summary

(Cont)

job

data
well

Command

useful

the

program

can

counter

used

user

the

level

level.

HELP

dev:*<CR>

documentation

various

system

features.

INITIA

INITIA<LCR>
Performs

standard

terminal

JCONT

KJOB

LABEL

JCONT

the

because of
(HNGSTP)
.

initialization

for

the

command.

specified
call

job

the

device

was

error message

state

routine

KJOB logfile = file structures/s<CR>
Gives

LABEL

DEV:

| LIST

access

Ttape

LOAD

identifier

the

specified

Produces

system.

onto

files

DECtape.

...<CR>

the

line

[directoryl/s,

relocatable

specified

[directoryl]/s,

dev:file.ext

the

idT<CR>

dev:file.ext

Lists
LOAD

system

the

jobn<CR>

Continues

Writes
LIST

issuing

printer.

...<CR>

binary

files

(.REL

and

loads

the

user's

files

files)
.(REL

for

files

generated.
LOCATE

LOCATE

nn<CR>

Establishes,

logically,

job

station.
LOGIN

user

MAKE

MOUNT

number/s

dev:file.ext

dev:logdev:/s

Allocates

OPSER

I/0

system.

the

user's

job

via

the

job control

from

number

which

a single terminal.

PJOBLKCR>
Outputs

the

PLEASE

the

Jjob

the

terminal

attached.

dev:prog!

Provides
PLOT

device

R OPSERKCR>

currently
PLEASE

for creation with TECO.

drives<CR>

Provides multiple
PJOB

specified

[directory]<CR>

Opens a new file on disk

operator.

...<CR>
the

access

Provides

text<CR>

two-way communication

between

the

user

and

operator.

PLOT jobname =

Places

dev:file.ext

entries

into

the

[directoryl/s,

plotter

queue.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

output

...<CR>

spooling

TOPS-10

Table

Command
PRESERVE

TOPS-10 Command Summary

PRESERVE

file.ext,

Renames

the

...<CR>

file.ext,

files

specified

the

with

inclusively ORed with 100.

protection

(Cont)

Description

standard

PRINT jobname = dev:file.ext [directory]l/s, ...<CR>
Places entries into the line printer output spooling
.

queue.

PROTECT

the

Sets

protections.

PUNCH

into

entries

spooling

requested

the

files

specified

[directoryl/s,

PUNCH jobname = dev:file.ext

Places
QUEUE

...<CR>

PROTECT file.ext<nnn>, file.ext<nnn>,

paper

the

tape

...<CR>

punch

output

queue,

QUEUE queue name:jobname =

input specifications<CR>

Enters items into the specified system queue.
QUOLST

R QUOLSTKCR>

logged-in quota,

Types the used,

and

logged-out quota

for each file structure to which the user has access,
followed by the number of free blocks left on that

structure.

R file.ext

core<CR>

from the system device

image

Loads a core

(SYS:)

and

starts it at the location specified within the file.
REASSIGN

REASSIGN dev:jobn<CR>

Gives the specified device to the designated job.
REATTA

R REATTALCR>

the

Transfers

job

specified terminal.

REENTER

the

REENTER<KCR>

Starts

RENAME

terminal

current

the

from

the

program

specified by

the

program.

RENAME

o0ld,

new =

new

014,

alternate

entry

point

...<CR>

Chanjes the name and protection of one or more files
on

RESOURCES

DECtape

disk.

RESOURCES<KCR>

devices

available

Outputs

the

names

all

physical

units not

file structures.

(except

for terminals and PTYs), all file structures, and all

REWIND

REWIND dev:<CR>

RUN

RUN dev:file.ext [directory] core<CR>

Rewinds

Loads

a magnetic

core

tape

image

from

DECtape.

the

specified

device

and

the

starts it at the location specified within the file.
SAVE

SAVE dev:file.ext

Writes

~specified

core

[directory]

image

the

core<CR>

user's

core

area

device.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-10

Table

TOPS-10

Command

Description

SCHED

SCHED<LCR>

Outputs

the

Command

schedule

Summary

bits

set

(Cont)

the

command.
SEND

SEND

dev:text<CR>

SEND

jobn

last

SET

SCHED

line

text<CR>

Provides

one-way

interconsole

communication.
SET

BLOCKSIZE

SET

BLOCKSIZE

Sets

the

dev:nnnn<CR>

default

blocksize

for

the

specified

magnetic

tape.
SET

BREAK

SET

BREAK

SET
SET

BREAK
BREAK

NO arg,
...<CR>
NONE<CR>

Sets

address

conditions
SET

CDR

SET

adr

CDR

Sets

arg,

break

used

with

...<CR>

program

KI10

according

processors

specified

only.

file<CR>

the

filename

for

the

card-reader

spooling

intercept.
SET

CPU

SET

CPU

CPxn<CR>

SET
SET

CPU
CPU

ALL<KCR>

SET

CPU

ONLY

Sets

the

CPxn<CR>
CPxn<CR>

CPU

specification

for the job.
This command
is only
available
on multiprocessor
systems
(1055,
1077)
and
requires
certain
bits
be
set
in
the

privilege
SET

DENSITY

SET

word.

DENSITY

Sets

the

dev:nnn<CR>

default

density

for

the

specified

magnetic

the

user

has

exhausted

his

the

job's

tape.

SET

DSKFUL

SET

DSKFUL

ERRORKCR>

SET

DSKFUL

PAUSEKCR>

Controls

the

job

when

disk

space.

SET

DSKPRI

HPQ

SET

DSKPRI

Sets

the

n<CR>

priority

head

positionings).

set

privilege

SET

HPQ

the

operations

Requires

n<CR>

certain

SET

PHYSICAL

LIMIT

SET

PHYSICAL

GUIDELINE

bits

run

queue

set

SET

SPOOL

designated.

Used

SET

SPOOL
SPOOL

dev:, dev:,
ALL<KCR>

SET

SPOOL

NONEXCR>

SET

SPOOL

devices

spooled

dev:,

the

CORE<KCR>

with

SET

Adds

for

core<CR>

Specifies when the job will go virtual and
a guideline for the page fault handler
if
is

(data

certain

word.

the high priority scheduler

job.
Requires
privilege word.
PHYSICAL

disk

and

Sets

SET

for

transfers

bits

KI10

processors

specifies

GUIDELINE
only.

...<CR>

dev:,

...<CR>

deletes

devices

for

this

dev1ces

job.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

from

the

list

TOPS-10

Table

Command
SETSRC

TOPS-10

SET

TIME

TTY

SET

TIME

Sets

the

SET

TTY NO

SET

TTY

Sets
SET

(Cont)

the

job's

list

system's

n<CR>
central

processor

time

limit

for

the

job.

with

the

terminal.

arg<CR>

arg

properties

associated

VIRTUAL

LIMIT

SET

VIRTUAL

with

Used
WATCH

core<CR>

SET WATCH

arg,

SET WATCH

ALL<CR>

SET

WATCH

NONE<KCR>

SET

WATCH

Sets
SKIP

LIMIT

the limit on the virtual
KI10 processors only.

Specifies

SET

Summary

R SETSRCKCR>

Manipulates
list.
SET

Command

Description

Jjob.

forward

the

...<CR>

incremental

job

statistics.

FILES<CR>

-SKIP MTAn:m
SKIP

arg,

for

.« o <CR>

arg,

the output

memory

MTAn:m

RECORDS<CR>

SKIP MTAn:EOT<KCR>
Moves

the

logical

end

specified

SSAVE

specified

core

command,

START

adr<CR>

Begins

the

When

high

execution

with-

1oadgd

tape

records. or

[directory]

image

device.

RUN)

magnetic

the

tape.

SSAVE dev:file.ext
Writes

START

files

number

designated

the

GET

the

segment

core<CR>

user's

core

area

with

sharable.

program éither

command

loaded

will

GET

(or

previously
while

interrupted

the

running.

SUBMIT

SUBMIT jobname = control
Places entries

SYSTAT

file,

log file/s<CR>
input queue.

into the Batch

SYSTAT/S<CR>
Prints

information

about

the

current

status

the

system.
TECO

TECO

dev:file.ext

[directory]<CR>

Opens the specified

file

for

editing with TECO.

jobn<CR>

TIME

TPUNCH

TPUNCH jobname = dev:file.ext

Outputs the running time for the specified job.

Places

entries
spooling queue.
TTY

TTY NO
TTY

‘the

[directoryl/s,

paper

tape

«+ «<CR>

punch output

arg<CR>

Sets
TYPE

into

properties

TYPE dev:file.ext
Types

the

associated

[directory]l/s,

specified

files

the

with

the

terminal.

...<CR>
user's

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

terminal.

TOPS-10

Table

TOPS-10

Command

Description

UNLQOAD

UNLOAD dev:<CR>
Rewinds

and

Command

unloads

Summary

the

(Cont)

specified

magnetic

tape

DECtapec.

USESTAT

USESTATLKCR>

Prints

user’'s job.
VERSION

information

Control

the

terminal

T can be

concerning

used at

user

level

the

also.

VERSION<KCR>
Outputs

the

version

number

program

the

specified

the

terminal.
WHERE

WHERE

dev:<CR>

Outputs

ZERO

the

station

number

ZERO dev:

[directory]<CR>

Clears

directory of

the

Table

TOPS-10

the

STOP

specified

CODE

Monitor
Module

STOPCD
Name

STOPCD
Type

XTCSER

28B

DEBUG

DA28

D85INT

S5WE

DEBUG

DC75 wrong

D6SINT

6DD

DEBUG

D6SINT

6DI

DEBUG

Unexpected

FSXKON

41IF

DEBUG

Comment
is

RS04

broken

not

gave

fancy

PDP-11

code

much

direct

too

DONE

61D

DEBUG

6MS
6QF

DEBUG
DEBUG

DC76 message is
DC76 queue full

D78INT
D78INT

8BI
8IN

JOB
JOB

PP?222222222
Input chararacter

D78INT
D78INT

8NC
80N

JOB
JOB

Not enough monitor
Output chararacter

D78INT

8rI

JOB

D78INT

8VI

DEBUG

Version

FILFND

AAD

DEBUG

gave

TO1l0

D6SINT

8V1I

device.

Summary

D76INT
D76INT

D60INT

device.

Positive

PDP-11

count

AAOQ

JOB

Access

allowed

AAO

JoB

Access

allowed

COMMON

AD#

STOP

CPU

FILFND

AES

JOB

Abnormal

end

FILIO
ONCMOD

AHB
AHS

DEBUG
HALT

Already
Already

have
have

FILFND
VMSER

AoC
APF

DEBUG
DEBUG

Already own CB
Allocated page

ONCMOD

AR1

DEBUG

ASKDEC

returned

DTESER

ARD

STOP

Runaway

driver

KISER

ARF

address

code

off
off

parity

free
CPOPJ1

STOP

Attempt

return

KLSER

ARF

STOP

Attempt

return

ARM

DEBUG

Access

rings

DTESER

BAA

STOP

Buffer

already

CORE1
FILFND

BAC
BAD

DEBUG
JOB

Bit already clear
Block already dormant

FILIO
FILIO

BAO
BAZ

DEBUG
DEBUG

Bit
Bit

already
already

one
zero

DTESER

BDN

STOP

Bad

device

number

TAPUUO

BFO

DEBUG

Better

NETSER

BFU

DEBUG

BUSY

FILIO

BIN

STOP

I1/0

find

FILUUO

BMR

JOB

Block missing

COMMON

BNF

HALT

BOOTS

a
not

list

buffer
structure

FILFND

fouled

error

all

free

page

free

page

messed

there

one
up

negative

from

found

not

free core
count is not

dormant

KISER
KLSER

data

incorrect

already

indirect

short

IOWD

DN60 wrong

much

data

interrupt

block

RIB

TOPS-10

Table 3
Monitor

STOPCD

Module

Name

Type

FILUUO

BNR

JOB

Comment
Block not

RIB

FILFND

BNT

DEBUG

Block

there

CORE1

BNZ

DEBUG

Bit

not

COMCON

BRC

DEBUG

Bad

return

CP1SER

BPS

(Cont)

TOPS-10 STOP CODE Summary
STOPCD

HALT

Both

not

zero

processors

SEGCON

BSN

STOP

Bad

segment

XTCSER

BSY

DEBUG

DA28

busy

FILIO

BWA

JOB

Block

COMMON

C#P

DEBUG

CPU n

power

CP1SER

C1N

DEBUG

CPU

NXM

went

CMPBIT

number

away

failed?

FILUUO

CAO

DEBUG
HALT

Could

COMMON

CD#

STOP

CPU n cache directory parity error

FILIO

CDA

DEBUG

MSGSER

CDD

JOB

Cannot disconnect device

REFSTR

CAS

Cluster

stopped

from

address

not

core

Cannot

odd

allocate

copy

find

does

CLOCK1

CFP

JOB

ONCMOD

CGS

HALT

Cannot get

FHXKON

CIF

DEBUG

RC10

REFSTR

CiIo

DEBUG

CFP

SCNSER

CLO

STOP

Chunk

FILFND
VMSER

CME
CMS

DEBUG
DEBUG

CFP modulo
CORE1l must

SEGCON

CMU

STOP

Core messed

SCHED1

CNA

STOP

Core

FILUUO

CNE

DEBUG

Cluster

not

even

copy

not

block

FANCY

odd
links

not

core

error
skip

available

FILUUO

CNF

DEBUG

CRW
CcsSA

STOP
DEBUG

CA resource wrong
Cannot set access

FILIO

-CSE

STOP

Checksum error

SEGCON

CsP

JOB

Cannot

NETSER

store

found

allowed

path

CWN

DEBUG

FILIO

DBZ

DEBUG

DEPLPC

bit

FILUUO
FILUUO

DCR
DDS

DEBUG
DEBUG

DELRIB
DELRIB

CPOPJ return
did not skip

FILUUO

DER

DEBUG

DELRIB

error

COMNET

DFU

DEBUG

Device

unrecognized

Core allocation went negative

have AU

return

DHA

DEBUG

FILIO

DHB

DEBUG

not

DHD

DEBUG

not

FILIO

DND

DEBUG

Drive

not

dual-ported

not

even

DNE

not

zero

FILIO

DTESER

agree

PDB

STR data

not

KILOCK
COMCON

FILIO

space

not

STOP

Count

FILUUO

DNF

DEBUG

DDB

DTESER

DNH

STOP

Driver

have

buffer

have

not

found

not

DNI

STOP

DTE

FILUUO

DNR

DEBUG

DELRIB nonskip

FILUUO

DNS

DEBUG

DELRIB nonskip return

COMCON

DPN

DEBUG

Directory page nonexistent

COMCON
VMSER

DTESER

DPL
DSS
EFI

ERRCON

EPO

ONCMOD

ERD

REFSTR
TAPSER

DEBUG

DEBUG
STOP

DEBUG

not

hungry

DTESER

ready

return

Directory page lost
DLTSP skipped

Illegal function code

Exec PDL overflow

ERB

DEBUG

Error reading BAT block

ERF

STOP

ERP really fouled up

REFSTR

ERH

ONCMOD

ERM

ONCMOD

ERS

ERRCON

EUE

DEBUG
DEBUG
DEBUG

Error refreshing disk

Error reading HOME.SYS
Error reading MFD

HALT

Too many retrieval pointers

ESS

JOB

Empty system search list

DEBUG

Exec

REFSTR

EWB

DEBUG

Error writing block

ONCMOD

EWR

DEBUG

FCZ

DEBUG

REFSTR
FILFND

REFSTR
FILUUO

VMSER

ERP

EWH
FAD

DEBUG

Error reading SAT
UUO

error

Error writing HOME blocks

Error while refreshing

File already dormant

Funny core bit zero

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-10

Table

TOPS-10

STOP CODE

Summary

(Cont)

Monitor
Module

STOPCD
Name

STOPCD
Type

FILIO

FDP

DEBUG

NETSER
VMSER

FFU

STOP

Fixed head device
F fouled up

FIP

DEBUG

Free

page

list

Comment

SCNSER

FLE

STOP

Free

DTESER

FNG

STOP

Illegal

function

KILOCK

FPF

KISER

|sTop

FPI

Page

free

STOP

Free

page

KLSER

FPI

STOP

Free

page

in
in

page

not

KILOCK

FPN

STOP

Free

REFSTR

HBE

DEBUG

Error

XTCSER

HDS

STOP

2222222272

FILIO
ONCE

HIF
HNF

DEBUG
HALT

High

HWU
IBI

JoB

Hard

JOB

Intercept

FILIO

I/0

Hole

not

free

found

HOME

in file
segment not
wrong unit
block

IBZ
ICN

JOB

SEGCON

IDC
IEZ

HALT

DEBUG

IOWD

equals

KLSER

IEZ

DEBUG

IOWD

equals

TAPSER

use
use

ONCMOD
KISER

DEBUG

code

list

reading

FILIO
CLOCK1

positioned

in use
empty

blocks

found

illegal

to block zero
Incore count negative
Impossible drum condition

‘

IFI

sSTOP

NETSER

IFU

DEBUG

FILIO
KISER

Interrupt

IIP
IME

STOP
JOB

I/0 in progress error
Illegal memory reference

from

exec

IME

JOB

Illegal

memory

from

exec

DTESER
VMSER

IPA

STOP

post

address

IPF

use

VMSER
VMSER

IPM

DEBUG

Illegal

IPN

DEBUG

HIPC

FILUUO

IUN

DEBUG

Invalid

KLSER

DEBUG

Illegal

flag

UUOCON

JAC

DEBUG

JDJ
JIT

DEBUG

JFFO

HALT

CORE1

JJIW

Job

FILIO

STOP

Job's

JNC

DEBUG

Job

CLOCK1

JNE

STOP

not

unit

reference

MEMTAB

found

area

did

not

clobbered
jump

transit

JDA

not

wrong

core

JBTADR

DPXKON

not

equal

KDS

DEBUG

KONEC2

did

not

SYSINI
XTCSER

KID
KNF

HALT

Controller

STOP

Control

D85INT

not

free

KR3

STOP

Message

too

large

CORTAL

skip

down

TAPSER

KSW

Controller

status

TAPUUO
ERRCON

LDN

DEBUG

Tape

label

DDB

LN1

STOP

Line

not

QUESER

there

LNF

DEBUG

Lock

not

found

DEBUG

interrupt

number

data

unrecognized

page free
pointer in

page

ONCMOD
SYSINI

Job

function

wrong

not

found

FILIO

LNP

DEBUG

Last

pointer

not

SCNSER
ERRCON

LNS

STOP

Line

not

LNT

set

STOP

Line

not

there

FILUUO
CP1SER

LPU
MAU

JOB
DEBUG

Last pointer unit change
Master already unlocked

NETSER

MBE

DEBUG

Monitor

buffer

METCON

MCM

DEBUG

MCDB

missing

FILFND

MCN

DEBUG

DTESER

Mount

MDM

STOP

Master

FILIO

MHB

DEBUG

Must

count

DTE

have

pointer

exists

negative

missing

buffer

ONCE

MIW

STOP

Memory

interleaving

VMSER

MIZ

DEBUG

MEMTAB

ERRCON

MMN

HALT

Monitor

memory

NXM

ERRCON
KILOCK

MMP
MMR

HALT

Monitor

memory

parity

STOP

Moving

monitor

page

FILIO

MNA

DEBUG

Monitor

buffer

not

SYSINI

MNM

STOP

Monitor

KILOCK
REFSTR

MPN

STOP

Monitor

page

MSR

HALT

NETSER

MY1

STOP

No second
Incorrect

NETSER

MY2

DEBUG

Already

wrong

zero

error
error

not

nonexistent
not

RIB
just

checked

found

gave

this

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

requested

available

memory

some

back

FEKINT

TOPS-10

Table 3
Monitor

STOPCD

TOPS-10 STOP CODE Summary (Cont)
STOPCD

Module

Name

Type

Comment

NETSER

MY 4

DEBUG

Garbage

FILUUO

NAP

JOB

Not address pointer

ONCMOD

NDC

STOP

No DF10C code

NETSER

CLOCK1

SCNSER

CLOCK1

MY5

NCA

NDJ

DEBUG

Garbage

STOP

core

assigned

No DDB for job

DEBUG

NDP

DEBUG

Not DDB pointer

NED

HALT

No exec DDT

CLOCK1

NDS

STOP

Null

FILUUO

NER

DEBUG

UUOCON
FEDSER
DTESER
RPXKON
VMSER

NEV
NFB
NFC
NFD
NFS

STOP
STOP
STOP
DEBUG

No exec virtual memory
No front-end device block
No free core
No front-end drive

SYSINI

NFU

DEBUG

TAPUUO

NIV

STOP

Null

ONCE

DTESER

NIS

job did

extended

SAVEGET
RIB

No first slot

DEBUG

first unit

DTE in wrong state

STOP

interrupt vector

NMB

DEBUG

Need monitor buffer

ONCMOD

NMC

HALT

NETSER

NMF

DEBUG

No monitor buffer

FILUUO

NNF

DEBUG

NMB not found

ONCMOD

NNU

DEBUG

Not new unit

SCNSER
SCHED1

NOT
NPC
NPD
NPF
NPI

DEBUG
STOP
DEBUG
STOP
HALT

No operator terminal
No PDB in core
No pointer in DDB
;
Next page free
Not parity instruction

NPJ

DEBUG

FILIO

REFSTR

FILUUO

FILIO

KILOCK
KLSER

DATMAN

NMU
NNR

KISER

NPN

KISER

NPP

KLSER

NPN

KLSER

NPP -

ERRCON

NPU

VMSER

FILUUO

NRF

NRM

DEBUG
JOB

core

No more

units

RIB

No PDB for job

STOP

Nonexistent page not

STOP

No PI

STOP

Null

in progress

PDL underflow

SWPLST not really fragmented

DEBUG

Next RIB missing

JOB

DEBUG

No RIB in SAT

NSL

JOB

No such search list

FILIO

NSU

DEBUG

No such unit

COMNET

NTF

STOP

NUB

JOB
DEBUG

ONCMOD

NRS

FILFND

VMSER

REFSTR
SCHED1

FILFND

NSE

NSS

NTE

free

Nonexistent page not free

DEBUG

STOP

Not

SWPLST entry

space

for

processor

SAT
Jueue

NT resource mixed up
|

error

No UFB block
UFB error

FILUUO

NUE

FILUUO

NUN

NUP

DEBUG

No unit change pointer

VMSER

NUS

DEBUG

No unit for swapping

DTESER

NWD

STOP

No doorbell

XTCSER

FILUUO

NETSER

- FILIO
VMSER

D8SINT

FILUUO
VMSER

COMCON

DTESER

"IPCSER

NUI

NVP

NXU
O1lF

QIP

ONC

P2L

PAO

STOP

DEBUG
DEBUG
DEBUG

Nonexistent unit interrupt

NMB use count negative

Not a valid PCB

Nonexistent unit
~|Only one fragment
Qutput on progress

DEBUG

0Odd-numbered cluster

STOP

Page already out

STOP

Page too

low

Function code illegal

PCN

DEBUG

Packet count negative

PDA

DEBUG

Pointers with different addresses

PEZ

STOP

PCW

VMSER

PEW

KISER

DEBUG

PCI

NETSER

FILIO

DEBUG

STOP

DEBUG

PCB count wrong

PAGTAB entry wrong

- | PAGPTR=0

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

‘

TOPS-10

Table

Monitor

TOPS-10

STOP CODE Summary

Module

Name

Type

Comment

KLSER

PEZ

sSTOP

PAGPTR=0

VMSER
COMCON

PFC
PGL

STOP
STOP

PIE

STOP

Priority

VMSER
VMSER
KISER

PIF
PIN
PIP

DEBUG
DEBUG
sTOP

Page is free
Page in working
PI in progress

VMSER

PIW

DEBUG

Page

CLOCK1

PJO

DEBUG

Requeue

KILOCK
ERRCON

KLSER

PIP

PLP

KLSER

PMU

KISER
FILIO

Page free already

STOP

PFA

FILIO

(Cont)

STOPCD

Page on free core list
Pages got lost

STOP

PNE

error

set

progress

is not

in working

JOB

PAGTAB

is messed

STOP

PAGTAB is messed up

DEBUG

Pointers

not

equal

Physical name mismatch

DEBUG

FILFND

PNM

KILOCK

PNP

STOP

VMSER

PNW

DEBUG

Page not in working set

POP

STOP

SEGCON

POR

STOP

Process out of

range

FILIO

PQE

DEBUG

Position

queue

empty

KISER

segment

free

CLOCK1

Page

not

present

progress

PSF

STOP

Page

in segment

KLSER

PSF

STOP

Page

DTESER

PTL

STOP

Packet

KLSER

too

large

Page table parity

CORE1

PTT

PTP

HALT

DEBUG

Past

SEGCON

PUF

JOB

Path UUO failed

KLSER

FILUUO

PUN

free

Parity trap halt

HALT

PTH

DEBUG

PPB

top of

table

use count negative

DTESER

QEF

STOP

Queue entry full

SCNSER

QWC

DEBUG

SCHED1

SCNSER

RBQ

RCC

set

Past last pointer

DEBUG

PMU

interrupt

wrong

CPU

STOP

Requeuing to beginning of queue

STOP

Range

checked

did

chunk

FSXKON

RDP

DEBUG

SEGCON

RDS

STOP

Remap

ERRCON

REH

HALT

Recursion

TAPSER

RFU

STOP

Recovery

FILIO

RHN

DEBUG

Reread HOME block count negative

DPXKON

RIF

DEBUG

RP10

D8SINT
SCHED1
ONCMOD

RIP
RJZ
ROU

DEBUG
STOP
HALT

Read in progress
Requeue JOB zero
Ran out of units

XTCSER

RIE

RS04 does not position

DEBUG

Remote

not

skip

error

fouled

handler

interrupt

is not fancy

error

ONCMOD

RPM

DEBUG

Retrieval pointer mismatch

RPZ

STOP

Returning

ERRCON

SAC

DEBUG

Strange APR condition

CP1SER

COMMON

SB#

VMSER

SBW

VMSER

FILUUO

SBT

page

DEBUG

Slave

already

STOP

CPU

SBus

DEBUG

SWPLST bits wrong

DEBUG

Should

SCB

DEBUG

Spurious

CONI

SEGCON

SCR

DEBUG

Segment

could

FILUUO

SER

JOB

SETDDO

FILUUO

SF1

JOB

VMSER

SIN

SFU

DEBUG

‘

unlocked

error

not

XTCSER

FILIO

zero

error

truncating

bit

not be

STR free count
Swapper

read

return

inconsistent

fouled

DEBUG

SWPCNT

is negative

VMSER

SLF

DEBUG

SWPLST

full

FILUUO

SLM

DEBUG

list missing

SCHED1

SMU

DEBUG

SWPCNT messed

SCHED1
KILOCK

SMU
SNF

DEBUG
STOP

Try to recover from error
Segment not found

SCHED1

SOD

STOP

Space on disk

VMSER

SWPSER
ERRCON

SLZ

SNI

SOR

DEBUG

DEBUG
STOP

SLECNT

Swapping
Segment

zero

not

out

progress

range

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-10

Table

TOPS-10

STOP

CODE

Summary

Monitor

STOPCD

Module

Name

Type

FILUUO
CP1lSER

SPM
SPS

JOB
HALT

Second
Second

ONCMOD
SWPSER

SRE
SRO

DEBUG
STOP

SAT read error
Space ran out

SWPSER

SSD

STOP

Swap

KILOCK

550

STOP

Segment

(Cont)

STOPCD
Comment

pointer missing
processor stopped

space

disappeared

swapped

SWPSER

SWN

DEBUG

SQREQ went

DTESER

T1E

STOP

TOll

222222227

out

negative

error

XTCSER

TCO

DEBUG

XTCSER

TC1

STOP

222222222

XTCSER

TC2

DEBUG

22222227272

XTCSER

TC3

DEBUG

222227272727

XTCSER

TC4

DEBUG

2??222227

XTCSER

TC5

DEBUG

2222222272

XTCSER

TC6

DEBUG

2222222272

XTCSER

TC7

STOP

FILUUO

TCI

DEBUG

Truncation

FILIO

TTMP

DEBUG

Too

REFSTR

TMR

HALT

Too many

retrieval

ONCMOD

TMU

HALT

Too

units

TSKSER

many

check

many

DEBUG

Tasks

DTESER

TNI

STOP

DTE

TQP

STOP

Found

TOl0

FILIO

UDE

DEBUG

Unit does

FILUUO

UDM

JOB

UFD data missing

FILUUO

TXE

inconsistent

pointers

DTESER
DTESER

TND

222222222

not

pointers

defined

idle

queue

point

error

not

exist

D8SINT

UIibD

UFI

STOP

DEBUG

Unexpected

Unit

free count

inconsistent

ONCMOD

UIF

HALT

Unit

already

file

ERRCON

UIL

STOP

UUO

XTCSER

UIp

input done
in

interrupt

DEBUG

Not

FILUUO

UNF

DEBUG

UFB

not

COMMON

UNJ

DEBUG

Illegal

unique

interrupt

found

null

VMSER

UNL

DEBUG

UPMP

D8SINT

uoD

DEBUG

Unexpected

FILUUO

UPC

JOB

Unit

KLSER

UPF

HALT

Unexpected

FILIO

UPI

DEBUG

Unit

pointer

not

status

job

output

change

page

USW

DEBUG

Unit

DEBUG

WSBTBL

DTESER

WCN

STOP

Wrong CPU number

SCHED1

XTH

DEBUG

XJOB

too

REFSTR

ZBC

DEBUG

Zero

blocks

HALT

Wrong

clobbered

fail

illegal

WAD

and

done

pointer

TAPSER

WPT

UUO

last

VMSER

KLSER

‘

STR

level

wrong
AABTBL

parity

discrepancy

trap

high
per

cluster

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

PIP

GENERAL
PIP

INFORMATION

(Peripheral

Interchange

used

transfer

files

can

also

perform

editing

Program)

between

and

utility program which is
peripheral devices.
PIP

standard

magtape

control

functions

transfers.
R

PIP

<CR>

Monitor

commmand

Prompt -

TcC

Exit PIP - return

Notes

This
use

module
by

PIP

and

start

ready

file

PIP

commands

to monitor command mode
is

field

Notebooks
2.

load

indicates

during

summary

engineers.

for

PIP

Refer

complete

Wild

characters,

the asterisk

mark

(?)

used

may

intended

the

for

Software

description.
(*)
and question
filename and extension

construction.

Octal

constants may
extensions.
The

preceded

nonoctal

digit

be
used
in
filenames
octal
constant
must

pound

sign

(%)

and

delimited

1Including the "/X" switch in a command string
will cause PIP to transfer each file separately
(file by file) to the destination device.

Excluding
the
"/X"
switch
from
string will cause PIP to combine

specified

the

source

destination

files

into

the
command
(concatenate)
one large file

device.

COMMAND CONVENTIONS AND SWITCHES
command

following

conventions

and

switches

are

described

tables.

Table

PIP

Command

Conventions

Table

PIP

Command

String

Table

PIP

Acceptable

Table
Table

4
5

Table
Table

PIP
PIP

Control
Magtape

PIP

sign

command

(=)

and

has

the

Delimiters

Switch

Summary

Switch

Summary

string

‘

consists

terminated

A PIP command string which
devices

7
in

Device Mnemonics
File Protection Codes
UFD and SFD Protection Codes

PIP Command String Format
A

character.

the

PIP

and
be
by

the

following

two

fields

separated

carriage

return

<CR>.

is used

transfer

SOURCE

equal

files between

format:

DESTINATION

I/0

<CR>

dev:file.ext/s/s[p,pnl<nnn>TidentT=dev:file.ext[p,pn]<CR>
A

PIP

command

magtape)

has

string

the

which

following

does

not

transfer

files

(i.e.,

still

required

format:

DESTINATION

move

<CR>

MTA3:
(MU} =<CR>

The

equal

sign

delimiter

commands
formatted
in
DESTINATION portion of

and

terminator

this

manner

the

command

despite
is

are
the

fact

that

The DESTINATION portion of a PIP command describes the
file(s) which is to receive the transferred data.
This

command

consists

one

file

only

the

device

and

used.

portion of

specification.

The SOURCE side of the command describes the device from which the

transferred
contain one

data
is to be taken.
This
or more file specifications.

PIP command strings
case characters may

and

the

may

used.

PIP commands

operation

initiated

requested

However,

ALTMODE,

can

used

also

any

portion

length;

both

upper

are

command

and

normally

ESC,

line
feed,
vertical
command terminator.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

lower
terminated

carriage

TAB,

may

return.

form

feed

PIP

PIP Command Conventions

Table 1
Convention
dev:

Description

[directory]

MFD)

names.

(SFD)

assigned

extension

alphanumeric

3-character

File

Sub

and

pair

number

programmer

project,

This identifier may consist

within the system.

Directory

UFD or

(i.e.,

The identifier of a specific directory

.ext

Refer to

Either a physical or a logical device name.
Table

to the name of a file either by the user or by the

system.

file

A 1- to 6-character alphanumeric identification which
is either to be assigned to a new file (when on the
destination side of

file

existing

the

side

source

the

identifies

or which

the command)

(when

command)
.

Tident?

is to be given to the
A 1- to 6-character name which
DECtape

<nnn>

specified

mounted

reel

DECtape

contents of

unit.

A 3-digit protection code which is to be assigned to
either one or more destination files or to a
Refer to Table 4 and
specified User File Directory.
Table 5 respectively.

All switches in
Switches which affect the transfer.
a PIP command string must be preceded by a slash -

Table

Refer

(sw/sw) .

enclosed

/sw/sw

e.g.,

parentheses

summary

for

e.g.,

PIP

switches.

Table 2
Delimiter

PIP Command String Delimiters

Use and Description

The

colon

For

name.
DTAl:

delimiter

and

numbers

identifies

device

enclose

the

is specified as

DTAl

represent the
be written.

manner

brackets

must

user

Commas

are

programmer

which

SFDs

(if

names

are

user

used).

{[40,633,SFD1,SFD2...SFDn]

used

DIRECTORY numbers

enclose

can

protection

which is to be assigned to either a

code (e.g. <057>)
file or

used

SFD

[40,633]

For example

Angle

and

device

the

are

brackets

Square

directory

may

permitted.
6

CREATEs

The

directory

and

LOOKUPs

and

permitted.

LOOKUPs

may

are

both

read

permitted.

file

permitted.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

and

both

CREATES

PIP

PIP Control Switch Summary

Table 6

Switch

Description

/DX

Copy all but specified files

List disk or DTA directory (filenames and ext. only).

Ignore I1/0 errors.

Image binary processing (mode)
(mode)

Image processing

punch cards in ASCII (output device must be CDP) or

List directory.

Delete sequence numbers.

Same as /S switch, except increment is by 1.

FORTRAN output conversion assumed.
control character for line printer

convert control characters on terminal output.

Convert format
/B/P
listing.

FORTRAN binary.

list of switches and meanings.

Print (this)

Rename file.

Resequence, or add sequence number to file; increment

Suppress trailing spaces only.

is by

10.

(DTA).

Copy block 0

Match and count angle brackets (<>).

Convert TABs to multiple spaces.

Copy specified

DECtape to paper tape - If extension is:

files.

(The DX switch tells PIP to

copy all but specified files.)

RMT

RIM10B

transfer word)

paper

tape

is produced

RTB - A RIM1OB paper tape
terminating transfer word)

SAV

RIM10B

paper

(with

(with RIM loader and

is produced

tape

1is

neither RIM loader nor terminating
/2

terminating

Zero out directory

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

produced

(with

transfer word)

PIP

Table

PIP Magtape

Switch

Description

(M2)

Select

200

BPI

density.

(M5)

Select

556

BPI

density.

(M8)

Select

800

BPI

density.

(MA)

Advance

MTA one

(M#nA)

Advance

MTA n

Switch

Summary

file.

files.

(MB)

Backspace

MTA one

(M#nB)

Backspace

MTA

(MD)

Advance

MTA

one

(M#nD)

Advance

MTA

(ME)

Select

Even

(MF)

Mark

file.

files.
record.

records.

Parity.

EOF.

(MP)

Backspace

MTA

one

(M#nP)

Backspace

MTA

(MT)

Skip

(MU)

Rewind

and

(MW)

Rewind

MTA or

record.

records.

logical

EOT.

unload

MTA or

DTA.

Examples

The

following

EX1

PIPing

are

examples

an ASCII

file

commonly

from

the

LPT : =DSK: ERROR. SYS<CR>
Combines

two

files

used

PIP

command

DISK to

the

line

strings:

printer

|
disk

into

one

file

DECtape:

DTAl1:FILCOM.,MAC=DSK:FILA.MAC,FILB.MACKCR>

Copies a paéér tape
PTP:=PTR:<CR>
EX4

Specifies
"MYFILE"

that
and

the

DECtape

receive

DTA3

each

file

copy

given
on

the

identifier

DTAl.

DTA3:TMYFILET/X=DTAl:*
,*<CR>

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-20

Table of

Contents

SYSLIB-20
TOPS-20

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

SYSLIB-20

TOPS-20 SYSTEM PROGRAM LIBRARY
The
programs
in
TOPS-20
System

described

Table

Program

Description

Table

ACCTPR

Library

are

listed

and

TOPS-20 System Program Library

translates

Accounting

File

processed

higher

Program

level

the

binary

FACT.BIN

records

ASCII

languages,

e.g.,

the

records

report-generating

old

System

which

programs

may

written

COBOL.

ACCTPR is documented in the TOPS-20 Operator's Guide.
ACCT20

ACCT20 generates accounting reports
System

Accounting File,

from the data

example

customers

develop

relevant

reporting

installation.
USAGE

files

FACT.BIN.

techniques
programs

ACCT20

produced

will

for

ACTGEN

and

install

account

tailored

their

not process

the

new

TOPS-20

Release

primarily

for

Wheel

operator

generator

account

TOPS-20

use

program

validation

wvalidating

data

system manager

capabilities

must

USAGE

used

the

files

create

for

own

format

Refer

base

accounts.

the

wishing

program CONV20 for information on converting
to FACT file format.
ACTGEN

in the

serves

use

intended

and operator.

enabled

run

ACTGEN.

ACTGEN

1is

Manager's
BOOT

BOOT

KL10

documented

1in

the

DECSYSTEM-20

System

Guide.

used

memory.

automatically

load

the

TOPS-20

normal

loaded

and

monitor

system

started

from

disk

into

RSX20F,

and

will

startup,

load

the TOPS-20 monitor without operator

BOOT

also

responsible

system malfunction,

for

dumping

later

BOOT

intervention.

KL10

memory

after

analysis.

BOOT is documented in the following documents:

CHECKD

DECSYSTEM-20

Software

DECSYSTEM-20

Operator's

Installation Guide
Guide

CHECKD checks TOPS-20 disk file structure and bit table
for
consistency.
In
the
process
of
checking
the

directory
is

CHECKD

bit

structure,

use;

lost.

this

CHECKD

can

table

specified

create new file
CHECKD

finds

CHECKD

optionally

scan

also

disk

CHECKD

allows

can

used

disk

the

documented

CHKPNT has

three major

functions:

may

space

which

lost

space.

disk

rebuild

directory

CHECKD

structures.

all

compute

release this

completely

the

address.

structure
also

DECSYSTEM-20

pages

the

disk

for
used

a
to

Operator's

Guide.

CHKPNT

Compile account statistics on disk space utilization

Copy

Set

CHKPNT

CREF

the monitor

checkpoint

system-generated

accounting

file.

is documented

interval

accounting

data

the

the TOPS-20 Operator's Guide.

CREF takes the modified listing files produced by the
processors

language

and

produces

final,

listing with cross reference tables appended.
CREF is documented

DDT

into

DDT

symbolic

allows up to 8

printable

in the DECSYSTEMfZO User's Guide.

assembly

language

breakp01nts as well

and manipulation of various datatypes.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

debugger.

symbolic

DDT

patching

SYSLIB-20
Table

TOPS-20

Program

Description

DLUSER

DLUSR

about

each

file.

System

Program

which

obtains

program

directory

The

program

same
directories
rebuild.
DLUSER

can

DUMPER
using

documented

system

who

wish

transfer
EDIT

for
is

keep

them

create

the

places

file

event

DECSYSTEM-20

saving
used

and

file

function

and

utility

system

protocol

for

the

addressed

FILES-11

The

device

software

procedures

without

files

depends

device

such

device,

usually

CAUTION
intended

for

users
and/or

used

create

TOPS-10

editor

the
It

TOPS-20
handles

FE:

can

through

be
PIP.

only

updating

people.

caution

files

magtape

that

use

and

knowledgeable

proper

may

Use

produce

results.

the

should

disk

personnel

employed

structure.

development

unpredictable

which

the

Operator's

file transfers between
FILES-11 file system.

the

system

systems.

command

for

and

restorlng

operations

may

certain

between

1nformat10n

and

System Manager's Guide.

maintenance,

identifying

EDIT is a line-oriented editor which is
and
edit text files.
It
resembles the

S0S
FE

program

magtape.

file

use

(Cont)

this

system

then

later,

Guide and DECSYSTEM-20
DUMPER

Library

existence

reside

the

RSX-20F

-11

task

file

T20ACP,

system

T20ACP.TSK.

Use

in
FILCOM

and

file

conversion

the Guide To Using

The

the

procedures

FE Device,

FILCOM

program

compares

differences

between

them.

two

are

described

USEFE.MEM.

files

and

outputs

the

With

FILCOM you may compare both ASCII files and binary
files.
FILCOM compares ASCII
files line by 1line and
binary files word by word.

FORMAT

FORMAT
provides
the
mechanism
verifying
RP04,
RP05,
RP06

for
disk

formatting
and/or
packs
that
are

configured
to
RH20s.
FORMAT
produces
a
pack
in the
identical
format
to
one
that
was
created
using
the
diagnostic, DDRPI.
FORMAT runs during timesharing only,
while DDRPI can FORMAT in stand-alone mode only.
GALAXY

GALAXY

the

DECsystem-10

software
necessary

spooling
required
GALAXY
Program
QUASAR

Batch

and

Spooling

DECSYSTEM-20.

(excluding
batch

processing

What

consists
It

Central

GALAXY

the

comprises

systems
and

and
all
queue management
for those functions.

Release

Subsystem

GALAXY

operating

input

and

task

following

the

all

the

and

output

scheduling

programs:

Does
gqueue

system

manager,

task

BATCON

Batch

Lineprinter output spooler

SPRINT

Card

QUENCH

Timesharing

job

scheduler,

processor

reader

input

(unspooler)

stacker/spooler

users'

interface

the GALAXY

system

Interface

and

controller

LPTSPL

QMANGR

for

software)

module

for

FOROTS,

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

BASIC,

etc.

SYSLIB-20

Table

TOPS-20 System Program Library

(Cont)

Program

Description

LINK

LINK is the linking loader for the DECSYSTEM-20.
is

the

overlay handler

for

the

OVRLAY

DECSYSTEM-20.

LINK
and
OVRLAY
are
documented
1in
the DECSYSTEM-20
User's Guide and in the DECSYSTEM-20 LINK User's Guide.
MAIL

MAIL

program which

when

convenient.

MAIL depends on

the

programs

users

INFO

send messages

read

and

MAILER

messages.

MAIL is documented

in the TOPS-20 User's Guide.

MAKLIB

update

will
to

used

and

index

.REL

LIBOL.REL

insert, delete or replace modules.

index

FORLIB.REL

perform

used by

program RDMAIL

the

Also,

tasks.

stated

its

message recipients

MAKLIB

allows

other users.
Messages sent by MAIL are stored in the
receiver's disk directory so that they may be referenced

and

files.

MAKLIB

speed

is also used

the

process.

MAKLIB is documented

MAKRAM

program

MAKVFU

program

the

program

that

are

queued;

thus

files.

the

MAKRAM commands

Vertical

Format

files.

DECSYSTEM-20

generate

are

User's Guide.

LP20

described

translation

Access

Direct

LP05

denerate

MAKVFU commands

RAM

MAKRAM.HLP.

are described

MAKVFU.HLP.
OPLEAS

OPLEAS

users

running

operators

for

operator

received

action

even

enables

PLEASE.
and

the

PA1050

the

is documented

RA1050

file

any

know

talk

queued;
action

provides

the

from

received

UUOs

simulate

and

for

Requests
know

means

control
the

program

have

for

TOPS-20

and/or

with

that

the

type

time

contact

can

with

the

request

is currently busy.

will

OPLEAS.

converse

the manner

and

It allows
terminal.

with

times

when output

allows

file

MAIL.TXT.

utility
DOS-11

sent

the

him.

DECSYSTEM-20

program
file

user

which

been

documented

RSXFMT

them

number

subjobs.

from the

which

the

function

in the TOPS-20 User's Guide.

messages

OPLEAS

from

Its

user

one

user

the

thus

and

the messages

RDMAIL

will

address space

UUO.

conjunction with

subjobs and

RDMAIL
RSXFMT

produced

the

PTYCON is a pseudoteletype (PTY) controller.
a
user multiple
job control
from a single
PTYCON

RDMATIL

into

TOPS-10

if the operator

PLEASE is documented
PTYCON

request

currently busy.

simulator

facility

operator.

PLEASE runs

talk

redquest

TOPS-20 JSY¥Ss.

are

operator

UUO

TOPS-10

received even

SMOUNT commands.

executes

all

provides

operator

the

type

tape mount requests submitted

It gets mapped

appropriate

can

that

operator

for contact with the

user

in the TOPS-20 User's Guide.

TOPS-10

that

intercept

PLEASE
for

the

PAT.MAC.

program

the

PLEASE

EXEC TMOUNT and

OPLEAS

the

operator

also handles structure and

via

the

Requests

formats

the

read

reads

User's Guide.

convert
to

always

RSX-1l1l

files

from

formats.

Use of RSXFMT and file transfer procedures are described
in

the

Guide To Using

commands

are described

the

FE Device,

USEFE.MEM.

RSXFMT

in RSXFMT.HLP.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

SYSLIB-20

Table

TOPS-20

System

Program

Library

(Cont)

Program

Description

RUNOFF

RUNOFF is a text-processing program.
RUNOFF will format
input
text,
generate
tables,
build
lists,
handle
page
and section numbering.
RUNOFF allows a user to make all
sorts of changes
to
the
text of
a document
produce a clean, well-formatted result.

RUNOFF
SETSPD

documented

in Getting

Started with

still

Runoff.

SETSPD is a privileged
system program which processes
the
3-CONFIG.CMD
file
and,
in
so
doing,
sets
many
initial parameters about the system such as initial line
speeds,
system
logical
names,
physical correspondences.

SYSERR

and

SYSERR

system

error

program
file.

used
It

of
the
DECSYSTEM-20
Reporting package.

and

list

the

Error

Documentation on how to run
report
formats may be
found
Error Detection, Recovery,

magtape

the

report

logical

contents

generating

Detection,

the

portion

Recovery,

and

SYSERR and descriptions of
in the DECSYSTEM-20 System
and Reporting Reference

Manual
.
SYSJOB

SYSJOB

programs.
creates

operator

SYSJOB

via

status

SYSJOB
Guide

program

and

only
jobs

system

by
as

job

may

command

(TE)

SPEAK

exec

background

the

started

privileged

documented

under

controlling

processes

other

the

for

normally

additional

(TE)

background

job

and

necessary.

pass
to

it
An

commands

affect

the

programs.

SPEAK

the

DECSYSTEM-20

Operator's

command.

ULIST

ULIST
provides
a
mechanism
for
1listing user
and
directory information.
The listing may be directed to
the printer, the user's terminal, or to a file.
ULIST
will provide information on user and directory groups,
directory
numbers,
quotas,
and
protections,
and
will
list

user

WATCH

various
redquest,

passwords

program

system

desired.
which

provides

system
statistics
A user
can
thus

performance

with

this

1list

and
job
run
times
upon
periodically
check
system
utility.
:

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-20

TOPS-20
The

COMMAND

TOPS-20

LANGUAGE

These

Special

symbols

described
COMMAND

Operating

commands.

System

commands
and

Table

are

supports

approximately

described

control

Table

characters

used

basic

2.
by

TOPS-20

are

FORMAT

TOPS-20

commands

use

the

following

format.

COMMANDS (guide word)ARGS (quide word)ARGS (...<CR>
The

base

(ESCAPE
return

command

KEY).

and

The

each

argument

command string

delimited

altmode

terminated

carriage

<CR>.

ERROR MESSAGES
Table 3 1lists and

and

BUGHLTS

was

taken

complete
printed

describes

associated

from

TOPS-20

1list

for

many

with

any

the

a TOPS-20

BIG

SYSTEM,

given

most

commonly

operating

TOPS-20

used

system.

MONITOR

operating

BUGCHKS

The

list

(2013).

system

may

typing
PRINT

Table

PS:<SYSTEM>BUGSTRING.TXT<CR>

TOPS-20

Symbols

and

Control

Character

Description

TCcTC

Two control C characters will
to monitor command level.

Prompt - A single @
at command level and

' <CR>

command

and

Characters

return

the

terminal

sign indicates .the monitor
ready to accept commands.

carriage

return

typed

following

command name causes the monitor to enter subcommand
level

for

the

command

named.

Prompt - A double @@ sign indicates the monitor is

subcommand
only.

1level

and

ready

subcommands
<CR>

single

carriage

return

terminates

command

return

terminates

subcommand

subcommand.

A double

and

carriage

returns the monitor

question

mark

typed

subcommand

level

will

mark

typed

list

the

question

command

all

will

characters

cause

the

level.

command

the monitor

commands.

the

following
monitor

subcommands

level

partially

which

begin

typed

list

with

the

typed.

question

cause

available

commands

to command

mark

typed

monitor

following

guide

list

word

the

will

possible

arguments.

(altmode)

(ESCAPE)

question

the

user

there

command,

remaining

the

mark

printed

has made

pressing

the

ambiguity

characters

command

error

ESCAPE

and

monitor

typing

the

key

indicates

command.

partially

first

will

typed

cause

guide

word

the

printed.

If a partially:typed command is ambiguous pressing

the

cause

ESCAPE

key

will

ESCAPE

key

also

causes

the

bell

terminate

terminal

the

ring.
The

argument
printed.

and

used

gquide

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

word

TOPS-20
Table

TOPS-20

Symbols '‘and

Control

Characters

(Cont)

Character

Description

RUBOUT

The

DELETEDELETE

character

Typing

Typing a control U
line to be deleted.

will

cause

the

entire

command

Typing a control R will
line to be reprinted.

cause

the

current

command

Typing

The

RUBOUT

W will

cause

a control

O will

exclamation

mark

following

Table

will

cause

the

last

Access

Connects

used

This

KLINIK

See

terminal to a
DETACH, UNATTACH

See

for

text

sending

designated

job.

from

current

the

privileged

users

system

access

LOGOUT

Relinquishes
also:

See

Information

the

TOPS-20

system.

terminal

from

terminal

you

ATTACH,

DETACH

are

job;

using.

does

not

have

Co mmands
Prints

INFORMATION

Provides

the

current

date

information

errors,

system

Outputs

computing

Terminal

access

also:

DAYTIME

SYSTAT

LOGOUT

Disconnects

UNATTACH

change

Gains access to the TOPS-20 system.
also:

and

information.

DISABLE

See

status.

normal

user

ENABLE

also:

See

job

job.

UNATTACH

privileged

confidential
See

terminal

the

ATTACH,

also:

Permits

ENABLE

your

affecting

also:

Returns

DISABLE

status,

summary

and

about

and

time

day.

job,

many

other

system

resources.

your

files,

users

memory,

parameters.

and

available

Comma nds

Sends whatever you type on your terminal
to a job connected
to ‘another terminal.
See

also:

Clears
See

Allows
See

BREAK,

terminal

also:

from

your

other

also:

Declares
detected

RECEIVE,

links

ADVISE,

and

ADVISE,

REFUSE,

and

BREAK,

receive

advice to your
BREAK,

TALK

links

and

advice

TALK

terminal.

RECEIVE,

certain action to be
in TOPS-20 commands.

input

links.

REFUSE,

TALK

advising

RECEIVE,

terminal

users.

ADVISE,

‘Denies links
See

SET

delimit

useful

linkup.

your

also:

without

REFUSE

typed

TOPS-20 Command Summary

Disconnects

DETACH

RECEIVE

field

Commands

See

BREAK

1last

Description

ATTACH

ADVISE

the

stop the current printout.

command.

messages during

System

key

be deleted.

Command

DELETE

typed to be deleted.

TALK

taken

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

when

errors

are

TOPS-20

Table

Command
TAKE

TOPS-20 Command

Accepts
typed

TALK

commands

its

Links

what
See

two

your

terminals

the

other

the

1lets

you

Reserves
See

BACKSPACE

DEASSIGN

inform

device

also:

the

for

DEASSIGN,

Moves
a
magnetic
records or files.
See

also:

REWIND,

Releases a
See

each

doing,

yet

user

can

observe

does

not

RECEIVE,

affect

type

REFUSE

terminal

TOPS-20

you

any

have,

special

terminal.

tape

drive
UNLOAD

See

end-of-file mark

BACKSPACE,

also:

See

BACKSPACE,

also:

Systems

also:

the

a magnetic

SKIP,

UNLOAD

tape

one

tape

source

BACKSPACE,

Grants
See

tape.

1its

1load

records

until

the tape

wound

reel.

SKIP,

REWIND

ownership

aISOf

Adds

and

CONNECT,

‘information

existing

See

also:

disk

group

rights

specified

END-ACCESS

from

one

files

left

file.

source

files

Closes

file

Removes

vyou

from

COPY

thlicates a source file in a destination file.

connects

you to

vyour

also:

program.

and

directory

EDIT

the

specified

(all

other

devices).

(disk

only)

files

also:

EXPUNGE,

Associates

file(s)

See

for

deletes

eventual

logical

name

with

one

files

file

also:

deletion

specified

the

UNDELETE

names.

ASSIGN

Lists the names of files residing in the specified

directory and
See

also:

Starts
See

EXPUNGE

specified directory.

Marks

See

directory

Spurious
to

table

seen

code

unsuccessful

Reconstruction

bit

string

state

index

root

rebuild
failed

is invalid
table encountered

hash

nonexistent

terminal
description

field

table

directory

BADTYP | HLT

Bad

BADXT1 | HLT

Index

table

missing

and

cannot

BADXT2 | CHK

Index

table

missing

and

was

code

created

BADXTB | HLT

FILIN2:

BKUPDF | HLT
BLKF1
CHK

BKUPD

Bad

CST1

entry

BYTINA:

BLKF

set

before

calling

service

BLKF2

CHK

BYTOUA:

BLKF

set

before

call

service

BLKF3
BLKF4
BLKF5

CHK
CHK

CLZDO:

.GDSTS:

BLKF

set

before

call

device

routine
routine

CHK

.MTOPR:

BLKF

set

before

BLKF6

BLKF

set

before

call
call

to
to

device
device

routine
routine

Could

BLKF

CHK

.SDSTS:

BOOTCR | HLT

GETSWM

not

set

Not

initialize
or

before

enough

call

core

index

table

inconsistent
to

for

CST

service

routine
routine

SWPMON

BOOTER | HLT
BOOTLK
|HLT

GETSWM

Error

GSMDSK

Failed

BOOTMP | HLT
BTBCR1 | HLT

GSMDSK
FILINI

Cannot
No bit

map bootstrap pages
table file and unable

SWPMON

BTBCRT | HLT

FILINI

Could

not

device

type

lock

needed

pages

initialize

create

bit

table

for

one

public

structure

CDILVT | HLT

Illegal

CKDFRK

|[HLT

JOB

CKLBLK

|CHK

CFORK

| CKLERR:

failed

and

Service

abort

blocked

routine

blocked

CLZABF

|CHK

CLZFFW:

CLZDIN

|INF

NETCLZ

-~ Could

Impossible

not

send

abort

CPYUF1l

|CHK

CACCT:

CRDBAK

|CHK

CRDIR3:

Could

not make

backup copy of

root

directory

CRDBK1

|[CHK

CRDIR4:

Could

not

backup

root

directory

CRDNOM

|[CHK

CRDIR

Failed

CRDOLD

|CHK

CRGDGB:

CRDSDF

page

boundary

01d

|CHK

CRDIR1:

CRSPAG

|CHK

VERACT

CST2I1

|[HLT

Page

table

CST2I2

|HLT

MVPT

CST213

|HLT

Page

table

DEABAD

|CHK

DSKDEA

DEAUNA
|[CHK
DELBDD | INF
DELNDF
jHLT

format

CRDIR

failed

Account

CST2

CPYFUl.
copy

to make MAIL.TXT

SETDIR
-

failure
make

core

file

illegal

on new directory

data

block

pointer

crosses

and

CST2

fail

correspond

and

CST2

fail

correspond

inconsistent

core

pointer

Deassigning

bad

disk

address

DEDSK - Deassigning unassigned
DELDIR: Bad directory deleted.
DELNOD - LLLKUP failed
Internal

DEQMDF

|CHK

DEQUE:

DEVUCF

|CHK

DEVAV

DGUTPG

|HLT

DIAG

Locked

page

list

page

locked

DGZTPA

|HLT

DIAG

Locked

page

list

page

was

DIRACT

|CHK

ACTBAD:

for

directory

DIRB2L

[CHK

RLDFB2:

Directory

free

block

DIRB2S

|CHK

RLDFB1l:

Directory

free

block

DIRBAD

|CHK

SETDI4:

Smashed

directory number:

DIRBAF

|CHK

RLDFBS:

Block

already

DIRBCB

|CHK

RLDFB3:

Directory

DIRBLK

|{CHK

BLKSCN:

DIRDNL

{CHK

ULKDIR

DIREXT

|CHK

EXTBAD:

monitor

Unexpected

1Illegal

DEQ

disk address
Rebuild bit table

CHKDES

format

failed

failure

‘
at

DIAG

UNLOCK

zero
account

block

in directory:

directory:

free

too

large

too small

in directory:

directory

block

directory:

crosses

free

1list

page

boundary

in directory:
Illegal

'
block

Directory
Illegal

type

not

locked,

format

directory:

directory number:

for

directory

directory:

in directory:
DIRFDB

|CHK

Illegal

format

DIRFKP

|CHK

SETDIR

DIRFRE

|CHK

FREBAD:

Illegal

directory:

extension block

_
for

FDB

Directory

page

format

for

belongs

directory

directory:

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

fork

free

block

TOPS-20

Table

Name

TOPS-20

BUGCHKS

and

BUGHLTS

(Cont)

Type | Description

DIRIFB | CHK

DIRNAM | CHK

RLDFB4:

Illegal

NAMBAD:

block

type

directory

free

list

block

‘

directory:

Illegal

format

for

directory. name

directory:
DIRPGO | CHK

DROCHK:

DIRPG1 | CHK

directory:
DRHCHK: Directory header

DIRRHB | CHK

TIllegal

format

for

return

RLDFB6:
Attempting
directory:

symbol

Directory

directory

block

DIRSY1 | CHK

DELDL8:

DIRSY2 | CHK

MDDNAM:

DIRSY3 | CHK
DIRSY4 | CHK

LOOKUP: Symbol search fouled
NAMCM4:
Directory
symbol

bad

page

header

table

1in

directory:

block

for

fouled

directory:
Symbol

table

fouled

directory:

up in directory:
table
fouled

1in

table

directory:
DIRSYS5 | CHK

SYMBAD:

Illegal

format

for

directory

symbol

directory:
DIRSY6| CHK

RBLDST:

DIRULK | CHK

ULKMD2:

Prematurely

ran

out

room

symbol

table

in directory:

DIRUNS | CHK

directory,
UNSBAD:

in
DLDEF

INF

Attempt

directory

Illegal

unlock

1illegally

number:

format

for

directory

formatted

user

name

block

directory:

Logical

name

define

failed

for

front-end

console

terminal
DMPRLF | CHK

DMPREL

Failed

DN20ST | INF
DRMFUL | HLT

DTESRV

DN20

Drum

DRMIBT | HLT

DRMASN

DRMNFR

DRMAM

|.HLT

DSKBT1 | CHK

DSKBT3 | CHK

DSK

with

completely

Bit

Disk

bit

DST2SM | HLT

SWPINI

DTECAR | HLT

DTESRV

when

DRMFRE

cannot

find

locked

non-0

free

page

TRK.

count

DST

page

fouled,

table

inconsistent

find

table

non-0

page

full

table

- Cannot

bit

release

stopped

already

too

LCKBTB

small

Carrier

function

with

1line

number

present

DTECDM | INF

DTESRV

TO1l0

counts do
Illegal format

not
for

DTEDAT | CHK

TAKTOD

DTEDEV | HLT

LINEAL

Illegal

DTEDIN | INF

DTESRV

TO1l0

DTEDME. | INF

DTESRV

Zero

DTEERR | CHK

DTESRV

DTE

DTEIDP | HLT

DTESRV

Indirect

pointer

DTESRV

function

DTEIFR | HLT

device

progress

device

Illegal

DTECHK

DTE

DOFRGM

MCB disagrees

TAKLC

TO10DN

DTEPGF | CHK

DTE

0dd

lost
byte

Packet

transfer

DTEPNR | INF

DTESRV

DTETIP | CHK

DTETDN

page

with

garbage

request

with

from

TAKLC

for

line

characters

small

fail

indirect

DONE

setup

received with

transfer

device

DTEUIF | HLT

DTESRV

Unimplemented

DVCHR1

Unexpected

function

CHKDES

code

from

failure

within

.DVCHR

DX2DIE | CHK

PHYX2 - DX20 halted

DX2FUS | CHK
DX2IDM | CHK

PHYX2 - Fail to update sense bytes
PHYX2 - Illegal data mode at DONE interrupt

DX2FGS | CHK

DX2IDX | INF

PHYX2

- Fail

PHYX2 - Illegal

sense

bytes

retry byte

PHYX2

PHYX2 - Illegal

DX2MCF | CHK

PHYX2 — DX20 microcode check

DX2N2S | INF
DX2NRT | CHK

PHYX2 - More TU70s than table space, excess ignored
DX2ERR - IS.NRT set on successful retry

DX2NUE ‘| CHK

PHYX2 - No active

DX2RFU | CHK

PHYX2

DX2NUD | CHK

PHYX2

Illegal

- Channel
-

Error

error

class

pointer

DX2IEC | CHK

PHYX2

Illegal

get

DX2IFS | CHK
DX2IRF | INF

‘

Non-TTY

DVCHRX

|[CHK

count

progress

DTETTY | HLT

packet

assignment

count

too

Incorrect
TOl0

doorbell

error

DTEMCC | HLT
DTEP2S | CHK

count

DTELPI | INF
DTEODD | CHK

match
time/date

code

function at start I/O
function

done

during

interrupt

UDB and

recovery

retry

failure

DX20

but

unit

active

composite error

set

confused

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-20

Table

Name

DX2UNA

3 TOPS-20 BUGCHKS and

Type

{Description

BUGHLTS

(Cont)

DX2UPE

|CHK

|[INF

PHYX2 - Attention interrupt and UDB not active

EFACF1

|CHK

EFACT:

CLOSF

EFACF3

|[CHK

EFACT:

Failed to write

EXPAFK

|}HLT

EXPALL:

JOB

EXPALL:

RCDIR

ENQMLF

|CHK

PHYX2
PFail
initialization

ENQUE:

wupdate

failed

Internal

close
a

monitor

|CHK

|HLT

Fatal

address parity error

FATCDP

|HLT

Fatal

cache

FATMPE

|HLT

Fatal

parity

FEBAD

CHK

FEHSD

- Wrong

FEBFOV

|[CHK

FEHSD - Buffer overflow

FEUSTS
FILBAK

|CHK
|CHK

parity

front

end

|CHK
|HLT

Unable

|CHK

Could not create directory

Could

FILHOM

|[CHK

Unable to

Could not create BOOTSTRAP.BIN file
to

write

not

bit

create

table

file

front-end

file

FILIRD

[HLT

FILINW:

Could

|CHK

FILCRD:

not

FILMAP

[HLT

FILIN2:

Could

FILRID

|HLT

FILINW:

1Index

FIXBAD

|CHK

Could

rewrite

FIXBDB

|CHK

Could

rewrite

HOME

FKWSP1

|CHK

LOADBS - Unreasonable

FKWSP

directory

not

filesystem

not

initialize

room

directories

BOOTSTRAP.BIN

not map

FUNLK - Lock not

FRKBAL

AGESET - Fork not

FRKNDL

|CHK

FRKPTE

{HLT

FRKSLF

|[HLT

GTFDB1

|[CHK

FRKNPT
GLFNF

GTFDB2

GTFDB3

GTFDB6

HARDCE

|HLT
HLT

not

Fatal

Fork

already

HOME blocks

set

blocks

error

not

fork

GETFDB

failure

for open

file

Cannot do GETFDB on root directory

Hard cache errors - cache deselected

VERACT - Hash value out of range
HSYS - JOB 0 CFORK failed
COPY - Write pointer in index block

FILINI: ASOFN failure for root directory IB

IDFOD2

|CHK

AT MRETN - INTDF overly decremented

ILBOOT

|HLT

GETSWM

Illegal

|HLT

PHYSIO
-

Illegal

ILCNST | HLT

PHYSIO -

Illegal

ILDEST | HLT

Illegal

ILCHS2

{HLT

ILCNSP | HLT

ILCST1 | HLT
ILDRA1

|CHK

ILDRA2

|HLT

ILFPTE

|HLT

ILGDAl | HLT

ILGDA2 | HLT

point

DSKREN - GETFDB failure for open file

AT MENTR -

ILCHS1

root

front-end

page

|CHK

|HLT
HLT

for

found

IDFOD1

IDXNOS
ILAGE

point

in BALSET

GETFDB failure

DSKINS:
CRDIOA:

|HLT

system

root directory

SUSFK - Given self as argument

GLREM

|HLT

|CHK

directory

standard

properly deleted

NEWLFP:

|[HLT

Timeout

root

FKHPTN - Fork has no page table
BADCPG

|HLT

HSHERR | CHK
|HLT
HSYFRK
IBCPYW
|HLT

ISBOFNF

Fork

set

CHK
|CHK

the

create

table

FLKNS

FLOCK -

system

in WRTBTB

rewrite HOME blocks

FILJIB1l

{CHK

error

FEFSYS - Failed to back up root directory
FESSTS - Unknown status
FILCRD: Could not create backup of root directory

|CHK

FLKTIM

failed

error

FILCCD
FILFEF

lock

failure

directory

FILBOT
FILBTB

during

0 CFORK failed

FATAPE

|CHK

bytes

file

into FACT file

ENQ of

EXPRCD

FEOCPB

sense

FACT

INTDF

overly decremented

FILINI - Could not assign free space
Bad age field in CSTO
value

for

IDXTAB

BOOTFL

PHYSIO - Illegal channel status at SIO
PHYSIO - Tllegal

Illegal

state

call

CONSTW

to CONSPW
to

in CST1 entry,

destination

DASDRM DRMIAD

address

channel

call

identifier

Illegal

drum

STKIO

cannot
to

restart

SETMPG or

unassigned drum address
address

ILLFPT:

Illegal section number referenced

GDSTX

Bad

GDSTX - Bad

address

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

SETPT

TOPS-20

(Cont)

Table 3 TOPS-20 BUGCHKS and BUGHLTS

Name

Type | Description

ILIBPT

|CHK

ILIRBL

|HLT

Bad

pointer

type

index

block

PHYSIO - IORB link not null at ONFPWQ

ILJRFN | CHK

JFKRFH - Bad JRFN,

ignored

ILLIND

Illegal

’

ILLDMS

jCHK

|HLT

BADDMS:

Illegal

indirect

ILLSTR | INF
ILLTAB

|CHK

NSPTSK ~
TABLK2:

Table

ILLUUO

|CHK

KIBADU:

Illegal

ILOFN1

|HLT

MSCANP -

ILOKSK

|HLT

ILMADR

|HLT

Illegal

OKSKED

DMS JSYS

Illegal

not

address

proper

reference

Illegal

when

initialization message

not

Invalid page

Invalid

PHYSIO -

monitor

NOSKED

SWPOTO [|'MRKMPG

ILPDAR | HLT

identification

ILPAGN

format

UUO from monitor context

ILPAG1l | HLT
|HLT

from monitor context

page

number

in PAGEM request

Illegal disk address

"ILPID1

|CHK

CREPID:

Attempt

ILPID2

|CHK

DELPID:

Validated PID turned illegal

ILPPT1

|HLT

ILPLK1 | HLT

ILPPT2 | HLT

ILPPT3 | HLT
ILPSEC | CHK

MLKPG

Illegal

create

UPDPGS

- Bad

Bad pointer
Illegal

PHYSIO

ILRFPD | HLT

PDL - OV in

in page

Illegal

MRPACS -

SETPT

pointer

section

ILPTN1 | HLT

IORB

in page table
in

page

table

PTN

not

null

ONF/STWQ

reference

page

inconsistent

with

to SETMXB

index given

SPT

PID

number

link

illegal

SPTH

illegal

arguments

UPDOFN - Bad pointer

ILRBLT | HLT
ILSPTH | HLT

ILSPTI

|HLT

Illegal

ILSTP3

{HLT

VERLUK:

Impossible skip return from EXTLUU

SWPIN

Illegal

ILSRC

HLT

ILSWPA | HLT

ILTWQ

Illegal

source

identifier

address

incorrect

HLT

PHYINT

TWQ or

PWQ

ILTWQP | HLT

PHYSIO

PWQ or

TWQ tail

ILULKl

|HLT

MULKPG - Tried

ILULK3

|HLT

MULKMP -

Illegal monitor

ILULK4

|HLT

MULKCR

Illegal

ILUST1

{HLT

PHYSIO - Unit

ILULK2

|HLT

Tried

unlock

page

status

|CHK

PHYSIO

Unit

ILUST3

|HLT

PHYSIO

SCHSEK

ILUST4

|[HLT

PHYSIO

Controller

ILUSTS

|HLT

ILXBP

HLT

IMPUUO | HLT

INDCNT | INF

INVDTE | HLT

IOPGF

HLT

IPCFKH | CHK

PHYSIO -

Illegal
write

incorrect

page not locked
locked

address

page

number

inconsistent
active

unit

SIO
SPS

status

SPS

unit or channel
reference

state

protected

STKIO

monitor

in XB

indirect count

Invalid

CHKPDD:

SETPT

MUUO

DTESRV - Bad

I1/0 page

pointer

Impossible

SETPT - Bad pointer
DTEQ

inconsistent at

status

Attempted
Impossible

not

core

ILUST2

ILWRT2 | HLT

given

swap

DTE

specified

fail
Could

not

find

local

PIDINB:

Cannot create

IPCJBO

|CHK

PIDINI:

Not

IPCMCN

|CHK

MESREC:

Message count went negative

IPCOVL

|HLT

PIDiNI:

IPCSOD | CHK

GETMES:

PIDS

forks

fork handle

IPCFRK | CHK

context

and

free

Sender's

count

for

JOB

pool

IPCF

overlap,

IPCF

will

not

work!

JONRUN | HLT

JSBNIC | HLT

JTENQE | HLT
KLIOVF | CHK

KPALVH
LCKDIR
LNGDIR
LNMILTI

|HLT
|HLT
|CHK
|CHK

LUUMNO

|HLT

LUUMON | HLT

MAP41F | HLT
MAPBT1 | HLT

MDDJFN

|HLT

JOB 0

overly decremented

not run for too long,

SETPPG - JSB not in core
JTENQ with bad NSKED
DTESRV -

KLINIK

data

base

probable swapping hangup

too

large

Keep alive ceased
Attempt to lock directory twice for same fork
Long directory file in directory:
LNMLUK: Illegal value of logical name table index
LUUO

in monitor context

.LBCHK:

Illegal

OFN for

bit

LUUO from monitor

MAPF4]1 failed to skip

GETFDB:

table

context

zero

Called for non-MDD device

- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-20

Table

Name

TOPS-20

BUGCHKS

MNTLNG | HLT

MNTBTB

MONPDL | HLT

overflow or

MPEUTP | HLT

PFCDPE

MPIDXO { CHK

MAPIDX - No
IRBDN2:

IRBDON

MTANOI | CHK

GETUBF:

MTAORN |CHK

MTDIRO:

Magtape

MTFCNX | HLT

MTLFCN:

Function

MTANOA | CHK

MTANOQ | CHK

MTARIN | HLT

Bit

BUGHLTS

FILRFS

FILRFS
MENTR

table

queued

IRBDON

for

non-queued

too

for

backup

for

root directory

address

for

primary

secondary

Failed

write

CHK

FILINI

Unable

NOCTY

HLT

Unable

to open

Unable

allocate

DIRST

for

NODIR1 | CHK

SPLMES:

FILINI

Unable

NOFNDU | HLT

FNDUNT

Cannot

failed

find

NOFRSP | CHK

TTSPST

Could

NOINTR | CHK

ITRAP

and

NOIORB | HLT

SETIRB

NOLEN

UPDLEN:

allocator

block

table

BOOTSTRAP.BIN
console terminal

existing

size

free

context

was

information

for

master

NOSEB2 | HLT

PGMPE

- No

NOSERF | CHK

Cannot

PID disappeared

from

space
error

ITRAP

SLNINI:

Cannot

NOSPLM | CHK
NOTOFN | HLT

RELJFN:

Could

UPDOFO

NOUTF1

|CHK

SPLOPN:

NOUTF2

|CHK

SPLMES:

create

not

logical

name

spool

message

not

NOUT

generation

Null

PWQ

|CHK

PHYSIO

NSKDIS

|[HLT

Dismiss
address

while

NSKDT2 | CHK

PGRTRP

Bad

NSPFRK

|HLT

NSPINI

CFORK

NSPRTH

|CHK

NSPTSK

Invalid

NULQTA | HLT

QCHK

quota

NWJTBE

|CHK

OFFSPE

|HLT

OFFSPQ

OPOPAC

|HLT

MRETN

OVFLOW

|HLT

ASOFN

JTB

for

failed

done

cylinder

with

seeked

non-resident

test

INTDF
failed

routing

header

information

setup

blocks
not

Tried

Allocation

PHYH2

RH20

P2RAE2
P2RAE3

|[CHK

PHYH2

|CHK

PHYH2

PAGLCK

|HLT

DESPT

PAGNIC
PGNDEL

|[HLT
|HLT

GETCPP

SPMQ

over-pop
AC stack

Overdue

failed

number

found

NOSKED

Page

number

position

requests

QUASAR

OFN

directory

PHYSIO

file

system

send

Argument

NRFTCL

OVRDTA | INF
P2RAE1l
|CHK

DTE

available

report

NOUT of

OFN

file

NOSKED context

PHYSIO

free

for

SYSERR buffer

NOSKTR | CHK

system

NOINT

Failed

NOSLNM | CHK

name

file

JFN

block

header
in long

get

file

IORB

length

GTJFN

directory

front-end

for

Illegal message with no
OPNLNG: No page table 0

PIDKFL:

file

device

get

- Missing

get

not

BAT

data

directory

block

bit

size

NOFEFS | HLT

BAT

get

root

message

write

NOBTB

blocks

send

NOBAT2 | CHK

IORB

large

for

Failed

NPWQPD | CHK

IORB

failure

NOBAT1 | CHK

CHK

nonactive

failure

Cannot

NORSXF | HLT

IORB

input

received

code

file

active

NEWIB
No

- No disk

HLT

- NEWIB

RELOFN

NOMHDR | CHK
NOPGTO | HLT

table

for

IORBs

in monitor
reference

IORB overrun

ALCMES:

NOPID

(Cont)

file

test

index

called

NOALCM | CHK

FILINI

long

called

Interrupt

trap

OFN for

NOADXB | HLT

NOBTBN | HLT

PDL overflow trap

Unknown

IRBDN1:

NEWBAK | HLT
HLT

MTAINT:

NEWROT | HLT
NOACB

and

Type | Description

table

overflow

transfer

aborted

access

error

access

reading

writing

error

DONE

ATN

was

not

interrupt
-

Page
-

REMFPB

Page

locked
not

not

completely

PH2DNA | INF

PHYH2

Done

PH2IHM

|CHK

PHYH2

Illegal

PH2PIM

|CHK

PHYH2

RH20

PH2WUI

|HLT

Wrong

unit

core

interrupt

and

deleted
channel not

HDW

lost

mode - word
PI assignment

mode

interrupted

PHYCH1

|[HLT

PHYSIO

Home

block

check

IORB

already

PHYCH2

|INF

PHYSIO

Home

block

PHYCH3

|INF

PHYSIO

Home

block

check
check

IORB
IORB

timed
timed

PHYICA

{HLT

Illegal

‘

active

assumed

out
out

TWQ

but

TWQ

PHYINI

argument

core

allocation

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-20

Table
Name

Type

TOPS-20

BUGCHKS

and

BUGHLTS

PHYICE
PHYLTF

|INF

PHYINI

Failed

|[HLT

PHYSIO

SCHLTM

PHYNIR
PHYPOE

|[CHK
|HLT

PHYSIO
PHYALZ

Null

interrupt

routine

Page

exhausted

PI1ERR

|CHK

Unexpected

PI2ERR

|CHK

(Cont)

|Description
assign

storage

unvectored

Unexpected

resident

Unexpected

interrupt

unvectored

STG

LATOPT

interrupt

failure
operation

channel

PI4ERR

|CHK

Unexpected

unvectored

interrupt

channel

PISERR

|CHK

Unexpected

unvectored

PIGERR

interrupt

|CHK

Unexpected

channel

unvectored

interrupt

channel

PIDFLF

|CHK

/CREPID:

PIDOD1

|CHK

MUTCHO:

PID

PIDOD2

|CHK

DELPID:

Overly

PIITRP

|HLT

Free

PID

Instruction

|[HLT

Entered

decremented

scheduler

PITRAP

|HLT

Pager

trap

PM2SIO

|CHK

PHYM2

PRONX2
PSBNIC

|HLT
|HLT

NXM

PSINSK

|CHK

PSI

from

|HLT

PSI

storage

PTAIC

HLT

SWPIN

PTDEL

HLT

DESPT

PTMPE

HLT

Page

PTNIC1

|HLT

SWPIN

PTNONO

|HLT

SETPTO

PTOVRN

{HLT

UPDPGS

Count

NOSKED

not

table
-

start

core

error

table

not

too

HLT

Proprietary

violation

Fatal

power

failure

Power

restart

PYILUN

|[HLT

PHYSIO

Illegal

RELBAD

|[CHK

RELFRE

Bad

block

out

RELRNG

|CHK

RELFRE:

Block

[CHK

|RELRES:

Illegal

number

being

(CHK

RELRES:

Free

|[CHK

REL?ES:

Releasing

block

released

range

address

RESBAZ

non-0

trap

unit

RESBND

core

large

|CHK

RESBAD

contents

|HLT

passed

returned
space

beyond

page

RELRES

than

end

poo

error

I/O

deleted

PWRRES

Refill

once

resident

[HLT

PHYRH2

|HLT

PHYP4

Illegal

function

RP41IF2

|HLT

PHYP4

RP4IFC

Illegal

|HLT

PHYP4

function

Illegal

STKIO

function

CNV

RP4ILF.
RPALTF

|HLT
|HLT

PHYP4
PHYP4

RP4PNF

[HLT

PHYP4

Illegal function on interrupt
Failed to find TWQ entry at RP4LTM

RP4SSC

[CHK

PHYP4

Stuck

RP4UNF

[HLT

PHYP4

Unit

Invalid

Disk

channel

physical

sector
type

RPGERR

|HLT

RSMFAI

|HLT

RESSMM

Failed

|INF

SBSERR

Could

not

SEBISS
SEBUDT

|[CHK
|CHK

SEBCPY
SEBCPY

Insufficient
Unknown data

SECEX1

Attempt

Fatal

function

parameters

not

found

counter

not

SBSERF

BADCPG

error

found:
in

resident

assign

get

swap

error
string
type

page

MON

page

block
storage

block

|HLT

SETMPG

SECG37

|HLT

SECGT1
SECNX

|[HLT
HLT

SERFOF

|CHK

ILSCN - Section number greater than 37
PGRT3 - Section number greater than MAXSEC
Creating page table for non-0 section

SERFRK

[HLT

SERGOF
SHRNOO

SHROFD
SHROFN

|CHK

Cannot

OPENF

SERINI

SETOFI

|[HLT

DESPT

|HLT

DWNSHR

|HLT

UPSHR

Call

SKDCL1
SKDCL2

|HLT

Call

SKDMPE

|[HLT

MPE

SKDPF1

|[HLT

Page

SKDTRP

|HLT

Share
-

OFN

error

Cannot
Cannot

map

nonexistent

report

section

file

create SYSERR fork
GTJFN/open SYSERR file

count
share

scheduler
scheduler

scheduler

:
free

fail

RH2ICF

RP4FEX

overflow

PVTRP

|CHK

core

PWRFL

RFILPF

progress

already

parity

Page

context

stack
page

PSISTK

count

processor

not

function

PID

while

with

while

Illegal

detected
SETPPG - PSB

fouled

5
6

overly decremented

trap

scheduler
PISKED

list

count

done

non-0
count

count

when
when

fail in scheduler
Instruction trap while

underflow

overflow

already

scheduler

already

scheduler

context.
context
in scheduler

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-20

Table 3 TOPS-20 BUGCHKS and BUGHLTS
Name

Type

|Description

SNPIC

CHK

SNPFN3:

SNPLKF | CHK
SNPODB | CHK
SNPUNL | CHK

SPTFL1 | HLT

(Cont)

Instruction being replaced has changed

SNPFNO: Cannot lock down page into monitor
breakpoints
inserted
Count of
SNPFAC:

decremented
SNPF5A: Cannot

overly

unlock SNOOP page

SPT completely full

SPTFL2 | HLT

SPT completely full

SPTSHR | HLT

UPSHR - SPT share count overflow

SRQOVF | CHK

SCDRQ - Scheduler

STKOVF | HLT
STRBAD | HLT
STZERO | HLT

ASOFN - Illegal

SWPASF | CHK
SWPFPE | CHK

CHKBAT - Failed to assign bad swapping address
Swap error in sensitive file page

SPTPIC | HLT

SPWRFL | CHK

SUMNR1 | CHK
SUMNR2 | CHK

SWPIBE | CHK

SWPJSB | CHK

SWPMNE | HLT

SWPIN - SPT page already in core

indication

Spurious power fail

request queue overflow

Monitor stack overflow
structure number
FILINI: STRTAB entry for PS is 0
AJBALS - SUMNR incorrect
'
SUMNR incorrect

block

Swap error

in JSB page

index

Swap error

swappable monitor

Swap error

in PSB page

SWPPTP | HLT

Swap error

in unknown PT page

SYSERF | CHK

LOGSST - No SYSERR storage for restart entry

SWPPSB | HLT
SWPPT

HLT

SWPUPT | HLT

Swap

error

Swap

error

unknown

UPT,

PSB

T 2CCI | CHK

PHYM2 - TMO02 SSC or SLA will not clear

TM2IDM | CHK

PHYM2 - Illegal data mode at done interrupt

TM2HER | CHK
TM2IDX | INF

TM2ERR - IS.HER set on successful retry
PHYM2 - Illegal retry byte pointer

function on command done

TM2IF2 | CHK

PHYM2 -~ Illegal

TM2IRF | INF
TM2N2S | INF

PHYM2 - Illegal function during retry
PHYM2 - More drives than table space, excess ignored

TM2RFU | CHK

PHYM2 - Error

TM2NUD | CHK

PHYM2 - Channel done interrupt but no unit active
recovery confused

TM2UNA | INF

PHYM2 - Done interrupt and UDB not active

TRPSIE | CHK

No monitor

TTDAS1 | HLT

HLTJB: Unable to deassign controlling terminal

TTBAD1 | HLT

TTICNO | HLT
TTILEC | CHK

TTNAC1 | CHK

for

trapped

fork

Bad device designator for terminal at ATACH2
TCI - No buffer pointer but count non-0
TTSND - Unrecognized escape code

Line not active at PTYOPN

TTNAC3 | HLT

CTY not active at FSIPBO

TTNACS | HLT

CTY not

TTNAC8 | HLT

Cannot assign terminal

TTONOB | HLT

TTY OUTPUT -~ No buffer but count non-0

TTNAC4 | HLT

TTNAC7 | CHK

TTOCNO | HLT

CTY not active at FSIPBI
active at FSIINI

Deallocating inactive line
at DEVINI

TTSTO - No buffer but count non-90

TTYBBO | CHK

TTYSRV - Big buffer overflow

TWQONUL | HLT

PHYSIO - PWQ or TWQ was null at a seek or transfer

TTYNTB | CHK

Ran out of

TTY buffers

completion

UBANXM | HLT

I/0 NXM from Unibus device

ULKBAD | CHK

Unlocking TTY when count is 0

UNBFNF | CHK
UNPGF1 | HLT
UNPGF2 | HLT

MEMPAR - Parity error during memory scan
Unknown page failure type

UNTRAP | HLT

Unknown trap instruction

UIONIR | HLT

ULKSTZ | CHK

UNPIRX | CHK

UNXMPE | HLT

USGHOL | INF
UXXCKP | HLT
UXXCL1 | CHK

UXXCL2 | CHK

UDSKIO - No

IORB for NOSKED fork

Overly decremented structure lock

UNBLK1 - Fork not found
UNPIR

PFCDPE

- No

PSI

progress

- Unexpected

parity error

Lost page(s) in usage file
Could not create checkpoint file
Unable to create new usage file

trap

Unable to open new usage file

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

TOPS-20

Table

Name

TOPS-20

UXXCL3 | CHK

Unable

UXXCRE | HLT

Cannot

UXXFATI

Usage

|CHK

create

JSYS

and

BUGHLTS

usage

UXXFIT | INF

Checkpoint

system,

rebuilding.

USGMES:

Illegal

|HLT

USGMAP:

file

failure

UXXILL

UXXMAP

BUGCHKS

Type | Description

file

Call

UXXOPN

|HLT

Unable

UXXWER

|CHK

Write

error

open

not

function

JFNOFN

correct

file

WRTBT4

|CHK

ASOFN

WRTCPB

|CHK

WRTBTB

table
Failed to

file
back

failed
up root

WRTLNG

|HLT

WRTBTB

Bit

long

WSPNEG

{CHK

SQSWSP

- WSP

XBWERR
XSCORE

|CHK
|[HLT

UPDOFN ~ Disk
CST too small

table

for

this

failed

usage

bit

format

code

directory

file

negative
write error on XB
for physical core

present

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

MAINTENANCE SOFTWARE
Table

Summary

Contents

Version

KS10 STD

N/A

SMDDT

0.2

SMMAG

0.3

SMMON

0.3

DSKAA

0.1

DSKAB

0.1

DSKAC

0.1

DSKAD

0.1

DSKAE

0.1

DSKAF

0.1

DSKAG

0.1

DSKAH

0.1

DSKAI

0.1

DSKAJ

0.1

DSKAK

0.1

DSKAL

0:1

DSKAM

0.1

DSKBA

0.1

DSKCA

0.1

DSKCB

0.1

DSKCC

0.1

DSKCD

0.1

DSKCE

0.1

DSKCF

0.3

DSKCG

0.2

’

0.2

DSKDA
DSKEA

0.1

DSKEB
DSKFA

0.1

DSMMA

0.2

DSRMA

DSRMB

0.2

‘

0.2

DSRPA

0.3

0.2

DSTUA

DSTUB
DSUBA

0.5
0.4

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

KS10

STANDARD

This

module

summarizes

are

common

PROGRAM

many

standard

the

IDENTIFICATION

following

information

programs

describes

the

naming

Library programs.

.CCL

Console

command

language

.CMD
.HLP

Console

command

language

Help

which

Maintenance

convention

used

KS10 microcode

.SAV

PDP-10

Microcode

Unique

program

identifier

program

class

Card

reader

Processor

KA.

Basic
Basic

class

instruction
instruction

reliability

Advanced

instruction

Advanced

instruction

Processor

functions

paging,

user

Special

mode,

Q?
QA

Exerciser

Loader/diagnostic

and

Diagnostic

System

exercisers

Utility

programs

Disk

Magtape

monitor

special

etc.

programs

routines

subsystem

etc.

type

OomEBoow

KA1O

KAl0/KI10
KA10/KI10/KL10
KI10/KL10
KL10

WD
o

relocation,

supplies,

KIlo

PDP-11-based

KL10

(model

PA)

PDP-11-based

KL10

(model

PV)

KS10

Diagnostic

PROGRAM

control,

timing, power
utility programs

Processor

reliability

- memory

etc.

console,

diagnostic

file
file

file

. KMC

Major

Table

procedures
KS10

Extensions
.RAM

STANDARD

and
the

CODE

figure

identify KS10 Maintenance
DSRPA.SAV

STD

INFORMATION

Library.

The

KS10

1lists
and

STARTING

ADDRESSES

the
standard
starting
utility programs.

addresses

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

for

both

the

STD

KS10

Standard

Table

Diagnostic Monitors
N/A

20000

(SMMON,
is

KS10

diagnostic monitors.

N/A

address

starting

used

address

20001

run

will

the monitor

program

the

file

This

address

used

15.

title

under

restart

program
This

the

monitor

the

CPU

printed

the

CPU will

the

diagnostic

this

address

and

the

started.

control

20002

will

currently

being

printed.

either

stopped
to

program

with

currently

conjunction with

Restarting

the

title

control

all

Restarting the

program

run

under

cause

for

conjunction

files.
the

switch

N/A

standard

CPU

cause

20003

the

diagnostic monitor control
being

20002

Addresses

SMMAG)

This

N/A

20001

Program Starting

IFunction

Address |Tag

halt.

After

The

the

user may

monitor

the

time.
is

wused

restart

the

current

program.

Diagnostic
30000

30001

Programs

BEGIN

Stand-alone

30002

DIAGMN

$START

|Mode check

30003

SYSEXR

[System

30004

SFSTRT

start

starting

|Diagnostic

monitor

exerciser

|Special

30005

PFSTRT

|Power

30006

REENTR

|Reenter

feature

fail

address

start

start
start

restart

start

30007
30010

DDTSRT
BEGIN1

[DDT start
|Start next

30011
30012

SBINIT
RETURN

|PGMINT
|Return

30013

program

linkage
address

pass

storage

START1

|Optional

30014

START2

|Optional

starting

address/instructions

30015

START3

|Optional

starting

address/instructions

30016

START4

|Optional

starting

address/instructions

30017

STARTS5

|Optional

starting

address/instructions

STANDARD

CONSOLE

Table

lists

data

switches

CONTROL

and

starting

SWITCHES

describes

wused

Exceptions

are described

Table

Switch

KS10

the

standard

control

diagnostics.

through

address/instructions

the

functions

operation

standard

in the

Standard

and

right

individual
Control

Switch

Function

Abort at end of pass

(400000)

ABORT

(200000)

RSTART

List

2 (100000)

TOTALS

List totals and continue

(040000)

NOPNT

Inhibit all

(020000)

PNTLPT

restart

printing

1line

KS10

switches

Summary

and

console

most

program summaries.

Mnemonic

totals

the

half

except

forced

printer

(user,

1logical

bell

error

(forced

loop on

test

DEV)

(010000)

DING

Ring

terminal

output)

(004000)

LOOPER

Enter

scope

(002000)

ERSTOP

Halt

(exec

error

mode),

resume

CONTINUE.

pressing
switch

after

causes

CALL

AC,

Normal

test

typing

.CONT.

(001000)

PALERS

(000400)

RELIAB

Reliability mode

all

errors

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

error

sequence

user mode,

resumed

normal

executed.
by

error

reporting
EXIT

this

sequence may

KS10

Table

KS10

Standard

Switch

Mnemonic

TXTINH

(000200)

Control

Switch

Summary

STD

(Cont)

Function
Inhibit

comment

portion

error

messages.

(000100)

INHPAG

KS10

12 (000040)

MODDVC

Modify device codeé

inhibit

paging

(000020)

INHCSH

KS10

14 (000010)

OPRSEL

Operatér test selections

inhibit

15 (000004)

CHAIN

This

switch used by SMMON,

control

chain

(000002)

Reserved

(000001)

Reserved

through

cache

Refer

etc.,

fio

operations

the

individual

diagnostic

summaries.

Setting

the

Console

KS10-based
switches.

Data

Switches

Exec Mode
The
switches

used

system

control

are

derived

single

directly

program

from

the

run

console

the

data

The
right-half
program
control
switches
are
redefined
when
a
diagnostic monitor and control file are used to automatically load
and
sequence
a
series
of
diagnostic
programs.
Refer
to
the

appropriate
information.

diagnostic

User Mode
A diagnostic
user

mode.

that

the

less

typed

If a
load

that

monitor

must

than

program

left

and

right

half

than

six

digits

are

right-justified

left

six

for

further

used
to
run diagnostic programs
in
is run, the program will request
switches be entered as octal digits.

single

diagnostic monitor and
and sequence a series

the

module

monitor
a

will

summary

half

digits

switches

are

typed
and

for

control file
of programs,

typed

either

half,

the

digits

zero-filled.

entered

they

are used to automatically
the monitor will request

will

octal

less

right-justified

digits.

and

zero-filled.
The
1left
programs in the control

half digits typed will be shared by all
file.
The right half switches for
each

program

will

DIAGNOSTIC
The

following

diagnostic
Table

supplied

the

control

file.

PROGRAM HIERARCHIES
tables

describe

the

KS10

Maintenance

Library

hierarchies.
3

KS10

Maintenance

Library

Utility

Programs

Table 4

KS10 Processor Diagnostic Hierarchy‘

Table 5

KS10 Memory Diagnostic Hierarchy

Table 6

Disk Sfibsystems Diagnostic Hierarchy

Table

Magtape

Subsystems

Diagnostic

Table

Hardcopy

Equipment

Diagnostics

Table

Communications

Equipment

Table

Unibus

Diagnostic

Table

Miscellaneous

Adapter

Hierarchy

Diagnostics

Diagnostic

MODE:

indicates

that

the

program

may be

run

Executive mode.

U indicates that the program may be run in the User mode.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

| 3

STD

KS10

Table

Utility

KS10

Mode

Maintenance

Library

Utility

SMAPT. SAV

SMBC2.SAV

KS10

Boot

SMDDT.SAV

KS10

DDT

Special

SMMAG. SAV

KS10

SMMON. SAV

KS10 Diagnostic Monitor
Standard Control Files

SMFILE.EXE

Special

SMTAPE.SAV

SUBSM.SAV

E
U

Table

Diagnostic
Basic,

Program

Advanced,

Program

Monitor

SMCPU

Processor

SMFLT

Processor

Diagnostics

Run

File

(FLT)

SMUSR

Processor

Diagnostics

Run

File

(TS)

Diagnostics

Run

Executive

KS10

User

Subroutine

Processor

Program

Diagnostic

Hierarchy

ITitle

and

Reliability

DSKAA.SAV

Basic

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKAB.SAV

Basic

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKAC,.SAV

Basic

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKAD. SAV

Basic

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKAE.SAV

Basic

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKAF.SAV

Basic

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKAG.SAV

DSKAH. SAV

DSKAI.SAV

DSKAJ.SAV

File

Creator

KS10

lMode

Check

Magtape

SUBUSR.SAV

Programs

Title

Basic

Instruction Diagnostic

Basic

Instruction

Diagnostic

Basic

Instruction

Diagnostic

Basic

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKAK.SAV

Basic Instruction Diagnostic 11

DSKAL.SAV

Basic

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKAM.SAV

Basic

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKBA.SAV

Basic

Instruction

Reliability

DSKCA.SAV

Advanced

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKCB.SAV

Advanced

Instruction

Diagnostic

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKCC.SAV

Advanced

DSKCD. SAV

Advanced Instruction Diagnostic 4

DSKCE.SAV

Advanced

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKCF.SAV

Advanced

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKCG.SAV

Advanced

Instruction

Diagnostic

DSKDA ., SAV

Arithmetic Reliability

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

KS10

Table

K510

Diagnostic

Paging

And

Processor

Paging Diagnostic

DSKEB.SAV

Cache

Supplementary

Tests

DSKFA.SAV

Diagnostic

IInstruction Timing Diagnostic

Table

KS10

Mode

Memory

Diagnostic

DSMMA.SAV

KS10

Supplementary

Tests

1024K

Memory

BLT/FLT

1ls

DSMMC, SAV

FAST

Diagnostic

Table

Disk

Mode

DSRMA.SAV

DSRMB, SAV

DSRPA.SAV

Table

Basic

RMO3/RP06
RP06

E-

Basic

Magtape

Mode

Memory

Diagnostic

and

Alignment

Diagnostic

Subsystems

RH11

Diagnostic

Hierarchy

TM03/TU45

Basic

Diagnostic

Magtape Reliability

Card Reader Diagnostic

DSCDA.SAV

DSLPA.SAV

Line

DSLTA.SAV

Teletype

Printer

Diagnostic

Communications

Mode

Hardcopy Equipment Diagnostics
Title

Hierarchy

Reliability

Mode

Table

Diagnostic

Title

Table 8

Diagnostic

and

Subsystems

1RM03

DSTUA.SAV

Diagnostic

Title

DSTUB.SAV

Diagnostic

DECSYSTEM-2020 Memory Diagnostic

DSMMB.SAV

Diagnostic

Hierarchy

Title

DSMMD. SAV

Diagnostic

(Cont)

Tests

DSKEA.SAV

Diagnostic

Hierarchy

Title

Mode

Cache

Diagnostic

STD

Equipment

Diagnostics

Title

DSDUA.SAV

DUP1l1

DSDZA.SAV

Dle‘Diagnostic

DSKMA . SAV

KMC11 Diagnostic

Diagnostic

Mode

Title

DSUBA.SAV

Unibus

Table 10

Table

Diagnostic

Unibus Adapfer Diagnostic

Diagnostic

Mode

Title

DSRHH.SAV

RH11

Adapter

Diagnostic.

Miscellaneous

Diagnostic

(manufacturing)

Diagnostic

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

Check

KS10

STD

PROCEDURES

FROM

DISK

boot

load

from drive

performed

drive

from

the

RH1ll

and

Refer

Procedure

KS10 Maintenance
control

Procedure

and

Library

unit.

Procedure

describes

(RED PACK)

Procedure

load

can be

describes

from other than

Procedure

Step

PACK

readin of

Command

the

KS10 Maintenance

Library

from Disk

Procedure

Mount

the

disk

pack

Maintenance

Library

Write-protect

the

containing

(RED

PACK)

the

K810

drive

disk.

Make the disk drive READY and ON-LINE.

BT1<CR>

Type the command BTl and carriage
return
SMMON,
the
diagnostic
monitor
for
disk,

Procedure

Step

Command

automatically

read

SMMON

summary.

start.

Refer

Loading the KS10 Maintenance
from Disk Other Than Drive 0

Library

command

Mount

the

disk

Maintenance
drive.

Make

DS<CR>

pack

Library

the disk

containing

(RED

PACK)

the

disk.

Write-protect

<CR>.
will

the

drive READY and

the

KS10

selected

ON-LINE.

Type the command DS and carriage return <CR>.
At
the completion of the DS command the following
dialog

will

take

BT1<CR>

place.

Response

Query

and

Procedure

>>UBA?

<CR>

>>RHBASE?
>>UNIT?

<CR>

Type

the

BT1

Enter

the

unit

number.

command

boot

the

system.

LOADING FROM MAGTAPE - Refer to Procedure 3 and Procedure 4.
A
boot load readin of the KS10 Maintenance Library (RED TAPE #3) can
be

performed

Procedure

describes

Procedure
Step

from

TM02/03

load

other

than

and

from

drive

Mount

the

used.

Write-protect

magtape

KS10

Type

the

SMMAG,

the

command

the

wunit.

procedure

Library

(RED

TAPE

the .subsystem

#3)

tape.

and

carriage

and

start.

Refer

the KS10 Maintenance
Other Than Drive 0

Library

diagnostic monitor

from Tape
Command

for

return

magtape,

<CR>.

will

the

TAPE

#3)

Procedure
|

Mount

the

KS10

magtape
on
the
Ensure the tape

control

and

Make the transport READY and ON-LINE.
MT<CR>

Procedure

Maintenance

transport

automatically read
in
SMMAG command summary.

tape

Procedure

Step

RH1ll1

drive

Loading the KS10 Maintenance Library from Magtape

Command

the

describes

load

Make

the

Maintenance

Library

(RED

selected
transport
is write-protected.

transport

READY

and

ON-LINE.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

used.

KS10

STD

Procedure

4
Loading the KS10 Maintenance Library
from Tape Other Than Drive 0 (Cont)
*

Step

Command

MS<CR>

Procedure
Type

the

command

and

carriage

the completion of
the MS
dialog will take place.
Query

MT<CR>

STANDARD

Most

KS10

<CR>
0

>>DENS?

1600

>>SLU?

Enter

the

MT command

slave number.

boot

diagnostic

ERROR

REPORTING

Fatal

Halts

programs

use

one

following

fatal

halt

addresses

the

are

inoperation of the KS10 processor.
If
run a more basic diagnostic that does
(DSKAA

the

system.

FORMATS

error message formats.
Unique error message
in the individual diagnostic summary.

The

through

following

formats

used

any of these
not use the

Tag

Reason

2010

NOEXEC

Program

2011

PLERR

Fatal

2012

PLERR1

Initial

2013

MUOERR

MUUO with

LUUO handler wiped out

2014

SMBER

Interrupt

without

2015

SMCER

Clock

2016

CPIERR

CPU

initialization

2017

EOPERR

End

2020

LUOERR

Interrupt

The

following message
PROGRAM

###444
should

ERROR

coded

list

push

program
with

typed

N AU
W N

are

test

follows:

The
The

PC
present

switch

The
The

name of
correct

the major
test data

The

typical

printout

mode

operation

error
incorrect

doorbell

without

flag

set

error

error
LUUO

handler

and

halt

wiped

exit

out

executed.

test

comment

using

TITLE-FUNCTION

test sequence
results.

concerning

000000

seven

items

being

executed.

the

test

failure.

error message

format

follows.

000000

XXXXXX

ACTUAL:
DISCREP:

YYYYYY

2277727

77727227

DIAGNOSTIC

COMMENT

ADDITIONAL

COMMENT

the

absolute

data.

typeout

results.

the general

ERROR

TITLE,

settings.

data

SWITCHES

DISCREP

specifies

XXXXXX

CORRECT:

allows

exec

pointer

discrepancy.

Diagnostic

test

total

occurs,
package

####4#

report

halts
SUBSM

failure.

The actual

described

points to the PC of the error handler.
Program execution
not be continued until the problem has been corrected.

concerning

for

pointer

list

interrupt

not

push

General Error Message Format
The
general
error
message
format

They

standard

are

DSKAH).

Address

FATAL

following

<CR>

>>RHBASE?
>>TCU?

Type

ERROR

the

Response

>>UBA?

return <CR>.

command

the

(DISCREP

FUNCTION,

may

for

address

octal

and

the

XOR

DIAGNOSTIC

inhibited

shorter

discrepancy

printouts

error

instruction.

the

CORRECT

and

ACTUAL).

COMMENT

setting

call

between

the

portions

TXTINH

repetitive

switch

failures.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

and

ACTUAL

the

error

(10).

This

SMDDT

INFORMATION

GENERAL

DDT (Dynamic Debugging Technique) is a utility program for on-line
A
checkout, testing, and control of MACRO and FORTRAN programs.

modified

version

command

actually

using

test).

the

DDT

controlling

(SMDDT)

Many

interpretation

uses

that

routines.

diagnostic

and

SMDDT

always

feature

loaded

(e.g.,

dispatch

the

during

that

the

SMDDT

KS10

for

diagnostic

(FRTESTSG)

identification

SMDDT supports many commands

diagnostics

with

use

diagnostics

dispatching

test

following

these

test

starting

address

for

useful

are

maintenance.

DDT<CR>

SMMON or SMMAG command to start SMDDT

{CR><LF>

PROMPT - SMDDT uses a carriage return
ready
1is
1t
indicate
to
feed
line

followed by a
a
accept
to

command
.

Exit

SMDDT

Begin

execution

main

(diagnostic)

program.

NOTES

This

module

summarizes

for

complete

list

special

the

test

most

commonly

used

the Software Notebooks

commands.

PATCH

1location

symbolic

Use

Refer

DDT commands.

routines

for

patching

building
the

main

program.

DATA AND COMMAND FORMATS

SMDDT has

two

primary data

formats:

SYMBOLIC:

CAT+2/ MOVE

HALFWORD:

CAT+2/

symbolic

describes

Table

summarizes

the

Table

summarizes

SMDDT

the data

format

SMDDT

Table

error

field

delimiters.

commands.

messages.

SMDDT

Field

Delimiters

Delimiter

Description

space

delimits

the

op-code

’

A comma delimits

the

space

()

Parentheses

The @

Double

rubout

delimit

symbol

delimit

field.

the

indicates

commas

Table

Special

halfword.

200140,,500

Table

Command

and

3,500

index

field.

indirect addressing.
halfwords.

SMDDT Command Summary

[Description
Editing

Commands

The
to

rubout

key will

cause

the

last

character

typed

be deleted.

“u

(Control

(Control W)

Delete last word, back to delimiter.

(Control

Retype

Delete

line.

last

line.

Arithmetic Operations
+

117+123<CR>

Addition
-

51-17<CR>

Subtraction

15*%12<CR>

Multiplication

256 '16<CR>

Division

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

SMDDT

Table
Command

Radix

for

output

$nR

SMDDT

Command

Summary

(Cont)

only)

$8R

Set

Address

Description

the

base

radix

Modes

address

mode

absolute

numeric.

address

mode

relative

symbolic.

Printout

Modes

Set

halfword.

Set printout mode to

symbolic.

Set printout mode

to ASCII text.

$6T

Set

printout mode

sixbit

text.

Searching

a<b>cSW

2000<2050>MOVESW
Search for the key word "c."
address "a" and end the search

Begin
the
at address

"b."
.

Symbols
.

period

position

represents

the

Represents

the

last

Represents

the

indirect

name$:

MAINS:
Opens

local

equals

the

statement.
sym:

n<sym:

value

the

quantity

typed

bit

symbol

table
for
use by SMDDT.
specified
in
the
MACRO-10

name
For

most

diagnostics

the

title

Name
title
MAIN.

CAT:

Insert

current

value

new

symbol

pointer.

the

symbol

table.

Use

the

2017<CAT:

Insert

symbol

specified

sym$$K

symbolic

pointer.

the

symbol

table.

by n.

Use

the

value

CATS$SK
Delete

the

specified

symbol

from

the

symbol

table.

Breakpoints

adrs$B

4000S$B
Set

Symbolic

Proceed

n$P

58P
Set

the

breakpoint

the

address may

used.

specified

address.

and

from

from the breakpoint.

proceed

counter

proceed

breakpoint.

$SP

Proceed always.

Remove

0$nB

0$2B
Remove

all

breakpoints.

the

breakpoint

specified

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

the

SMDDT

SMDDT Command Summary (Cont)

Table 2
Command

Description

Instruction and Program Execution
insts$X

MOVE 3,CAT+3$X
Execute the specified

$X
:

$X
Execute the instruction pointed to.
the pointer (PC) .
operands and increment
48X

ns$Xx

times,

command

the

Repeat

instruction once.

the

printing

the

operands

are

operands and incrementing the pointer each time.
4$$X

n$$X

the

Repeat

command

times.

printed for the last execute only.

the

~ Start

normal

starting

specified

address.

the

program

The

address

.
(JOBSA)

20508G<CR>

adr$G

Start

the

inst

MOVE

AC4,

#I’#

,
777000,,000777
Format for inputting half

Input

program

the

Formats

Format for

CAT+3

instruction.

a symbolic

inputting

words.

Format

#.4

"/A/

for

inputting

octal

digits.

94.

273.5

Format

for

inputting

decimal

for

inputting

"/THIS IS A MESSAGE/

floating point number.

Format

for

inputting

ASCII

"AS

"Y$
Format

for

inputting

one

$"/A/

$"/THIS IS A MESSAGE/

$IIA$

$"Y$

Format

digits.

text.

ASCII

sixbit

character.

for

inputting

ASCII text.

for

1nputt1ng one sixbit ASCII character.

Examine and Modify Locations
~adr/

CAT/<CR>

contents

address

and

leave

open

for

modification.
adr!

CATI1<CR>

Open

address

current

adr|

adr]

(BACKSPACE)

TAB

for

modification

not

;
a numerical

value.

but

contents.

MASK [ <CR>
Print contents of address as
Leave open'for‘modification.

do
~

Print symbolic contents of address.

modification.

Examine address location minus one

Examine location specified by address

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

Leave open for

SMDDT

Table

SMDDT

Command

Description

patch

(altmode)
current

area

Command

made

(left

(Cont)

opening

address,

angle-bracket).

contents

for

Summary

new

the

address

This
and

instructions.

typing

saves

opens

the

After

the

patch

the

new

instructions

are entered, the patching is closed by
(altmode)
(right
angle-bracket).
The

typing
original

contents

followed
to

the

whether

two

are

jump

then

placed

address

the

instruction

last

instructions

original

the

which
+2,

patch

will

area

return

depending

the

patch

skips

not.

Example:
ADDRESS/contents

PATCH/new

line

feed

instruction

PATCH

+1/new

PATCH

+2/contents

PATCH

+3/jump

ADR

PATCH

+4/jump

ADR

Typing

instruction

line

and
cause
address
to

feed

will

the
contents
be printed.

the

The

current
next

address

sequential

will

left

arrow
will
cause
the
contents
of
the
address
specified minus
one
to
be
printed.

last

open

for

modification.

address

Carriage

left

open

Typing
a carriage
address.
If

return

Repeating

Prin touts

are

will

clear
the currently
were made
the new

modifications

inserted.

Modes

Typing
the
will cause

The

modification.

return

open

contents

for

Other

Than

symbol

the

Prevailing

following

printout

Temporary

symbolic

repeated

printout

halfword

a
halfword
repeated in

printout
symbolic

format.

Typing

dash

will cause
format.

Clear

Typing

the

symbol

pointed

but

will

Typing

the

symbol
will
print
a numeric value.

the

1location

[
as

out

pointed
Typing

the

pointed

]
as

symbol
will
print
out
a symbolic instruction.

the

location

will

not

change

out

the

1location

pointer.

PATCH<PATCH+20$57
Clear

memory

Table

()
following
printout to be

Memory

adr<adrs$s$z

Error

the

from

address

SMDDT

Error

address.

Messages

Description

Indicates the user
cannot
by

the

typed an undefined

interpreted

wuser

since

by
the

SMDDT.
1last

symbol which

Everything
SMDDT

typed

printout

ignored.

Indicates
or

area

illegal

location outside
has

been

SMDDT
of

the

command
user's

referenced.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

been

typed

assigned

has

memory

SMMAG

GENERAL INFORMATION
Code

DSQDD.SAV

Title

SMMAG - DECSYSTEM-2020 Diagnostic Magtape Monitor

Abstract

SMMAG is a variation of SMMON
modified to handle magtape as a

In exec mode the load

both exec and user mode.

and

control

programs.

run a single program or execute a
sequence

run

will

that

Control files enable SMMAG to be used

following

the

for

file

magtape

and can be directed

command-controlled

to load

user

the TOPS-10 or

TOPS-20 operating system and either
disk may be used as the load medium.

SMMAG

(only).

run with either

SMMAG will

mode

to magtape

restricted

medium

that has been
load medium in

purposes.

Rapid checkout of the hardware

Acceptance

testing

Reliability testing
Unattended overnight testing.

Hardware
Required

KS10 mainframe

Minimum of

32K of memory

Load device:

Disk subsystem

RH11 with TU45 tape drive
'

(optional)

NOTE

When under a TOPS-20 monitor, the magtape device
and

assigned

must

e.g.

@ASSIGN

set

density

monitor

command.
MTA(

@SET TAPE DENSITY 800 BPI

Preliminary
and

Associated

Programs

Restrictions

SMMAG assumes that the basic instructions and the
selected load device are operational.

The diagnostic monitor may be used to call only

programs

those

diagnostic
Note

Loading and

Starting
Procedure

that

formats.

prescribed

the

SMDDT

are

standard (Refer to the KS10 STD module.)
To load SMMAG from the diagnostic magtape,

Uuse

The

DECSYSTEM-2020

SUBSM

package

and

automatically loaded on system startup.

MAGTAP

the

either

monitor commands.

program

the

following

TOPS-10

.ASSIGN MTAO:
.REWIND MTAO:

.SET DENSITY MTAO: 800(1600) BPI
.SET BLOCKSIZE MTAQ: 512
.SKIP MTAO:

3 FILES

.COPY SMMAG.SAV=MTAO:
TOPS-20

@ASSIGN MTAO:
@REWIND MTAOQ:

@SET TAPE DENSITY 800(1600) BPI
'
@SKIP MTAO: 3 FILES
@COPY (FROM) MTAO: (TO) SMMAG.SAV
Control

Switches

affect
The state of the control switches does notfile
is
the operation of SMMAG unlessa control
of
part
as
1lists,
file
control
A
being used.

ecach command line, the program to be run and the
right

half

switches

use

with

that

program.

This allows the actual (console) right half
switches to be used to control the operation of
SMMAG. The switches that affect the operation of

SMMAG when a control file is in use are listed in
Table

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

SMMAG

OPERATIONAL CONTROL
If
SMMAG
is
loaded

*SMMAG
SMMAG

[DSQDE]
CMD

DECSYSTEM

SMMAG

1loaded

[DSQDE]

0.2%
UBA

tape

2020

the

following

DIAGNOSTIC

message

MAGTAPE

will

MONITOR VER

0.2%*

from

disk

DECSYSTEM

2020

printed.
*SMMAG

from

printed.

the

following

DIAGNOSTIC

message

MAGTAPE

will

MONITOR

VER

DRIVE

1600

BPI

SLAVE

NOTE

Drive
digit

and
Slave
are
defined
by
a
two
number.
The first digit specifies
no. of TM02/TM03; the second digit

drive

specifies

slave

After

selection

SUBSM

the

and

SMDDT

and

SMMAG

CMD

Table

no.

load

the

describes

the

Table

describes
describes

general

SMMAG

program

Table

starting

lists

SMMAG

mode

manual

Table

SMMAG

will

following.

Table

exec

transport.

device

selection

load

commands.

commands.
commands.

starting

SMMAG

automatically

addresses.

Control

Switch

Summary

Switch

|State

Description

Reduces the iteration count in a control
file by a
factor of 100 to 1, thus reducing the run time
for
each program
in
the
file.
This
is
useful
for
a

quick

check

Each

program

specified

number

Normal
Inhibit

hardware.

the

program

executed

contrel

file

printing
by

run

the

test

title

each

SMMAG.

Normal

XPAND - Expand the control sequencing.
X

iterations.

operation.

command,

Table

the

listed

the

Device

Table

Device

Selection

Description

UBA

ADR

772440

UBA

ADR

772440

UBA

ADR

772440

UBA

ADR

772440

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

Refer to

SMMAG

Summary

SMMAG General Command

Table

Description

Command

terminator.

<CR>

Standard

command

Altmode

A control Z is used to terminate the T command.

special

command

causes

that

terminator

single program to be loaded but not started.

D<KCR>

Directs
medium.

F<CR>

G<CR>

file from the load
printing FILE.EXT-.

SMMAG to read a control
respond by
SMMAG will

Respond by typing

the name of the control file.

Directs SMMAG to print a directory of the load medium.

I<KCR>

Directs

SMMAG

currently

execution

begin

the

control

file

execution

restart
start or
SMMAG to
Directs
program currently loaded in core.

the

in core.

L<CR>

Directs SMMAG to print a file stored on the load medium.

SMMAG will request the name of the file to be printed by

printing

R<CR>

S<CR>

FILE.EXT-.

Directs SMMAG to reinitialize itself.
SMMAG will begin
:
by requesting the load medium to be used.
,

Directs
request

SMMAG will
SMMAG to load a single program.
the name of the program by printing FILE.EXT-.
the name of

by typing
Respond
T<CR>

Directs

open

SMMAG

internal control file.

the program.

buffer

and

A control Z

begin

("Z)

building

termihates the

Refer to the section on building control
T command.
files (SMMAG control files) that follows Table 5.
X<CR>

run thrdugh

Directs SMMAG to

the

expanded command set

dialogue.

Expanded Command Dialogue

The following additional command sequences are added when either
~
the X command is used or the XPAND switch (18) is set.
TYPE

Y<CR>

FOR

SPECIAL

= gpecial
= special

Special

user

USER

MODE

user mode after first pass
user mode on all passes

mode

psuedo-user

mode.

The

diagnostic

program will be run in user mode (with paging, etc.) and the
I/0 is trapped back to the diagnostic monitor for processing.
This provides a method of checking user mode operation with
functional and reliability diagnostics without actually having
:
'
to use a monitor and timesharing.

COM'PA'NY CONFIDENTIAL

SMMAG

Table

SMMAG

Command

Description

DDT

DDT<CR>

Program

Starting

Commands

DDT

Start
PFSTRT

PFSTRT<CR>
Power fail

REE

REE<CR>

SFSTRT

SFSTRT<CR>

START

STARTLCR>

START#

START# <CR>
Special start.

STD

STD<CR>
Start diagnostic

STL

STL<CR>
Start SMMAG

STTM

STM<CR>
Reinitialize

restart

Reenter

Special

Start

Table 5

features

diagnostic

Numbers

Standard

Manual

Description

20000

SMMAG

starting

20001

If the
titles
fails

from

through

may

Starting

and

Restarting

Addresses

address

desired

restart

operator

range

start

Address

20002

start

abort

the
by

test

starting

currently

progress

sequential

program,

20001.

location

the

diagnostic monitor is running in the mode where
are not printed
[SW 15(1)],
and a user pProgram
such that it
is not known which program failed,

starting

location

20002

will

cause

the

title

printed.
The computer will then halt at location 20000.
The operator may now manually restart the user program

20003

SMMAG
A

restart

Program

Control

control

file

diagnostic

and

monitor.

restarting

address.

Files
for

programs to be
control file.

the

starting

SMMAG

control

via

file

the

The

run.

an ASCII file
following apply

can

SMMAG

constructed

consisting of a
to constructing

list of
a SMMAG

with

program

any

editor

T command.

A control file can have up to 50 command lines.
Each
by a
a.

command line consists of five items each
space or tab.
The items are as follows.
Program

name.

extension,

the

separated

the

program

extension

name

must

separated

includes

included

and

period.
NOTE

If the special
user mode
routines are
selected,
a
line
that
starts
with
a

minus
(-)
signifies
that
the
will run in special user mode.
b.

Pass
that
the
on

count.
The pass count is the number of passes.
the program is to run.
The pass count may be in
of 0 to 777777.
1If 0, the program will run

range
each

pass

Switches.

program

through

This

used

console

data

the

control

octal

program

file.

half

word

the

right

half

switches.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

digits)

the

SMMAG

This is the number, in octal, of
TIterations.
iterations the program is to execute. The iteration

count may be

in the range 0 to

377777.

one

jteration is assumed.

<CR>. A carriage return terminates the command line
and opens the next line for input. If the T command

was used to build the control file, a "Z

(control Z)

will close the file and return to SMMAG command mode.
Example:

DSKAA

DSKAC

1000<CR>

200<CR>

123456

DSKAB

1<CR>

000001

I1f the control file is being generated via the T command

These act as a
the following heads will be printed.
guide only and are not actually a part of the control
file.

NAME

ITERATIONS

RH SWS

PASSES

Typing errors may be corrected by typing a RUBOUT.

RUBOUT will print three Xs and delete the entire line.

The

The diagnostic

The control file is executed via the I command.

monitor will read in and execute the first program on the command

list.

The program will be iterated the requested number of times
The monitor will

and control will then revert to the monitor.

then proceed to the next program on the list until all programs
Wwhen the final program on the
requested have been executed.

command list has been executed, the pass count will be printed and
then the monitor will restart with the first program again.

EXAMPLE:

SMMAG PASS 000001
SMMAG PASS 000002
etc.

A control

restarted

file

will

the command

remain

core

that

the monitor

list does not have to be read

unless a new control file or single program is selected.
To use the same control file, type

in again

SMMAG ERROR SUMMARY

CMDs REQUIRED

The program was commanded
list was empty.

execute

the control

Input a program to execute.

ERROR

error

explanation.

file,

but

the

Any load device error will print the message, ERROR AT, followed
by the octal address of the error.- Consult the 1listing for an
MUUO ERROR

the diagnostic program being run (in special user mode)

causes

If
printed and
an MUUO (not trapped I/0), the error message will be
the user MUUO

the program will halt.

The operator may examine

locations 17424 and 17425 to determine the cause of the error.
PROGRAM NOT FOUND - PROG.EXT

The program requested is not on the load device.
USER

TRAP

ERROR

If the diagnostic program being run (in special user mode)

causes

a trap (PAGE FAIL, PUSHDOWN OVERFLOW or TRAP 3) the message will

be printed and the program will halt.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

SMMON

INFORMATION

GENERAL
Code

DSQDC .SAV

Title

SMMON - DECSYSTEM-2020 Diagnostic Monitor

Abstract

SMMON is the DECSYSTEM-2020 diagnostic monitor.
It

runs

the

disk

pack.

mode

either

user mode,

TOPS-20.
is

control
the

under

single
will

Control

following

mode.

exec

from

programs

either TOPS-10

restricted

that

run

file

programs.
for

run

command-controlled

and

load

user

medium

load

The

sequence

and

SMMON will

disk.

SMMON

exec

load

can

SMMON

program

and

can

run

sequence

directed

execute

enable SMMON to be used

files

purposes.

Rapid checkout of

the hardware

Acceptance

testing

Unattended

overnight

Reliability testing

Hardware
Required

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K

Load

of memory
RP0O6 or RMO3

device,

Preliminary
and

testing

disk

drive

;

Associated

Programs

SMMON assumes that

Restrictions

the

basic

instructions

The diagnostic monitor may be
diagnostic

Note

The

formats.

DECSYSTEM-2020

SMDDT

automatically

loaded

specification

the

Standard

(Refer

the

subroutine

are

device

resident

used

that

programs

those

and

load device are operational.

selected

DECSYSTEM-2020

call

only

SUBSM

and

©prescribed

program

they

system

are

memory.

the

startup

not

already

and

Loading
Starting

Procediure

the

Switches.

STD module.)

The state of the control switchés does not affect

the operation of SMMON unless a control

being

used.

control

each command line,
right

half

allows

This

switches

SMMON.

switches

wuse

with

file

part

that

(console)

program.

right

half

the operation

in use are listed

control

used to

The switches that affect the operation of
file

Table

’

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

the

lists,

actual

the

file

the program to be run and the

SMMON when a control

After

KS10

Control

monitor

diagnostic

‘

started

will

the

following message:

*SMMON [DSQDC] — DECSYSTEM'2020 DIAGNOSTIC MONITOR VER 0O.1%*
If

diagnostic

standard

the

pack

being

automatically select the disk pack for loading.

used,

SMMON

will

If the standard

diagnostic pack is not being used the following message will be
g

printed:

?DEFAULT

DIRECTORY NOT

FOUND

UBA#

The appropriate UBA, DISK, and USER area must be supplied. yTable
In

user

question

mode,

the

‘

2 defines the devices.

disk

is not asked.

1is

automatically

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

selected

and

the

S |

SMMON

After selection of the
SUBSM

and

SMDDT

SMMON

CMD

and

load

device

Table

describes

the

Table
Table

3
4

describes
describes

general
program

Table

lists

State

device

SMMON

Reduces

Control

a
1

the

factor

for

quick

Each

the

check

program

the

Normal

Inhibit

the

program

executed

Normal

operation.

XPAND

the

command,

Expand

useful

for

control

file

the

run

the

control

Device

UBA

address

776700

UBA

address

776700

UBA

address

776700

UBA

address

776700

UBA

address

the

test

title

each

SMMON.

Table

sequencing.

Refer

causes

Selection

Disks

Identify

DSK:?

Master

Command

Description

directory

Table

SMMON General

<CR>

Standard

Altmode - a special
single program to be

A control

D<LCR>

command

Directs

SMMON

medium,
by

Command

Summary

terminator.

used

command terminator that
loaded but not started.
to

terminate

read

the

a
control
respond
by

SMMON

will

typing

the

name

the

T command.

file
from
printing

control

the
1load
FILE.EXT.

file.

F<CR>

Directs

SMMON

directory of

the

execution

load

medium.

G<CR>

Directs
program

SMMON

start

currently

loaded

SMMON

begin

restart

the

core.

I<KCR>

Directs

currently
L

iterations.

printing

This

operation.

Table

Respond

file.

hardware.

listed

number

Description

Summary

count in a control file by
thus reducing the run time

100

program

Device

Switch

iteration

each

specified

commands.

SMMON

Descriptions

15.

selection

automatically load

commands.
starting commands.
SMMON manual starting addresses.

Table

Switch

SMMON will

print:

execution

the

control

file

core.

L<CR>

Directs

SMMON

medium.
Printed

SMMON

will

printing

print
a
request

file
stored
on
the
1load
the name of the file to be

FILE.EXT-.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

SMMON

SMMON General Command Summary (Cont)

Table 3
Command

Description

R<CR>

S<CR>

SMMON will begin
Directs SMMON to reinitialize itself.
by requesting the load medium to be used.

’

SMMON will
Directs SMMON to load a single program.
request the name of the program by printing FILE.EXT-.

Respond

T<CR>

Directs

typing

SMMON

the

name of

open

X<LCR>

building

control

command

expanded

the

through

run

begin

set

Refer to the section on the expanded command

follows

Table

SMMON Program Starting Commands

‘Table 4
Command

Description

DDT

DDTLKCR>

Start

and

Refer to the section
follows Table 5.

SMMON

Directs

dialogue.
which

buffer

A control Z ("Z) terminates the

internal control file.

T command.
files which

the program.

DDT

PFSTRT

PFSTRT<KCR>

REE

REE<CR>

SFSTRT

SFSTRTKCR>

START

START<KCR>
Start diagnostic

START#

START#<CR>
Special start.

STD

STD<KCR>

STL

STL<KCR>

STM

STM<CR>
Reinitialize

Power

fail

Reenter

user

Special

Start

restart

mode

features

start

Numbers

range

from

through

diagnostic

SMMON

start

Standard Manual Starting and Restarting Addresses

Table 5

Address

Description

20000

SMMON starting

20001

If it is desired to abort a test currently in progress

address

restart

operator may do so

20002

the

by starting

program,

sequential

at location 20001.

the

If the diagnostic monitor is running in the mode where

titles

are

not

fails such that

starting

printed.
20000.

The

printed

location

The

[SW

15(1)]

and

user

program

is not known which program failed,
20002

computer

will

operator may at

cause

then

this

the

halt

title

time manually

1location
restart

the user program or restart the diagnostic monitor.
20003

Program starting and

restarting address.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

SMMON

Expanded Command Dialogue
The following additional command sequences
are added
the X command is used or the XPAND switch (18)
is set.
TYPE

FOR

SPECIAL

USER

MODE

special

user

Y<CR>

special

user mode

when

either

Special

user

mode

program

will

mode

after

run in

first

all

pass

passes

pseudo-user

user

mode

mode.

(with

The

paging,

diagnostic

etc.)

and

the

I/0 is trapped back to the diagnostic monitor for processing.
This provides a method of checking user mode operation with
functional and
reliability diagnostics without using monitor

and
SMMON
A

timesharing.

Control

control

file.

Files

file

programs

for

SMMON

run.

control

Each
by a

file

the

control

ASCII

following

file

consisting

apply

can

SMMON
file

constructing

or via

The

SMMON

constructed

with

any

editor

program

T command.

can

have

command

lines.

command line consists of five items, each
space or tab.
The items are as follows.
Program

list

‘

name,

extension,

the

separated

the

program

extension

name

must

separated

includes

1included

and

period.
NOTE

the

special

selected,

minus

(-)
run

Pass
that

count.
The pass
the program is to

special

data

1Iterations.
the
be

<CR>.

and

opens

was

used

will

the

control

program
in

program

will

run

file.

half word
the
right

(6 digits)
to
half
of
the"

the

the
is

number,

range

execute.

octal,

The

377777.

iteration
If

one

assumed.

the

count is the number of passes
run.
The pass count may be in

is an octal
program
as

carriage

program

mode.

777777.

This

iterations

iteration
e.

are

with

the

switches.

count

may

user

through

Switches.
This
be
used
by
the

routines

starts

that

will

console

mode

that

signifies

the range of
on each pass

user

1line

return

build

the

line
the

file

terminates

for

input.

control

and

the

command

the

line

command

file,

return

a “Z
(control
2)
SMMON command mode.

Example:
DSKAA

.10

DSKAB

0
123456

1000<CR>
200<CR>

DSKAC

000001

1<CR>

"z
4.

If
the

the control file is being generated via the T command
following
headers will be printed.
These act as a

guide

only

and

are

not

actually

file.

NAME

PASSES

Typing

errors

may

RUBOUT will

SWS

part

the

control

ITERATIONS

corrected

three

and

typing

delete

the

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

RUBOUT.

entire

line.

The

SMMON

The

control

monitor

list.
and

file

will

The

control

then

and

the

program

executed.

the monitor

will

command.

the

requested

first

The

program

the

monitor.

the

When

command list has been executed,
then

the

iterated

revert

been

via

execute

will
then

have

executed

will

proceed

requested

read

program

The

list

the

diagnostic

the

number

until

final

command

times

monitor

will

all

programs

program

the

the pass count will be printed and

restart with

the

first

program

again.

EXAMPLE:
SMMON

PASS

000001

SMMON

PASS

000002

etc,

control

restarted
unless

SMMON

CMDs

remain

core

single

does

not

same

control

file,

type

ERROR

file

that

have

program

the

REQUIRED

program
was

was

empty.

commanded
Input

execute

programs

disk

the

octal

again

the

control

pack

file,

but

the

execute,

Errors

Any

monitor

read

selected.

SUMMARY

file

Pack

list

The

Disk

will

command

the

use

file

the

new control

‘

error

.address

will

the

error.

message,

Consult

ERROR

the

followed

listing

for

error

explanation.

MUUO ERROR
If the diagnostic

MUUO

(not

,
program

trapped

being

I/0O),

the

run

(in

error

the program will halt.
The operator
locations 17424 and 17425 to determine

PROGRAM

NOT

The

program

USER

TRAP

the

trap

FOUND

user

will

may examine
the cause of

mode)

causes

printed

and

the user MUUO
the error.

PROG.EXT

requested

is not on

the

load

device.

run

(in

special

ERROR

diagnostic

(PAGE

printed

special

message

FAIL,

and

the

program

being

PUSHDOWN
program

OVERFLOW or

will

TRAP

user

3),

the

mode)

causes

message

will

halt.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKAA

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKAA.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Basic
(Part

Abstract

Instruction Diagnostic

‘

This

diagnostic

the

processor

diagnostics.

processor

the

first

diagnostics.

assumes

the

console

HALT
be

assumptions

operative.

that

series

the

most

This

instruction

except

KS10

basic

diagnostic

and

the

computer

It'

makes

loaded

into memory

further

correctly.

The diagnostic tests
KS10 mainframe

Hardware
Required

Minimum

32K

the basic

functionality of

and microcode.

the KS10 processor

of memory

Preliminary

and

Associated

Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

Notes

diagnostic

(KS10

STD module).

If
the diagnostic
fails to start correctly,
try starting at the first test instead of at
the beginning of the control sequence. Refer

the

to
2.

The

listing on microfiche.

cycle

time

millisecond

range

for

vibration

The

iteration

determined

hierarchy

the

and

program

therefore

tests,

etc.

count

the

examining

30047

the

suitable

program

can

"PASCNT".

and

Starting
Procedure

Control
Switches
OPERATIONAL

Once
an

TEST

Refer

(Refer

the

KS10

Standard

(Refer

the

KS10 STD module.)

CONTROL

started

error

Standard

the

program

will

cycle

STD module.)

continually

until

stopped

occurs.

SUMMARY

the

ERROR SUMMARY
Errors are in

listing

the

on microfiche.

form

HALT

consulted
to
determine
instruction follows each

the

a scope loop to cycle on

the

instructions.

cause

HALT.

This

failing

the

may

The

listing

error.

useful

A
in

should

NOP

(JUMP)

constructing

instruction.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKAB

GENERAL INFORMATION
CODE

DSKAB.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Basic Instruction Diagnostic

Abstract

This diagnostic is the second in a series of KS10
The diagnostic tests some
processor diagnostics.

(Part

the

following

MOVE,

instructions:

COMPARE,

HALF WORD and BOOLE.

The diagnostic

tests the basic

the KS10 processor and microcode.

functionality of

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Hardware
Required

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

.
Refer to diagnostic hierarchy (KS10 STD module)

Restrictions

None

Notes

1If the diagnostic fails to start correctly
try starting at the first test instead of at
Refer

the beginning of the control sequence.
to the listing on microfiche.

The cycle time of the program is 1in the
millisecond range and is therefore suitable
for

vibration

tests,

etc.

The

iteration

count

the

program

can

determined by examining 30047 "PASCNT".

and

Starting

Procedure

Control

Switches

standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Once started the program will cycle continually until stopped or
an

error

TEST

occurse.

SUMMARY

Refer to the listing on microfiche.

ERROR SUMMARY

Errors are in the form of HALT instructions. The listing should be

consulted

to determine the cause of the error.

A NOP

(JUMP)

instruction follows each HALT. This may be useful in constructing
a scope loop to cycle on the failing instruction.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKAC

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKAC.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020
(Part 3)
This

Abstract

Instruction

third

diagnostic

processor
of

Basic

the

WORD and

the

diagnostics.

following

the

The

Diagnostic

series

diagnostic

instructions:

LOGICAL

KS10

tests

some

TEST,

HALF

adder.

The

diagnostic

the

KS10

tests

processor

the

basic

functionality

and microcode.

KS10 mainframe

Hardware
Required

Minimum

32K

memory

Preliminary
and

Associated

Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

Notes

diagnostic

hierarchy

STD module).

If the diagnostic fails to start correctly try
starting at the first test instead of at the
beginning

the

control

the

listing

on microfiche.

The

cycle

time

the

millisecond
range
and
is
for vibration tests, etc.

The

iteration

determined

(KS10

count

examining

sequence.

Refer

program
is
in
the
suitable
therefore

the

program

30047

can

stopped

should

"PASCNT".

and

Starting
Procedure

Standard

(Refer

the

KS10

STD module.)

Control
Switches

Standard

(Refer

the

KS10

STD module.)

will

cycle

OPERATIONAL CONTROL
Once started the program
an

error

TEST

Refer

continually

until

occurs.

SUMMARY

the

listing

on microfiche.

ERROR SUMMARY
Errors are in

the

consulted

determine

instruction

form

follows

each

HALT

the

HALT.

instructions.

cause

This

a scope loop to cycle on the failing

may

the
be

The

listing

error.

useful

instruction.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

NOP

(JUMP)

constructing

DSKAD

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKAD.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM~2020 Basic Instruction Diagnostic

Abstract

This diagnostic is the fourth in a series of KS10
The diagnostic tests
processor diagnostics.

(Part

JRST,

addressing,

JSP,

AOBJX,

JFCL,

XCT,

FLAGS,

AS0O,

S0S,

indexed

and

indirect

addressing.

The diagnostic tests the basic functionality
the KS10 processor and microcode.
KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Hardware
Required

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy

Restrictions

None

Notes

diagnostic

the

beginning

try starting

the

fails

first

the

(KS10 STD module).

The

cycle

millisecond
_for

Procedure

Control
Switches

Refer

iteration

count

the

can

stopped

suitable

the

program

30047 "PASCNT".

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

the program

started

error

TEST

1in

of the program is
time
and is therefore
range
tests, etc.

determined by examining

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Once

Refer

and

Starting

instead of at

sequence.

vibration

The

correctly,

start

test

control

to the listing onmicrofiche.

will

cycle

continually

until

occurs.

SUMMARY

the

listing on microfiche.

ERROR SUMMARY

Errors are

consulted

in the

instruction

form of HALT instructions.

determine

follows

each

the

HALT.

cause

This

the

may be

The listing should be

error.
useful

a scope loop to cycle on the failing instruction.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

NOP

(JUMP)

constructing

DSKAE

GENERAL INFORMATION
Code

DSKAE.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Basic Instruction Diagnostic
(Part

This diagnostic is the fifth in a series of KS10
processor diagnostics. The diagnostic tests the

Abstract

ADD,

FWT,

SUB,

change

and

COMPARE

instructions.

The diagnostic tests the basic functionality of
the KS10 processor and microcode.

K510 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Hardware
Required

Preliminary
and

Associated

Programs

Restrictions

Refer to diagnostfic hierarchy (KS10 STD module).
None

If the diagnostic fails to start correctly,
try starting at the first test instead of at

Notes

g the control
the beginninof

to the listing on microfiche.

sequence.

time of the program 1is
cycle
The
range and 1is therefore
millisecond
for vibration tests, etc.

The

iteration

count

the

program

Refer

in the
suitable

determined by examining 30047 "PASCNT".

can

Loading and

Starting
Procedure

Standard

Control

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Standard (Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Switches

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Once started the program will cycle continually until stopped or

error

TEST

occurs.

SUMMARY

Refer to the listing on microfiche.

ERROR SUMMARY

form of HALT instructions. The listing should be

Errors are in the
NOP (JUMP)
consulted to determine the cause of the error. inA constructing
instruction follows each HALT. This may be useful
a scope loop to cycle on the failing instruction.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKAF

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKAF.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Basic Instruction Diagnostic

Abstract

This diagnostic is the sixth in a series of KS10

(Part

BOOLE,

HWT,

tests the

The diagnostic

processor diagnostics.

and TEST instructions.

The diagnostic tests the basic functionality of
the

KS10 processor

and microcode.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Hardware
Required

Preliminary

and

Associated

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy (KS10 STD moduie).

Programs

Restrictions

None

Notes

the

fails

diagnostic

try starting at

The
for

3.
Loading

cycle

millisecond

The

the

tests,

etc.

count

time

range

vibration

iteration

and

instead of at

sequence.

program

the

can

suitable

program

determined by examining 30047 "PASCNT".

_Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Control
Switches

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Once started the program will cycle continually until
error

TEST

1is

therefore

Refer

and

Starting
Procedure

correctly,

start

the first test

the beginning of the control
to the listing on microfiche.

stopped or

occurs.

SUMMARY

Refer to the listing on microfiche.
ERROR SUMMARY

Errors are in the form of HALT instructions. The listing should be

consulted

instruction

determine

follows

the

each HALT.

cause

the

This may be

error.

useful

a scope loop to cycle on the failing instruction.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

NOP

(JUMP)

in constructing

DSKAG

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKAG.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020
(Part 7)

Abstract

This
KS10

diagnostic
is
the
seventh
in a
series
of
processor diagnostics. The diagnostic tests

the

PUSH,

Basic

POP,

Instruction

XCT,

and

Diagnostic

BASIC

SHIFT/ROTATE

instructions.
The

diagnostic tests the basic functionality
KS10 processor and microcode.

the

KS10 mainframe

Hardware
Required

Minimum

32K

of memory

Preliminary
and

Associated

Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

Notes

diagnostic

hierarchy

(KS10

If
the
diagnostic
fails
to
start
correctly,
try starting at the first test instead of at
the beginning of the control
sequence.
Refer

to
2.

the

The

listing

cycle

on microfiche.

time

the

program

millisecond
range
and
1is
for vibration tests, etc.

The

iteration

determined
Loading

STD module).

count

examining

1is

therefore

the

program

30047

the

suitable

can

stopped

"PASCNT".

and

Starting

Procedure

Standard

(Refer

the

KS10

STD

Control
Switches

Standard

(Refer

the

KS10

STD module.)

will

cycle

OPERATIONAL CONTROL
Once started the program
an

until

SUMMARY

Refer

the

listing

ERROR SUMMARY

Errors

are

consulted
scope

the

determine

instruction

continually

occurs.

error

TEST

module.)

microfiche.

form of

follows

each

loop to cycle on

HALT

the

HALT.

instructions.

cause

This

the failing

may

the
be

The

listing

error.

useful

should

NOP

(JUMP)

constructing

instruction.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKAH

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKAH.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Basic

This

Abstract

diagnostic

system,

The

interrupts,

diagnostic

the

KS10

the eighth

series

tests

processor

and

LUUOs

the

tests

The diagnostic
diagnostics.

processor
PI

Instruction Diagnostic

(Part

KS10

and

input/output.

basic

functionality

microcode.

the

KS10 mainframe

Hardware
Required

Minimum

32K of memory

Preliminary
and

Associated

Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

Notes

the

beginning

diagnostic

starting

try

diagnostic hierarchy

the

The

<cycle

time

Loading and
Starting

the

fails

the

first

start

test

control

the

tests,

etc.

count

range

vibration

iteration

The

determined

and

by examining

correctly,

program

1is

to the

KS10 STD module.)

Standard

(Refer

KS10

will

cycle

started

error

TEST

the

program

can

stopped

program
“PASCNT".

(Refer

Once

the

Standard

the

1in

30047

Procedure

Refer

suitable

therefore

Control
Switches

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

instead

sequence.

listing on microfiche.

millisecond
for

(KS10 STD module).

STD module.)

continually

until

occurs.

SUMMARY

Refer

the

listing

ERROR SUMMARY

Errors

are

consulted

instruction

the

microfiche.

form of

determine

follows

each

HALT

the

HALT.

instructions.

cause

the

This may be

The

listing

error.
useful

a scope loop to cycle on the failing instruction.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

should be

NOP

(JUMP)

constructing

DSKAI

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKAI.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Basic Instruction Diagnostic

Abstract

This diagnostic

(Part

processor
logic

the ninth

diagnostics.

testing

and shift and

the

The

KS10

in a

series

diagnostic

processor,

KS10

performs

microcode,

rotate functions.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Hardware
Required

Preliminary

and

Associated

Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

Notes

to diagnostic hierarchy

(KS10

STD module).

memory

and

parity

nonexistent

The

These
reset.
be
should
switches
illegal UUOs and other errors of this

stop

errors,
type are

handled by printout on the console terminal.
2.

cycle

The

millisecond
for

3.
Loading

The
by

the

tests,

etc.

time

range

vibration

and

1is

program

therefore

iteration count of the program is printed
the

console

processor.

and

Starting

(Refer

to the KS10 STD module.)

Procedure

Standard

Control
Switches

Standard (Refer to the KS10 STD module.)
implemented:
not
are
switches
following
The

(RSTART),

There

are

(TOTALS),

right-half

(RELIAB),

Once started the program will run continuously until
an

TEST

Refer

error

the

ERROR SUMMARY

Standard

(MODDVC) .

it is stopped

occurs.

SUMMARY

switches.

OPERATIONAL CONTROL
Or

the

suitable

listing on microfiche.

(Refer

the KS10 STD module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKAJ

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKAJ.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020
(Part

Basic

Instruction

tenth

This diagnostic

Abstract

processor
The

Diagnostic

10)

the

in a

series of

KS10

diagnostics.

diagnostic

performs

processor,

microcode,

arithmetic

shift

logic

testing

the

KS10

logical

shift,

rotate,

and

(single

and

combined)

functions.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Hardware
Required

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

Notes

diagnostic

hierarchy

(KS10

STD

module).

The
nonexistent
memory
and
parity
stop
switches
should
be
reset.
These
errors,
illegal UUOs and other errors of this type are

handled

by printout

the

console

terminal.

The
cycle
time
of
the
program
is
in
the
suitable
therefore
millisecond
range
and
is
for vibration tests, etc.

The
by

iteration
the

count

console

the

program

printed

processor.

Loading and
Starting
Procedure

Standard

Control
Switches

Standard (Refer to the KS10 STD module.)
The
following
switches
are
not
implemented:
1
(RSTART),
2
(TOTALS),
9
(RELIAB),
12
(MODDVC).
There are no right-half switches.

(Refer

OPERATIONAL CONTROL
Once started the program
an

error

TEST

runs

the

KS10

continuously

STD module.)

until

stopped

occurs.

SUMMARY

Refer

ERROR

SUMMARY

Standard

the

listing

(Refer

the

microfiche.

KS10

STD

module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKAK

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKAK.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Basic Instruction Diagnostic

Abstract

This diagnostic

(Part

11)

eleventh

the

KS10 processor diagnostics.

series

The diagnostic performs logic testing of the KS10

processor, microcode, multiply, integer multiply,
and

divide,

integer divide functions.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Hardware

Required

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy

Restrictions

None

stop
parity
and
memory
nonexistent
The
These errors,
switches should be reset.
illegal UUOs and other errors of this type are

Notes

(KS10 STD module).

handled by printout on the console terminal.
time

the

range and is
millisecond
for vibration tests, etc.

The

3.
Loading

cycle

The

program

therefore

iteration count of the program is printed

the

console

processor.

Procedure

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Control
Switches

The

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

following

(RSTART),

There are no

switches

(TOTALS),

are

not

(RELIAB),

Once started the program runs continuously until

TEST

implemented:

(MODDVC) .

right-half switches.

OPERATIONAL CONTROL
error

the

and

Starting

1in

suitable

is stopped or

occurs.

SUMMARY

Refer to

the listing on microfiche.

ERROR SUMMARY

Standard

(Refer to

the KS10 STD module.)

- COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKAL

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKAL.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Basic Instruction Diagnostic
(Part

12)

Abstract

This
KS10

diagnostic
processor

performs

microcode,
and

logic

is the twelfth
diagnostics.

testing

divide

the

integer

multiply,

integer

in a series of
The diagnostic
KS10

processor,

multiply,

divide,

functions.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Hardware
Required

Preliminary
and

Associated

Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

diagnostic

nonexistent

The

Notes

should

switches
illegal

UUOs

and

hierarchy

memory

(KS10 STD module).

and

reset.

other

errors

parity

These

this

stop

errors,

type

are

handled by printout on the console terminal.
2.

The
cycle
time
of
the
program
1is
in the
millisecond
range and
is therefore suitable
for

vibration

The

iteration count

the

tests,

console

etc.

the

program

is printed

processor.

and

Starting

Standard (Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Procedure

Standard (Refer to the KS10 STD module.)
The
following
switches
are
not
implemented:
1
(MODDVC).
12
(RELIAB),
9
(TOTALS),
2
(RSTART),

Control
Switches

There

are

right-half

switches.

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Once
an

started

error

TEST

Refer

the

program

runs

continuously

until

occurs.

SUMMARY

the

listing

ERROR SUMMARY
Standard (Refer

on microfiche.

the

KS10

STD module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

stopped

'DSKAM

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKAM. SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Basic Instruction Diagnostic

Abstract

This diagnostic is the thirteenth in a series of
The diagnostic
KS10 processor diagnostics.

13)

(Part

testing
logic
performs
BLT,
BYTE,
microcode,

of the KS10 processor,
and miscellaneous
JFFO,

functions.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Hardware
Required

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy

Restrictions

None

Notes

nonexistent

The

memory

(KS10 STD module).

and

parity

stop

These errors,
switches should be reset.
illegal UUOs and other errors of this type are

handled by printout on the console terminal.
2.

cycle

The

millisecond
for

3.
Loading

the

tests,

etc.

time

range

vibration

and

program

therefore

The iteration count of the program is printed
by

the

console

processor.

Procedure

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Control
Switches

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

1
The following switches are not implemented:
(RELIAB), 12 (MODDVC) .
(TOTALS), 9
(RSTART), 2
There

are no

right-half switches.

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Once started the program runs continuously until
error

TEST

Refer

occurs.

SUMMARY

the

and

Starting

1in

suitable

the

listing on microfiche.

ERROR SUMMARY
Standard (Refer

the

KS10 STD module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

it is stopped or

DSKBA

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKBA.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Basic Instruction Reliability Test

Abstract

diagnostic
This
instructions with

(Part

and BYTE.

floating point,

multiply/divide,

Dbasic
point

the
fixed

of
all
tests
the exception of

KS10 mainframe

Hardware
Required

32K of memory

Minimum of

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

illegal

UUOs,

and

other

STD module).

errors

this

type

memory

size

and

Approximately

one

the

printout

handled

are

(KS10

stop
parity
and
memory
These errors,
reset.
be

nonexistent
The
switches should

Notes

to diagnostic hierarchy

console

terminal.

The

cycle

increases

time

Normal

increases.

size

Operation

32K.

minute
-

depends

as memory

Reliability

Mode

Approximately

minutes.

The

out

typed

1is

count

pass

the

console

terminal.

and

Starting

Procedure

Standard

Control

Refer

Switch

Description

0-17

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)
1

Table

Switches

DSKBA Control Switch Summary

Table 1

(Refer to the 10/10 STD module.)

The following switches are not implemented:
2

(ToTAaLs),

18-26

Not used

27-35

Exec

1 (RSTART).

‘

(MODDUC).

Mode:

Select

the

correspond
low-order

equals

32K of

size
9

77777 or

the memory

User

Mode

The

contents

Select

memory.

memory

the

bits

are

32K).
is

used.

appended

1ls

high-order

Switches

JOBBEL,

27-35

The

bits.

(e.g.,

27-35

077

000 specifies

27-35 =

used.

LOC

desired

the

Switches

address

determine

44,

when

size

the

program.

OPERATIONAL

CONTROL

Normal operation, with all switches set to zero, is quick-verify
mode. To do the reliability test set the "RELIAB" switch. Without
the OPRSEL switch

switches)

via

the

mode

using

just

(RELIAB switch set or

the

program will

the OPRSEL switch allows
all

run

the memory size

using

the program to

only 32K.

run

selected

Setting

in quick-verify

available memory.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKBA

TEST
In

SUMMARY

most

cases

instruction,

each

with

instruction

simpler

Random

numbers

are

results

the

simulation

message

printed

used
if

the

and

the

execution

results

are

and

checked

and

correct.,

the

Each

location

Also

are

executed.
error

set

starting

designated

tested

are

instructions

are:

the

majority

pPlaced

end

JSR,

JSA,
a

1location

went

the

printed.

right

The

memory

made

printed

the

JSP

back

the

end

PUSH,

following

respective

UUOs

ERROR

POP,

not,

incremented,

error

and

the

are

the

and

error

ERR

different

CAME

AC1,AC2

ERR

AC,RAN1

=
=

C(RAN1)
C(AC)

777777777777

576345670135

message

DEFER

formats

test

C(AC)

;TEST

DATA

CORRECT
ORIG C(E)

MESSAGE:
002054

C(AC)
COR =

(SOURCE
;s PC

201532107642
201432107642

C(AC)=

ORIGINAL
777777777777

C(E)

576345670135

ERROR

ERRM

EXAMPLE:

NUMBERS

ERROR

PRINTED)

UUO

;AC

FIELD
;C(C(AC))

OF
OF
;C(C(ADDRESS

UUO-1
uuo-1
FIELD))

UUO-1

;C(C(ADDRESS

FIELD))

;C(C(AC))

UUO

UuUO

AC,E

2053

CAME

AC2,MUD

2054

;RESULT

ERRM

AC,RAN1

CORRECT

;ORIG

C(AC)

ORIG

;TEST

DATA

MUD=5033

C(MUD)
C(AC2)
C(RANY)
C(AC)
ERROR

with

;RESULT

;ORIG

201532107642

201432107642

777777777777

576345670135

C(E)

MESSAGE:

(SOURCE
002054

; PC

5033

;BITS

201532107642
201432107642

iC(C(AC))

C(AC)=

ORIGINAL
777777777777

C(E)

576345670135

;iC(C(E))

NUMBERS

ERROR
18-35

POPJ.

instruction

201432107642

C(E)

These

1is

PC-sensitive

AC,E

AC1=5
C(ACl)
C(AC2)

ERROR

error

messages.

COR

and

PC-sensitive
the
program

PC-sensitive

includes

not

memory

program

the
program
is
program
to
the

2053

the

PUSHJ,

to
the

address

2054

random

each

address.

EXAMPLE:

it.

error

and

SUMMARY

The

the

The

4
or
5
C(E)
is

result
on

The program then does
a
testing
location.
When
the

instructions.

did

mode)

acts

JRA,

that

and

series
of
AC and/or

taken

PC-sensitive

instruction repeated. The program also
both indirect and indexing are tested.
ERROR

area

JRST

see

C(E).

equal.

reliability

JSP,
from

of memory.
the
first

check

not

executing

and/or

compared,

instructions

the

cases

are

simulating

then

memory.

returns,

end

all
of

every

designated
end
instruction
to

the

C(E),
and
a
answer
in the

The

message

from

and

operands

In
both modes
(normal
operation
number
is
placed
in
the
AC
and

instructions

tested

instruction,

;C(C(E))

OF
OF

PRINTED)

UUO
(E)

uuUO-1
UUO-1

OF uuo
;C(C(AC)) OF uuO.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

UUO-1

their

DSKBA

ERROR

EXAMPLE:
2053

/ CAME

ERRI

AC,E

AC1,AC2

2054 / ERRI

RAN1, (AC)

AC1=5

;RESULT

CORRECT

;ORIG C(AC)
; TEST

C(AC2)

C(RAN1)

= 777777777777

C(AC)

107642670135

576345670135

ERROR MESSAGE:

(SOURCE

NUMBERS

PC =

002054

; PC OF ERROR UUO

;AC

107642670135

;C(C(E))

OF UUO-1

;C(C(AC))

OF UUO

= 107742670135

C(AC)

COR =

(E)

107742670135

C(ACl)

ORIG

DATA

FIELD OF

PRINTED)

UUO-1

OF UUO-1

;C(C(AC))

ORIGINAL

C(AC)=

777777777777

E =

670135

ERROR $#4 - ERROR AC,E

EXAMPLE:
2053

AC,RAN

CAME

2054 / ERROR

AC,RAN

C(RAN) = =

COR =

CORRECT

(SOURCE OF NUMBERS PRINTED)

002054

; PC OF ERROR UUO

201432107642

;C(C(E))

5
= 201532107642

;AC FIELD OF UUO
;C(C(AC)) OF UUO
OF UuUO

ERROR #5 - ER AC, [ASCII/MESSAGE/]

EXAMPLE:

2053 / JFCL
2054 / ER
AC=5
C(AC)

10,.+2
AC,[ASCII/OV/]

PC =

C(AC)

sRESULT

MESSAGE

_
201432107642

ERROR MESSAGE:

;RESULT

201432107642

ERROR MESSAGE:

C(AC)

= 201532107642

C(AC)

AC =

OF UUO

; TEST DATA

AC=5

PC =

;C(ADDRESS FIELD))

(SOURCE

OF NUMBERS

002054

; PC OF ERRORO UUO

;AC

= 201432107642 OV

PRINTED)

FIELD OF UUO

;C(C(AC))
;ADDRESS

;ASCII

OF UUO

FIELD OF UUO

POINTS

TO AN

MESSAGE

ERROR #6 - ERM AC,E

EXAMPLE:
2053 / SOJ
2054 / ERM

AC2,
AC1, (AC2)

;C (AC)

RESULT

;TEST DATA

C(AC2)=5033

C(AC)

740000005756

C(C(AC2)= 254000004041
ERROR

MESSAGE:

(SOURCE

5033

C(AC)=

C(E)

OF NUMBERS

; PC OF ERROR UUO

002054

PC =

740000005756
254000004041

;BITS

;C(AC)

18-35

(E)

OF UuUO

;C(C(E))

PRINTED)

OF UUO

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKBA

G..

ERROR #7 - ERRM AC,E

EXAMPLE :

2053
2054

/
/

SOG
ERMM

AC2,
AC1, (AC2)

C(AC2)=5033
4
C(ACl)
= 740000005756

;C(AC)

RESULT

; TEST

DATA

ERROR MESSAGE:
PC

C(AC)=

(SOURCE

002054

; PC

5033

740000005756

ERROR

#11

EERR

ERROR

#12

EERRM

ERROR

#13

EERRI

and

are

the

Errors

11,

NUMBERS

ERROR

;BITS

18-35

;C(AC)

UUO

same

errors

the AC of
the UUO is
replaced by C(RAN).
will be printed for the original
C(E).

PRINTED)

UUO

(E)

and 3 except that
other words C (RAN)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKCA

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKCA.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020

Abstract

Advanced

(Part

This

diagnostic

advanced

KS10

Instruction

the

first

Diagnostic

series

processor diagnostics.

The

diagnostic performs logic testing of the KS10
processor,
microcode,
floating
scale,
floating
add/sub, normalized return, and round functions.

mainframe

KS10

Hardware
Required

Minimum

32K

memory

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

Notes

The

diagnostic

hierarchy

nonexistent

memory

(KS10

STD module).

and

parity

switches
should
be
reset.
illegal UUOs and other errors

handled
2,

The

printout

cycle

time

millisecond
for
3.

range

the

and

tests,

etc.

iteration

count

the

console

stop

errors,
type are

console

terminal.

program

1is

vibration

The
by

These
of this

the

therefore

suitable

program

printed

processor.

and

Starting
Procedure

Standard

(Refer

the

KS10

STD

Control
Switches

Standard

(Refer

the

KS10

STD module.)

The

OPERATIONAL
Once
an

started

error

TEST

Refer

following

switches

are

module.)

not

(RSTART),

(TOTALS),

There

right-half

switches.

are

implemented:

(RELIAB),

(MODDVC).

CONTROL
the

program

runs

continuously

until

stopped

occurs.,

SUMMARY

the

listing

ERROR SUMMARY
Standard (Refer

the

microfiche.

KS10

STD

module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKCB

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKCB.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Advanced
(Part

Instruction Diagnostic

The

diagnostic

processor,
floating

logic

calculation

testing

The

the

KS10

and

floating

the exponent

test

wused

multiply,

floating

functions.

1is

instruction

Hardware
Required

performs

microcode,

divide

series

in a
diagnostic is the second
advanced KS10 processor diagnostics.
This

Abstract

functions.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

Notes

diagnostic hierarchy

The
nonexistent
switches
should
illegal

UUOs

and

(KS10 STD module).

memory
and
parity
stop
be
reset.
These
errors,

other

errors

this

type

are

handled by printout on the console terminal.
2.

The
cycle
time
of
the
program
1is
in
the
millisecond
range and
is therefore suitable
for

vibration

tests,

etc.

The

iteration

count

the

console

the

program

is printed

processor.

and

Starting

Standard

Procedure

Control
Switches

(Refer

Refer

KS10

STD module.)

(TOTALS),

There are no

right-half

switches.

OPERATIONAL CONTROL
Once
started
the
program

TEST

the

Standard
(Refer
to
the KS10
STD module.)
following
switches
are
not
implemented:
(RSTART),

stopped

will

cycle

(RELIAB),

continuously

occurs.

error

SUMMARY

the

listing

on microfiche.

ERROR SUMMARY

Standard

(Refer

the

KS10

STD module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

The
1

(MODDVC).

until

DSKCC

GENERAL INFORMATION
Code

DSKCC.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Advanced Instruction Diagnostic

Abstract

This diagnostic is the third in a
advanced KS10 processor diagnostics.

(Part

series

The diagnostic performs logic testing of the KS10

point

floating

and

microcode,

processor,

It also tests the

instructions: FIX, FIXR, FLTR.

DMOVE, DMOVN, DMOVEM and

double precision moves:
DMOVNM.

Hardware

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Required

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy (KS10 STD module).

Restrictions

None

Notes

The

nonexistent

are

handled

memory

and

printout

parity

stop

These errors,
switches should be reset.
illegal UUOs and other errors of this type

the

console

terminal.

3.
Loading

time

The

cycle

for

vibration

millisecond

range

the

and

tests,

etc.

program

the

therefore suitable

The iteration count of the program is printed
by

the

console

processor.

and

Starting

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Procedure

Standard

Control
Switches

The
Standard (Refer to the KS10 STD module.)
1
switches are not implemented:
following
(RSTART), 2 (TOTALS), 9 (RELIAB), 12 (MODDVC).
There are no right-half switches.

OPERATIONAL CONTROL
Once

started

stopped
TEST

the

error

program

will

cycle

continuously

until

1is

occurs.

SUMMARY

Refer to the listing on microfiche.
ERROR SUMMARY

standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKCD

GENERAL INFORMATION
Code

DSKCD.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Advanced Instruction Diagnostic
(Part

series of

in a

fourth

is the

This diagnostic

. Abstract

advanced KS10 processor diagnostics.

The diagnostic performs logic testing of the KS10

processor, microcode, extended addition, and
floating point
and

Hardware
Required

used

logic

associated

double

the

DFAD,

instructions:

precision

DFSB,

DFMP

DFDV.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy (KS10 STD module).

Restrictions

None

Notes

The

nonexistent

are

handled

memory

and

printout

parity

stop

These errors,
switches should be reset.
illegal UUOs and other errors of this type

the

console

terminal.

The cycle time of the program Iis in the
millisecond range and is therefore suitable

The iteration count of the program is printed

vibration

for

tests,

console

the

etc.

processor.

Loading and

Starting

Procedure

Standard (Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Control
Switches

Standard

following

(Refer

(RSTART),

switches

KS10

the

(TOTALS),

are
9

STD

not

module.)

implemented:

(RELIAB),

There are no right-half switches.
OPERATIONAL CONTROL
Once started the program
stopped
TEST

error

will

cycle

continuously

The

(MODDUC).

until

occurs.

SUMMARY

Refer to the listing on microfiche.
ERROR SUMMARY

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKCE

GENERAL INFORMATION
Code

DSKCE.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Advanced Instruction Diagnostic

Abstract

in
is the fifth
This diagnostic
advanced KS10 processor diagnostics.

(Part

The

diagnostic

performs

logic

testing

series

the

KS10

processor, microcode, and precision floating point
instructions:

Hardware
Required

DFAD,

DFSB,

DFMP

and

DFDV.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy

Restrictions

None

Notes

The
nonexistent
should
switches
illegal

UUOs

(KS10 STD module).

memory
and
parity
stop
These errors,
reset.
be

and other

errors of

this

type

are

handled by printout on the console terminal.

the
in
is
program
the
time of
cycle
The
millisecond range and is therefore suitable
for

vibration

The

iteration count of

the

tests,

console

etc.

the program is printed

processor.

and

Starting
Procedure

Control
Switches

Standard

(Refer

Standard

(Refer

following
(RSTART),

the KS10 STD module.)

switches

KS10

the

(TOTALS),

are
9

STD

not

There are no right-half switches.
OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Once started the program runs continuously until

error

TEST

The

(MODDVC)
.

is stopped or

occurs.

SUMMARY

Refer to the

ERROR SUMMARY

Standard

module.)

implemented:

(RELIAB),

listing on microfiche.

(Refer

the

KS10 STD module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKCF

GENERAL INFORMATION
Code

DSKCF.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Advanced Instruction Diagnostic
(Part

Abstract

This

diagnostic

the

sixth

advanced KS10 processor diagnostics.

series

The diagnostic performs logic testing of the KS10

processor, microcode, and double precision fixed
point instructions:

Hardware
Required

DADD, DSUB, DMUL and DDIV.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Preliminary
and

Associated

Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy (KS10 STD module).

Restrictions

None

Notes

The nonexistent memory and parity stop
These errors,
switches should be reset.
illegal UUOs and other errors of this type

are

handled

printout

the

console

terminal.

The cycle time of the program is in the
millisecond range and is therefore suitable

The iteration count of the program is printed

for

vibration

by the

tests,

etc.

console processor.

and

Starting

standard

Procedure

Control

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

The
Standard (Refer to the KS10 STD module.)
1
implemented:
following switches are not
(RSTART), 2 (TOTALS), 9 (RELIAB), 12 (MODDVC) .

Switches

There are no right-half switches.

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Once started the program runs continuously until it is stopped or
an

error

TEST

occurs.

SUMMARY

Refer to the listing on microfiche.
ERROR SUMMARY

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKCG

INFORMATION

GENERAL
Code

DSKCG.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020

Abstract

This diagnostic is the seventh in a
advanced KS10 processor diagnostics.

series

The diagnostic performs testing of
microcode for extended instruction set.

the

Hardware

Required

Advanced

(Part

Instruction

Diagnostic
of

KS10

KS10 mainframe

32K of memory

Minimum of

Preliminary

and

Associated

Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

Notes

The

to diagnostic hierarchy

iteration

count of the

(KS10 STD module).

program

the console processor.

printed

Loading and

Starting

Procedure
Control

Switches

Standard

(Refer

Standard

(Refer

to the KS10 STD module.)

(RSTART),

(OPRSEL),

(TOTALS),

(CHAIN).

are

switches

following

The

the KS10 STD module.)

implemented:

not

(DING),

There

are

(MODDUC),

right-half

switches.

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Once started the program will
Or

error

TEST

SUMMARY

Refer to

the

listing or microfiche.

ERROR SUMMARY

Error information
the line printer.

run continuously until it is stopped

occurs.

may

the

event

program

with

the

ERSTOP

switches

may

obtained

routine

set

pointing

failure,

quickly

the

inhibit

the

printing

NOPNT

errors

switch

printout and

and

halt

the

error.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKDA

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSKDA.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020

CPU

and

Memory

Reliability

Diagnostic
Abstract

This

diagnostic

reliability
memory

test

arithmetic
operands,

testing,
Hardware
Required

test
the

is
a
complete

subsystem.

The

instruction
random

and

testing

instruction

memory

comprehensive
processor
and

program

with

testing,

reliability

includes

random

interrupt

testing.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Preliminary
and Associated
Programs

Refer

Restrictions

Switch

diagnostic
14
to

specifies

what

hierarchy

(OPRSEL)

operator

used
Notes

must

prompted.

test

program

(KS10

STD module).

set

The

control

allow

operator

switches

are

startup.

the
then

This program
be
run
for

To increase the duty factor, and decrease the
probability of simulator failures, switch 35
(FAST) may be used.
However,
this
is not a
complete
test of the hardware and should be

specify

set

switch

uses
random numbers and should
several
hours
to ensure
that
enough numbers are processed to verify system
reliability.

used

with

caution.

respond

the

initial

(RANBAS)

the

base

(before

random

number,
starting)
and

following

printout

accordingly.
SPECIFY

The
.

RANDOM

iteration
an

end

NUMBER

count
pass

BASE

the

program

printed

count.

and

Starting
Procedure

Standard

Special
In

(Refer

time-sharing

and

the

feature start
mode

KS10

STD modulef)l

(clear all
the

program

totals)
will

run

30004.

passes

then return to SMMON. = To then continually run

type “"G"

Refer

Table

SMMON.

Control
Switches

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKDA

Table

Switch

DSKDA Control

Mnemonic

Switch

Summary

Description

0-17
:

Standard

(Refer

module)

The

not

the

following

implemented:

KS10

STD

switches

are

(MODDVC),

(CHAIN)
.

RANBAS

Specify random numger base

INHCLK

Inhibit

INHMEM

Inhibit memory

INHII

Inhibit

instruction

INHCI

Inhibit

clock

INHBLT

Inhibit

BLT

interrupt

testing

INHNXM

Inhibit

NXM

interrupt

testing

Not

used

Not

used

clock

interrupts
testing

interrupt

INHNEW

Inhibit

double

precision

INHDFP

Inhibit

double

floating

INHFP

Inhibit floatifig point test

INHBYT

Inhibit

byte

INHFXD

Inhibit

fixed

INHRAN

Inhibit

random

point

SNGFL

Run

single

SLOW

Run

simulation

FAST

Run

instruction

when

will

set

via

the

fast

console

cause

loop
comparisons

(only)

comparisons

control

prompt

(only)

for

switches.

test

Switch

selection.

SUMMARY

The

arithmetic
testing
is
done
using
comparing the machine results with each

operation

The

test

instructions

control

TEST

test

CONTROL

Operational

(OPRSEL)

instructions
point

test

OPERATIONAL

testing

simulation

program

pseudo-random
numbers
and
other, and with a hardware

program.

instruction

testing

program

designed

execute

random instructions
(non-PC change)
in memory,
in the
fast ACs,
and through software simulation.
The results of the three groups

instructions

Program

are

prints

repetitive

compared

all

failure

for

equality.

pertinent

Upon

information

a discrepency

and

goes

the

1into

loop.

The
interrupt
portion
of
the
diagnostic
tests
the
priority
interrupt
system,
the
processor
APR
system,
and
the
interrupt
ability
of
most
classes
of
instructions.
It
also
tests
nonexistent memory interrupts,
and BLT instruction
interrupt
ability.

The memory reliability portion of the test
is used to verify the
operations
of
the memory
subsystem.
All
of
the memory,
up to
512K,
is used if available.
A physical memory address test and a
randomly
selected
data
patterns
test
are
performed.
Memory
addressing
is
verified
by
using
a
fast-rate
addressing
scheme
in
which
the
selected
address
bit
will
change
on
every memory
access,

The

fast-rate

testing

selection will have all address bits
fast-rated, or no fast-rate testing.

Simulation
In

this

results

the

same

done

results
using

switch

selected.

one

The

address

bit

Comparison

section

instructions

compared.

follow the

randomly

fast-rated,

Actual

software

hardware
34

(slow).

are

executed,

execution

simulation

routines

instruction

the
and

the

then

simulated,

instruction

instruction.
psuedo-hardware

flows.

This

routine

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

and

should

the
give

Simulation
registers

is
to

controlled

DSKDA

Instruction
In

this

routine

Program

errors

such

illegal

error

tested

the

same

illegal

UUOs,

the

simulation

something

original

fails

results,

(instruction

divide,

results.

The
This

(fast).

etc.,

are

information

parity

test

comparison

give

results,

happens

the

title,
and

the

operands

correct

pass

printout

you

ACs

are

Original operands are in SAVAC+1l,
Results are in ACl, AC2 and AC3.

saved

C(ACl)=C(AC),

symbol

table

the

Printout

error

locations

end

occurs

the

printout contains
that
1is,
AC,
AC+l,
instructions, and AC,

the

type

following

failure

machine

simulation.
are

not sure

what

the

are:
SAVAC

C(AC2)=C(AC+1),

results

comparison),

instruction

Simulator

nhonexistent

by printout of

pertinent.

count,

2.
3.

simulation

final

errors,

handled

and

When

remainder.

final

Error

printed:

Look

performing

division

switch

as much

are

back
be

interrupts,

with

instruction

will

add

should

controlled by

Instruction
If

then

operands

SUMMARY

memory,
type

instructions

and

original

ERROR

Comparison

section

multiply,

listing

simulated

through

and

SAVAC+17.

C(AC3)=C(E)

for

location

machine

states

SAVAC.

and

registers

printed.

The

following
values,

times

two

and

occurrence

lines

indicate

simulated

correct
of

the

results of the instruction under test;
E
or
C(E)
for
fixed
and
floating-point
pointer, C(E)
for byte instructions.
The

time

the

results.

contents

pulse.

instruction
This

the

that

followed

several

failed,

initial

machine

the

registers,

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

after

the

DSKEA

GENERAL INFORMATION
DSKEA.SAV

Code

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Paging Hardware Diagnostic

Abstract

This diagnostic tests the paging hardware of the
KS10

Hardware

central

processor.

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Required

Preliminary
and

Associated

Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy (KS10 STD module).

Restrictions

Nohe

Notes

tests,

etc.

diagnostic does not use the
switch and does not use the cache.

This

on the console terminal.

and

Starting
Procedure

Control
Switches

the KS10 STD module.)

Sstandard

(Refer to

Standard

(Refer

(RSTART),
(INHCSH),

2 (TOTALS), 11 (INHPAG),
14 (OPRSEL), 15 (CHAIN).

following

switches

the

KS10

are

STD

not

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Once started the program runs continuously until

error

TEST

Refer

the

ERROR SUMMARY

Standard

module.)

implemented:
12

(MODDVC),

The

it is stopped or

occurs.

SUMMARY

INHPAG

The iteration count of the program is printed

3.
Loading

under a minute
for vibration

The program cycle time is a
and is therefore suitable

listing

(Refer

on microfiche.

the KS10 STDmodule.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKEB

GENERAL INFORMATION

Code

DSKEB.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 KS10 Cache Diagnostic

This program was written to recognize and report
any errors caused by a fault in the cache logic.
The diagnostic consists of seven tests.

Abstract

Hardware
Required

KS10 mainframe

32K of memory

Minimum of

Preliminary
and

Associated

Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy

Restrictions

None

The program cycle time is a under a minute.

Notes

The iteration count of the program is printed

2.
Loading

(KS10 STD module).

console terminal.

the

and

Starting
Procedure

Control

Switches

Standard

(Refer

to the KS10 STD module.)

Standard

(Refer

the KS10 STD module.)

The following switches are not implemented:
2

(RSTART),

right-half

(INHCSH),

(TOTALS),

(OPRSEL),

(INHPAG),

(CHAIN).

(MODDVC),

There are

switches.

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Once started the program runs continuously until it is stopped or
an

error

TEST

The
in

occurs.

SUMMARY

individual

Table

ERROR SUHMARY

Standard

tests performed by this diagnostic are summarized

(Refer

the KS10 STD module.)

ACCHK

DSKEB Test Summary

Table
Test

Description

verifies that all AC blocks are working
First, each AC in each block is loaded with

This test
correctly.

the block number

the

right

half.

in the left half, and the AC number

Thus

unique

number
to

The ACs are then checked
each AC.
AC contains the proper number.
EUCHEK

is loaded

ensure

that

into

each

This program checks the transition of the EXEC/USER
signal in the cache control logic from the exec state to
This test is used in conjunction with
the user state.

UECHEK, to check the opposite transition of the signal.
If both tests succeed,

the signal

is working correctly.’

is checked to ensure that it can hold all

Next, AC 17

Then the entire block is
zeros, and then all ones.
tested to ensure that all the ACs in it can hold both
The

zeros and ones.

test

repeated

for

each of

the

other blocks.
PHYCHK

This test ensures
working ‘correctly.
paging

turned

physical.

off,

that the signal NOT PHYSICAL is
A page is loaded and timed with
which

yields

references

that

If any cache hits are found, the signal

bad.

When used

look

for

are

in conjunction with the other tests that

check for cache hits, the opposite state of the NOT
However, if all the
PHYSICAL is checked for validity.
other timing tests fail, this signal is a good place to
CACCHK

the

trouble.

This test makes

sure

working correctly.

that

the

page cacheable

The test checks

signal

for both states of

cacheable and uncacheable, and performs the test on both
exec and

user

address

space.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSKEB

Table
Test

LOALIT

DSKEB

Test

Summary

(Cont)

Description
This

test

performs

checking.

The

page)

tested

are

the

address

low

order
address
interference
running into the cache (one

lines

for

interference,

while

the

same

what
it
started
succeeded) .

with

time performing a RAM test on the cache RAMS
(treating
the
cache
as
a
memory).
This
test
also
allows
the
checking of the write through, because the memory should
end

(even
HOALIT

with

though

different

data

the

RAM

cache

than

test

This test checks
the high order
address
lines
of
the
virtual
address and
performs
an
interference check on
those lines.
A page is loaded into the cache.
Then the
pPage

number

changed

being

one

bit

and

executed,

while

timed.
If
the
test
runs
faster
than
the
threshold,
cache hits were encountered,
indicating
the
problem
is
the
address
bit
that
changed.
If
cache

misses are encountered,
then
interference with each other.
UECHEK

This test checks the
in the cache control
exec

state.

EUCHEK,

The

test

executing

exec
ns

check

the

per

used

mode.

same

The

have

ran

faster

references

threshold,
the

state

to.

the

than
If

the

cache

then

put

while
cache

the

then

the

references

the

EXEC/USER

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

by
into

being

threshold

received

however

correct,

with

signal.

the

executed,

the

supposed

into

program

page

test

and

lines

conjunction

transition

memory

then

not

the

misses,

opposite

page

the

JRST),

they were

slower -than
cache

user

and

address

transition of the EXEC/USER signal
logic from the user state to the

test

loads

mode,

timed.
when

The

the

(500
hits

test

ran

received
signal

DSKFA

GENERAL INFORMATION
Code

DSKFA.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Instruction Timing Diagnostic

The diagnostic allows the execution times of the

Abstract

different classes of DECSYSTEM-2020
processor

KS10

the

that

ensure

instructions

The time measurements are then used

to be timed.

operating

correctly.
Hardware

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 32K of memory

Required

Preliminary
and Associated

Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy (KS1l0 STD module) .

Restrictions

None

Notes

ns.

Non-straightfoward

are

measurements

timing

The

within

time

accurate

are

measurements

follows.

The
for

T(X)

symbology

operation

NOTE

the

means

time

required

= T(LSH D15)>/20

= <T(LSH D35)

T(main clock)

is the setting of the master clock

This time

delays.

= T[MOVEI

T(indexing)

T(indirecting)
T(indexing

= T(MOVEI)

(3)]

= T(MOVEI @3)

indirecting)

= T(MOVEI)
T[MOVEI

(3)]

T (MOVETI)

T(PUSHJ)
Loading

= T(PUSHJ + MOVEI)

= T (MOVEI)

and

Starting

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Procedure

Standard

Control

Only the following switches are used: 0 (ABORT),

Switches

(NOPNT), 4

right-half

(PNTLPT), 13 (INHCSH).

There are no

switches.

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

and
The program makes one pass printing out the timing information
~
then halts.

TEST

SUMMARY

A table is loaded with the instruction to be timed along with any

The table is repeatedly
iterations of the
g
instruction sequence (the test instruction plus initializin
instructions) is counted. The time for the instruction under test
for
time
the
minus
is, then, the time for the instruction sequence

jnitializing

executed

the

for

instructions needed.
second while

one

initializing

the

number of

instructions.

the data
Be cautious in drawing conclusions from the printed data; sometimes
is
is accurate but the nature of what was timed that
the time
For example, it would seem reasonable
misleading.

indirect operation
necessary to do an index operation and an to
do them in one
separately, would be the same time required
waits for the
frequently
processor
Because the
instruction.

memory cycle time,

this

ERROR SUMMARY
standard (Refer

the

is not always true.

KS10

STD module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSMMA

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSMMA.SAV

Title

KS10 1024K Memory Diagnostic

Abstract

The

all

tests

diagnostic

memory

unoccupied by the program to make sure

memory

the

that

memory modules and associated hardware function
The program
system.
complete operating
a
as
The first
consists of a series of five tests.

the

memory

various

with

The

patterns,

memory

second

bit

memory

the

combination

data

and

every

test verifies

the ability

any

address

uniquely

location.

ability

the

verifies

test

operate

The

third

test does

all

ones

a moving

inversion pattern using ones and zeros in the
data field, then repeats the pattern using ones
and zeros in the parity and check bit fields.
The fourth test verifies the ability of memory to
write and read a single one or single zero bit in

array

memory

The fifth test

words.

zero

all

that

is the same as test 1 except

the combination of all patterns run verifies that
there are no single bit errors,
are no double bit interactions.

and

there

that

Any one, or a combination, of the five tests is
selectable from a terminal or from the console
of

portion

module

selected

all

Also,

switches.

data

any

(KS10

STD

memory

may

memory

tested.

Hardware
Required

Preliminary

and

Associated

Programs

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 1024K of memory
Console

Refer

terminal

the

diagnostic

hierarchy

.
module)

Restrictions

None

Notes

1024K of
KS10 does not currently support
memory; however, the diagnostic is designed
with

1024K

enhancement

capabilities

should

future

occur.

Make several passes of the program with data
To
switches 13 (INHCSH) and 14 (OPRSEL) set.
find any solid memory failures, inhibit block
rate
fast
exercising,
(BLT)
transfer

Make several passes of the program with data

addressing,

and

read/restore.

reset)

14
9 (RELIAB) set (13 and
find any marginal memory failures.

switch

Make several passes of the program in the
normal mode, no data switches set, to verify

memory system

reliability.

To thoroughly test the first 16K memory
module of a system, use the memory module
switches to exchange modules 0 and 1, then
repeat Notes 2-4
reload the program and

6.
'

Memory mapping on the KS10 may be limited to
unpaged memory by setting switch 11 (INHPAG);

testing module

limit maximum

i.e.,

set

the

through

tested

INHPAG switch.

the
set,
relocation
7.

memory

112K,

If the switch is not

is
EPMP/UPMP
equals actual

so
up
set
for addresses

that
112K

256K.

To test memory addressing greater than what
is available in consecutive memory, a memory
module may be selected to whatever address is

desired.

may

Once

tested

selected,

using

the

memory

'switch

module

controlled’

testing.
'segment'
or by using
testing
Observe the memory map printout and use only

memory that actually exists.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSMMA

Control
Switches

Refer
Table

Switch

Mnemonic

Table

Standard

CORENA

Enable

(Refer

EXTDIN

(This

test

Summary

input

selected

for

format

plus,

selection

for

data

STD module.)

errors

Manufacturing

type-in

the

KS10

correctable
is

run

the

Extended

addressing,

reporting

occur.

Switch

Description

0-17

DSMMA Control

used

bit

switches

of
specific
patterns test.

they

ONLY.)

specify
fast

mode,

data

and
rate

allows

patterns

Unused

WCPSW3

Data

WCPSW2

0
1

WCPSW1

pattern

selection

=
=

all
all

patterns
ones

zeros

all

alternate

floating

bit
ones

floating

zeros

floating ones and floating zeros
pseudo-random, parity bit check

pattern

24
25

TSTSW3
TSTSW2

Test selection.
0 = physical address,

TSTSW1

1
2

3
4
5

=
=
=
=

data patterns
address
WCP
float 1s/0s

data

patterns-MOS
physical address

all

MODUL

Test

single

28
29

TMIL1
TMILO

Test

what

30
31
32

T128K2
T128K1
T128K0

000000

4000000

10000000

14000000

T32K

400000

128K

3777777
-

7777777

13777777
17777777

=
=

1000000
1400000

2000000

2400000

1377777
1777777
2300000

2777777

3000000

3377777

3400000

3777777

Test

switches
of

what

million

777777

2
3

Enable

T32K1
T32K0

segment

34
35

Test what 128K of selected
0 = 000000 - 3777777

module

million

address

tests

patterns-MOS,

128K

32K

and

select

128K

segment

what

32K

segment

first

32K

1l
2

=
=

second
third

32K

100000

32K

200000

277777

fourth

32K

300000

377777

77777
-

177777

OPERATIONAL
Console

The

CONTROL

Terminal

test

Control

parameters

may be
selected
by
input
from
the
console
terminal.
The desired test and the patterns to be used for the
data patterns test may also be specified by the console terminal.

The
following
are
sample
inputs
and
the
printouts.
Operator responses follow the -.

associated

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

computer

DSMMA

KS10 MEMORY DIAGNOSTIC

(DSMMA)

MEMORY MAP=

FROM TO SIZE/K
077777
000000

TEST SELECTION

Y OR N

PHYSICAL ADDRESS,

(CR)

- ¥

(CR)

- ¥

DATA PATTERNS - 0 FOR ALL, 1 TO 7, Y OR N (CR) - Y
(CR)

Y OR N

ADDRESS,

- Y

MOS WCP - 1 TO 4, Y OR N
FLOATING ONES/ZEROS,

Y OR N

(CR)

- Y

MOS DATA PATTERNS, Y OR N (CR) - ¥
SELECTION COMPLETED, IS IT OK, Y OR N (CR) - ¥

In the above example the test header was printed, the memory was
mapped and the operator was asked what tests are to be run.

At the completion the operator verifies that the selection was
correct and then testing

commences.

TEST SUMMARY

Memory Mapping

printed as it
In the first pass of the program, a map of memory is mapping
is to
The purpose of this memory
is seen by the CPU.
also to

determine maximum memory size for the test parameters and
point out any missing memory addresses or noncontiguous memory

modules.

The memory map is printed in the following format:
MEMORY MAP=

FROM TO SIZE/K
NNNNNN NNNNNN NN
XXXXXX

XXXXXX

Where:

This
Ns = the lowest contiguous segment of core memory.
should always be the only entry and equal to all memory.

entry

This will occur for example
Xs = some higher segment of memory.
in a 32K system where the higher module has an address greater
than

If there is more than one segment of memory the following is also

printed:

MAPPING ERROR

there

printed:

;NON-CONSECUTIVE MEMORY MODULES?

is any nonexistent memory below 8K the following

MAPPING ERROR

1is

;NON-X~-MEM BELOW 8K?

If there is an interleaving problem the following is printed:
MEMORY

MAP

000000

377777

128

000000

577777

192 XXX4

FROM TO SIZE/K ADR SEQ
XXX7

000000 577777 192 XXX6

MAPPING ERROR; MEMORY INTERLEAVING ?

This indicates that the memory interleaving is faulty.
The first map is done with addresses ending with 7.
The second map is done with addresses ending with 6.

The third map is done with addresses ending with 5.

The fourth map is done with addresses ending with 4.

Memory mapping for nonexistent memory is done with address
multiples of 1000(8). Memory mapping of existent memory is done
with address multiples of 100(8).

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSMMA

Data

The

Pattern Test
word patterns

specified
Instead

:
be
used
for
the data patterns test may be
when the program asks for the test selection.
answering
Y
or
N
the
operator
may
type
in
the

by
of

following:

WA
= 2

DATA

input

PATTERNS:

run

test,

don't

all

run

patterns

test

run

test,

all

ones

run

test,

all

zeros

run

test,

525252

the

pattern,

525252

2nd

bit

all

ZEROS,

ones

all

pattern,

zeros

ALTB,

the

first

pass,

then

(the

same

data

pass.

throughout

the

run

floating

test,

ONES,

pattern,

alternate

memory area

alternate

252525

used

bits,

252525

for

each

pass

tested)

ones

pattern,

FLONE,

floating

ones,

042104210421
for
the
first
location
of
the
first
pass.
The
data
pattern
rotates
word
to
word
throughout
the

memory

area

location

tested.

word

rotates

word

the

second

rotated

one

and

word

throughout

continues
run

FLZRO,

test,

floating

zeros

pattern,

tested.

one

and

all

combinations

run

test,

Uses

same

that

verify

storage
]

test

the

array

test,

and

floating

test

data

patterns

data,

and
and

that

there

the

three

fields.

parity

bit

check,

123456701234

parity

bit

complemented

the

The

data

operate

pattern

the

test

sequence

bit

used

the

most

the

Perform

read/restore
memory

Test

Set

memory

for

Perform

Test

for

BLT memory

the

fast

the

Test

the

memory

When

all

the

sequence

initial

bit

ability

the

first

rotates

word

the

memory

rotated

data

change

word

toc

test.

the

memory

werd

system

patterns.

word.

pattern.

memory

exercises.

correct

contents.

correct

for

exercises.

the correct contents.

rate

until

contents.

addressing.

rate memory

the

address

the

data

the

rate

fast

11,

Advance

for

then

throughout

PRAND,

exercises.

for

Repeat
the
fast
address bit.

the

pattern,

follows.

the

the memory for

12.

parity

pattern

Test

Perform

the

combination

data

memory with

the

pass

data

comprehensive

verifies

various

Generate

Fill

causes

patterns

testing

This

check

the

the
operation
continues
on
subsequent
passes
combinations are tested (i.e., 12
passes).

should

with

pass.

This

test,

selected

bit

and

two's

and

are

check

bits

first

and

patterns

used

all

until

patterns,

two

the

three

rotated

any

until

passes

zeros

data

are

and

tested.

the

that

location
area

word

hold

pseudo-random,

bit

zeros,

passes).

parity,

word

initial

subsequent

four

ones

This

floating

(i.e.,

every
can

the

continues

code

word

data

location
of
the
first
pass.
to word throughout the memory

pass

tested

between

pseudo-random

13.

are

floating

that

interaction
run

operation

both

the

except

the

initial

data

area.

until
all
passes).

area

10.

the

this

memory

on
subsequent
passes
combinations are tested (i.e., four

735673567356
for
the
first
This data then rotates word

The

pass

then

the

memory

correct

bits

all

exercise

are

data

using

the

contents.

fast

rate

patterns

are

test.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

exercised,
completed.

repeat

DSMMA

Memory Addressing Test
The memory addressing

system
for

uniquely

test.

location

into

the

completion

left

the

value

complement
is

then

test

verifies

address

This

done

and

writing

right

half

this

the

address

each

The

location

this

exercised

into

tested

exercised

word

the

right

correct

address
complement

The

testing

The

memory

segment

passes.

The

memory,

consists

high

address,

second

pass

address,

tests

address

the

low address
memory

If the

The

that sets

filling
in

the

memory

the

read

for

correctness.

Worst

Case

tested

cell

in
the

The

the

1low

the

initial

writing

the

complement

segment

the complement

background pattern,

background

tests

the

repeated

from

the

leaving

pattern.

repeated

using

bit.

The

first

RAMS

that

hold

for

data

each

pattern

the

pattern

data
pair

zeros and ones.

verifies

the

all

zero

words.

This

all

ones

and

writing

single

what

all

checked.

one

ability

then

was

written.

first

word.

written,

read,

positions
then

The

entire

memory

repeated

using

memory

bit

This

and

word

the

all

array

done

single

the

until

the

zero

The

advanced

This continues

single

and

bit

the

single

word

bit

compared.

have

words
then

been
word

in the
tested

then

floating
Patterns

four

and writing

with

the memory

reading

the check bits to

location

zero

the

testing

memory

array

all

zero

word.

Test

The worst case patterns
storage RAM chip can be
other

until

and

address

filled

tests

addressing

position

repeated.

words

initial

position

one

repeated

process

high

segment,

pass

initial

array with

sequence

This

the

address,

test

ones

been

the

the background,
memory

address

Test

compared

The

from

the

This

the

have

background.

rate

and

array

the

the entire sequence

This

checked.

sequence

all

left

test

written

complement

the

right-most

and

rotated

low

the

fast

and

sequence

background
the

fourth

high

ones/zeros

array

the

patterns

from

parity bit and

write

read

then

basic

ones.

Ones/Zeros

memory

the

and

testing

floating

system

then

the

Floating

one

the
with

2zeros

memory

The third pass tests the memory from the high

filled

bit

The

the

switches permit,

The

memory

leaves

writing

used

bits.

using

after
the

memory

and

address

data

tested

The

the

used.

address

background.

background,
the

low

are

complement of

This

background pattern.
of

same

words

the

back.

the

pattern

pass,

writing

reading

background

testing

the

and

are:

/RH,

first

and

word

word.

address

tested.

reversed

half

ADR,C

the

this

and

contents.

that

memory

is
half

complement address/RH,

used

each

left

C,ADR - LH,

sequence

memory

the complement of

into

selected

and

pattern

address

LH,

used

the

value

words

then

the

for

the

The

except

pattern

written

and

itself

memory

ability

every memory location

the

half.

the

any
by

RAM.

test
read

verifies that every cell
of
and written without affecting

the
any

The memory is first filled with a background pattern.
The basic
sequence is to first verify the background pattern in the cell
with

into

the

read.

cell,

complement

was

The

complement

and

then

written

the

cell

the

correctly.

background

read
The

again
next

then

written

to verify

1is

that the

test

selected.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

cell

1is

then
'

DSMMA

ERROR SUMMARY

Memory Data Error
When a memory data

error

MEMORY DATA ERROR
TN

PAT

ADDRESS

occurs

CORRECT

the

following

head

ERROR

FAILED

BITS

printed:

PAR

Where:

test

current

data patterns
address

uwn

the

UT > W N

worst

data

case

physical

error.

patterns

address

current

the

pattern-MOS

addressing

memory
(SEQ
fast rate on
PAT

detected

1s/0s

floating

the

which

scheme

=
sequential,
bit NN).

current

data

ADDRESS

the

memory

CORRECT

what

the

pattern

location

data

being

BLT

used

to
exercise
transfer,
FNN =

block

mnemonic.
that

should

contains

have

been

the

data

that

error.

location.

ERROR = the data as read from that location.
FAILED

BITS

binary

one

indicates

bit failed, could be
(printed in octal).
PAR

indicates

for
MEMORY

1
2

DATA

printout

ERROR

PAT

that

(sample

the

particular

pickup

failed

contained

CORRECT

070777
013447

the

bit

location

parity

data

dropout,

was

reread

error.

printout)

ADDRESS

SEQ ALTB
F34 C,ADR

when

still

that

252525
764330

ERROR

252525
013447

252565
764332

FAILED

252525
013445

000040
000002

BITS

000000
000002

F31

ZEROS

070777

777777

000000

777777

SEQ

ONES

Q70777

777777

777776

777777

000001

C00000C¢C

During

test

example,

alternate
test

address

can

2 address

can

corresponds

that,

with

then

bit

data

that

with

every memory

what

the

up).

During

test

From

the

example,

can

that

the

location

was

found

was

again

found

the

After

each

memory

location

MEMORY

PARITY

PROG

001057

was

address

failed

seen
to

that

read

location.

printout

013445

program

occurs

the

example,

data

can

bit

data

Also,

and

slow

were

error.

dropped

parity

address

was

continues

read

was
be

bits

test
bit

34
to

that

deduced

changing

incorrectly

found

all.

the

was

time

the

Dur ing

address

was

During

the

using

was

this

all

This

From

while

From

(i.e.,

070777

error.

read

from

location

address

addressing.

error.

actually

error.

013445 ‘and

error

070777

dropped.

with

the

test.

Memory Parity Error
When
a
memory
parity

information

picked

was

sequential

failed

error

correct

set

found
12

and

memory with memory

access,

into

was
bit

found

address

exercising

written

that

pattern

013447 was

seen

while

070777

seen

printed

(sample

following

heading

error

printout):

ERROR

000006

PAT

ADRCON

F32 ALTB

027637

DATA

525212

525252

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

PARITY

DSMMA

Where:

TTM

error

parity

the

when

run

being

test

current

the

occurred.

entry point

PROG = the current subroutine
(the last PUSHJ entry).
PC

the

current

occurred.

current

test program

the

program

counter

when

the

parity

addressing

scheme

being

used

error

exercise

memory.

PAT

the

ADRCON

current

the

data

pattern.

address

control

word

the

location

access

memory,

normally points to the current location being tested.

contents

the

DATA

normally will

pointed

ADRCON

the parity

the erroneous data which caused

error.

If ADRCON points outside memory this will be blank.

PARITY

= A P indicates

to by

that when the location pointed

parity

contained

still

printout

for

reread

was

ADRCON
error

In the above sample, a memory parity error occurred during test 3.

while

that

seen

can

the

using

memory

the

exercising

32 being

(bit

alternate bit data pattern and fast rate addressing

the current fast rate bit), bit 12 was dropped causing the parity
error.

Also,

when

the

current

testing

location

pointed

ADRCON was reread for printout it still contained a parity error.
By

referring

program

the

listing

can

that

seen

the

Which subroutine it

current subroutine was running in the ACs.

was could be determined by the program printout.

a memory parity occurs when
also

following

printed:

the

in the ACs the

is not

PARITY ERROR IN PROGRAM
PROGRAM OPERATION QUESTIONABLE FORM THIS POINT

case

this

and

ADRCON

are

data

probably

error

valid

not

indications.

’

Single

Bit Memory Error

SINGLE

BIT MEMORY

head

When a single bit memory error occurs the following
error information is printed sample printout:

PROG

031342

ERROR

000006 SEQ

PAT

ADDRESS

00300000

MWC1

with

)

DATA

BIT #

036624 475570 31

where:

TN =

the current

test being

run when the error occurred.

PROG = the current subroutine etnry point in the test program,
(the

last

PC =

the current program counter when the error occurred.

the

PUSHJ

entry).

current

addressing

scheme

being

word

used

exercise

memory.

PAT

the

ADDRESS

current

the

data

pattern.

address

control

access

normally points to the current location being tested.

memory,

DATA = the contents of the location pointed to by ADRCON,
normally will be the erroneous data which caused the error.
If ADRCON points outside memory this will be blank.

BIT# = the bit in the word that was bad.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSMMA

During

test 5, a single bit error occurred.
addressed
sequentially,
and
MOS
worst
case
used.
At
address
300000,
bit
31
failed.

The memory was
pattern
1 was
Before

the

being
being

program

continues after
and a check
is

a single bit error, the dip number is determined,
made
in the chip error table.
If
this was
the
first error
for this chip,
and there is room in the chip error
table, this chip is added to the table, including the slot of the
board and the E number of the chip.
The error count of the chip
is set to 1.
If the chip is already in the table, the error count
is incremented.
If the table overflows with too many bad chips,

the

following message will

SINGLE BIT ERROR
ERROR TABULATION

printed only once:

TABLE

FULL.

WILL

CONTINUE

BUT

After eight errors for a specific chip
typeouts will be suppressed, but error

continue
After

each

testing

value

bit

error

single

DIPS

have

WILL

been

counting

for

377777.
and

printout

the

sequence.

ADDED.

reported,
that

program

continues

Nonexistent Memory and Channel 1 Interrupt Errors
When either of these errors occur, one of the following
headings with error information is printed.
NONEXISTENT

MEMORY

INTERRUPT

013001

000000

APR

011023

FLAGS

000000

further

chip will

the

associated

PROG

3000000

000004

000755

FLAGS

PROG

300000

000004

000755

Or:
ERROR

INTERRUPT

APR

011023

013001

000000

Where:
APR

CONI

CONT

FLAGS

APR.

PI.

current

the

PROG

from

program

current

the

(the

last

PUSHJ

ILLEGAL

UUO is
printed.

UUO

interrupt

when

entry

the

point

entry).

executed

the

occurred.

interrupt

following

the

occurred.

test

heading

program

with

error

EXECUTED

uuo

064240

when

counter

subroutine

Illegal UUO
When an illegal

information

flags

program

000000

FLAGS

300000

PROG

003677

000433

attempted

Where:

-UUO

FLAGS

PROG

the
=

the

illegal

the

UUO

program

that

was

counter

which

=
the
last
subroutine
(the last PUSHJ entry).

Program Checksum Error
At
the
completion
of
checksummed

and

before

program

the

this

PROGRAM

PROGRAM,
OPERATION

CHECKSUMS

UUO

executed.

occurred.

point

sequence
compared to the

executed.

program continues normal operation.
the following is printed:
ERROR

the

entry

testing

checksum

was

flags

QUESTIONABLE

If
If

the
the

NOT

AGREE

FROM

THIS

program

the
‘Program
is
checksum obtained

checksuns

agree

the

not

agree

depending

upon

POINT

continues

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

test

checksums

The program then
switch 7, ERSTOP.

operation

the

restarts

DSMMA

The

program

code

from

checksum

BEGIN1l

are

The

purpose of

since

the

when

resides,
the

end

this

memory

could

cause erroneous error

that

words

variable

data).

which

program data

reporting.

program

changeable

(all

program

due

all

All

the

changed

the

together

ENDSLD,

module

get

and

adding

program.

after

core

the

to verify

program

area

program

testing

the

testing

obtained

ENDSLD

the

indeed valid
program

interaction

core.

also

between

This

could

At the completion of the testing sequence or after each individual
test, as selected by the switches, the error totals are printed.
This

printout

address

per

pickup

and

data

bit

errors

facilitates

failure

totals

test,

printout

parity

printout

and

the

address

errors.

Also,

dropout

determination

errors,

and

provides

the

bits

bits
the

data

with

also

error
with

associated

number

single

reported.

follows.

PASS COUNT

TOTALS:

PHY

ADR

PATTERNS

BIT

ADDRESS

WCP

FLOAT ~ ECC

ERRORS

571

ERRORS:

PARITY
DATA

data

number

errors,

and

per chip

TEST COMPLETION,
ERROR

error

The

the

dropout

pickup

sample

bit

correlation.

FAILURES

PICKUP

DROPOUT

ECC

205

190

175

PICKUP

DROPOUT

ECC

ADDRESS BITS WITH
IT

DATA FAILURES

14
15

16
17

571

190

175

395

381

571

366

381

206

381

206

381

571

176

365

ECC

ERROR

ERRORS

175/190

209/175

74/205,

196/1

printout

the

END

PASS

the

totals

program

checksummed.

first/next

366

FREQUENCY

SLOT

After

366

27
28

Test

error

counters

operation

then

are

zeroed

continues

and

the

with

the

test.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMA

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSRMA.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020

Abstract

DSRMA
module

drive
have

solid

group

been

Testing

modules

data

done

bus

addresses.

the

diagnostic

setting

This

Hardware
Required

the

proper

diagnostic

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 48K
RH11

Massbus

to
8 RM03

runs

DCL

up"
all

full-speed

wvarious

also

build

testing

doing

logic

and

straight

alignment/verification

small

starts

operations

faulty

the

capabilities

test.

ends

Positioning

addition

the

within

"start

and

Diagnostic

looping

each

diagnostic

cycles

transfer

tests,

into

Device

faults

Scope

designed

The

control

Basic

RMO03

electronics.

basis.

RH11-RM0O3

isolates

disk

also

tested.

1line

diagnostic

contains

subprogram

that

head

invoked

sense switch.
only

exec

mode.

of memory

controller

disk

drives

Preliminary

and

Associated

Programs

Refer

Restrictions

None

Notes

diagnostic

Run

time

(per

run,

hierarchy

drive

STD module).

basics)

operator

the

(KS10

intervention

diagnostic

will

tests

complete

are

pass

in approx. 2 minutes 40 seconds, with one
drive selected and no errors occurring.

The dual-port tests
minutes
to
execute
cabled up.

take approximately 2
once
the
drive
Iis

The

following

must

ensure

sequence

complete

testing

controller

the

followed

single-ported

device.

Cable
lock

the
the
of

pass

intervention
b.

necessary

The

tests

multiple

tests

run

are

the

desired,

manual

the

first

sequence

must

complete

port,

and run one
the
manual

selected.

passes

following

ensure

active

device on that port,
the diagnostic
with

checkout

not

intervention

pass.

followed

dual-ported

drives.
a.

Cable

the

controller

the drive on
the

that

intervention
one

either

and

tests

Cable

lock

pass of

the

selected.

lock

the controller
to
the drive on
that

pass

the

manual

This

tests

the other
port,
and

port,
run a

diagnostic.

intervention

necessary.

This

Run

the

diagnostic.

dual

port

test

cable

the

test

This

tests

arbitration logic
port

port,

run

with

port.

manual

€.

port,

diagnostic

tests

other

time

the

are

not

port.

instructed

the

dual-port

the drive.

The dual

#7010507-02

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

required.

DSRMA

and

Starting

Procedure

Control
Switches

Standard

(Refer

Refer

Table

Switch

Descriptions

0-17

Standard

the

STD module.)

DSRMA Control

(Refer

KS10

the

The following switches
(TOTALS),
9
(RELIAB),

Switch

KS10

Summary

STD module.)

are

not

(INHPAG),

implemented:
12

(CHAIN)
.

9RSTART),

(MODDUC),

and

2
15

Trace

List all possible modules if not runfiing in text inhibit

program's

progress

test

mode

set,

Run

the

22-23

Not

used

Trace

tests

that

are

Pause

until

this

switch

Run

27-35

the
SW

The

request

UBA

dual-port

test

address

omitted

specified
set

following

parameters

tests

the

(skipped)

reset

switches

selected

test

numbers

test

will

(27-35)

RH11

157
160

The
as

Tests

RHTST2

Tests
Tests

163

RHTST4
RHTSTS

SILO
SILO

Test
Test

1
2

164

RHTST6

SILO

Test

RHI11

RHWC

RHBA
RHDB

CONTROL

diagnostic
it

specified

Test

RHTST3

OPERATIONAL

continuously

the

RHTST1

161
162

run

test:

Switches

27-35
will

runs.

furnishes

Sense

all

switch

necessary

options may

instructions

also

for

printed

operation
run

time.

The diagnostic will first poll the system and
report which RMO03
and
controller
<configurations
exist.
After
the
system
configuration report, the user is allowed to select any number of
drives
A

for

drive

test

may

(out

those

selected

for

found).
test,

whether

not

was

detected

at configuration time.
Following the completion of configuration,
the
diagnostic
goes
to
its
test
dispatcher
to
determine
which
tests
TEST

are

run.

SUMMARY

Table

describes

the

1individual

tests

performed

diagnostic.
NOTE

The

following

test

numbers

numbers.
reported

An
by

table

the

RH1l1

test

its

RH1l

RHTST1)
rather than
number (e.g., 157).

error

RHTST1/RHWC
RHTST2/RH3A

ERROR SUMMARY
Standard (Refer

RHTST3/RHDB
RHTST4/SILO

the

KS10

number
(e.g.,
diagnostic test

RH11 No./Test

162
163
164

test

will

test

the

157

the

sequential

Diagnostic No.
160
161

correlates

with

Test

RHTST5/SILO Test
RHTST6/SILO Test

2
3

STD module.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

this

DSRMA

Dispatcher

In order to understand the dispatcher, it is important
understand the following facts about the test structure.
There are 265

(octal)

for

individual

operation

The

dual-port

test

These tests may be selected

intervention.

require operator

some of which

in-line standalone tests,

standalone

27-35.

(octal)

series

instructions.

subtests that are self-documenting with complete

The dispatch algorithm works as follows.
a.

Read

If pause switch

the

console

dual-port

the

tests

dual-port
step

switches.

is set, go to step a.

(002000)

1is

switch

option

RMO3s

dual-ported

only,

the

run

(040000),

set

return

then

If the operator intervention switch is ON, set a flag that
allows operator intervention tests to be executed when

is checked locally at each test.)

(Flag

encountered.

(Manual Test Selection) execute the

If SW 26 is set (001000)

test whose number

is specified

return

step

made

in switches

then

and

executed,

end

pass

When

step a.

return

illegal,

Execute the next in-line test of the 265

time,

27-35.

The test is executed one time and then

give an error message.

is typed

and

available one

(octal)

all

the

been

have

tests

sequence

will

repeated until the diagnostic is stopped, or the abort switch
is

raised.

- NOTE

it is

When an in-line test is being run,

tested

being

drives

all

executed

before return is made to the dispatcher.

Use of the Diagnostic

A typical

use

the

test

from

trouble

the

switches
so

isolated

can

diagnostic

until

Run the diagnostic

would

fails on a

that

it will

follows.

test and then select that

be continuously

After

replaced.

or modules.

module or group of modules the entire
in case the symptoms have changed.

diagnostic

run

and

the

replacing

should

rerun

Due to the structure of the diégnostic, troubleshooting should be

done

tests

using

the

Table

Test
1

test

possible

earliest

If several

failed.

that

indicate malfunctions, check them out one at a time.
DSRMA Test

Summary

Description
SELECTION TESTS

DUAL DRIVE

All drives on the bus are powered up except the drive
The diagnostic will do a blind read of the
being tested.
drive type register (register 06) to guarantee that no

other

device

the

drive

Massbus
test

number.

the

bus will

printed

responds

drive's

this

drive

the

unsuccessful,

type and serial number registers of the responding device

the

faulty device.

this

the

particular case,

faulty

drive

one

the

drives

disappears.

(one

and

bus

off

That

order

the

drive

being

necessary

incorrectly

drive

aid

tested

determine

responding

time)
the

until

one

isolating

that

the

has

not

which

shutting

problem
faulty

should be
(as called out)
its modules
hardware and
If the device is not
replaced, provided it is an RM03.
an RM03, run the diagnostic for the device, as there is
something wrong with device selection logic for that
Either the device select bits are not getting
device.
over properly or the logic that looks for a match between

device

selection

malfunctioning.

are

actually

address.

two

bits

and

drives

There

their

logical

address

remote possibility that

the

Massbus

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

with the

1is

there

same

DSRMA

Table

DSRMA

Test

Summary

(Cont)

Description

Test

DEMAND/TRANSFER

HANDSHAKE

This test does a
(register 06) and
demand

and

Should

function

transfer.

ABILITY

The

following

TEST

read of
only for

Data

problem
along with

TEST

control

blind
looks

and

READ

BACK

sequence

holding

Because

data

Failure

are

ignored.

used

registe
to
r

transfer

C00-C1l5

for

reading

zeros

This is a
it with 1s

fill

with

over

the

fully writable
will cause the
1s.

the

program
receives
the
complement
of
the
in the RM03 holding register, the data
reading
register
13
should
be
all
0s
in
Parity errors are ignored in this test.

contained

seen
by
C00-Cl1l5.

possibilities

include:

(ILR),

handshake

timing

failure,

enabled,

Also,

(CBI)

chips

TEST

errors

bus:

RM03

(IF),

drive-type register
proper operation of

occur,
check
the
demand
the device selection logic.

Write device register 20.
device register and writing

the
the

parity

faulty

failing

ABILITY

select

and

CTOD

line level
position.

bit
READ

BACK

The
the

following sequence
control bus.
Read

the

drive's

tri-state

error,

CTOD

transmitters

and

fault,
getting

not

faulty

transmitter
'

C00-C15

is used for trying
drive register 13
bus-holding

to read 1s over
(register 13 is

Although it
not one of the implemented registers on
the Massbus,
it is not flagged as illegal when it is read.
Sinhce this
register was set to 0 with
the Massbus
initialization,
and since the program sees the complement of the data in
the holding
register,
1s should be seen at the control
bus.

The problem could be that MASINIT is not working.
If it
is not, replace CS,CBI.
This is also difficult because
the error may be due to logic on CS,DS dragging
down the
bus.
:
VERIFY

This

THAT DRIVE TYPE IS
test reads the drive

is returning
the

following

020024

024024

legal
legal

VALID FOR DEVICE
type register to verify

value

for

device

this

drive.

The

types:

that

RM0O3

has

single-ported RM03
dual-ported RMO3

WRITING

The

then

1S OVER THE CONTROL BUS
holding register (register 13)

read-back.

the

write

was

stuck

RMRs

WRITING

The

in this test will cause
inhibit the loading of the

OVER

over

THE

CONTROL

procedure

the

control

Write

the

holding

test).
Write 0s

the

Read the
all
1s.

holding

holding
This
is

This test has
GO
bit
will
register,

the RMR.
However,
holding register.

verify

‘

that

(worked

true
13)

the property
not
inhibit

because
returns

that
the

that the
reading
the

the

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

data

is
holding

complement

an RMR caused by
writing
of
the

can

and

data

returns

BUS

used

the
13

bus.

with

bit

not

following

written

successful,

read back should be 0s, since reading
the complement of its contents.

the

a stuck
holding

DSRMA

(Cont)

DSRMA Test Summary

Table 2
Test

Description

VERIFY THAT RHCLR RESETS HOLDING REGISTER

The following sequence is used to verify that the holding
register

clears.

Issue

a MSTCLR to

initiate

the

system.

Write 1ls to a writable register (register 12).
Issue a MSTCLR to clear the holding register

2.
3.

.
bits)

holding register
Data read should

Read the
correct.

the" holding

(all

and verify that it is
be all 1ls since reading

returns

the

complement

its

using

the

contents.
11

WRITE

This

A FLOATING

writes

test

holding

DOWN THE

down

CONTROL

BUS

bus

control

the

NOTE

Writing a floating 1 pattern results in
a floating 0Os pattern read back because

inverting

CONTROL BUS

BITS C00-C15

holdlng

the

property.

WRITE

FLOATING

This test writes a floating 0 down the control bus using
register

(holding

Writing a

floating

because of

floating

pattern

being

pattern

1ls

the

results

back

read

inversion property of

the

holding register.
13

TEST THAT

The

PARITY NETWORK CAN GENERATE

following

can generate

sequence
1

for

verify

that

the drive

that

to 0.
RHCLR to set the holding register

Read

the

back

holding

in control

bus

TEST

The

THAT

PARITY

following

can generate

NETWORK

for

verify

Data

inversion

property

CAN

GENERATE

to verify that

used

comes

should

the

sequence

and

parity position.

177777
because
of
holding register.
14

used

control bus parity.

the

the drive

parity.

RHCLR to clear errors and holding register

Write

Read

bit

the

holding

177776

the holding

The

data

from

the

holding

verified

should be 000001 because of its inverting property.

PATTERN

TEST

PARITY

operation

The

completely

NETWORK

the

set

CHIPS

generator

parity

floating

1ls

and read from the holding register.
is

read

and

that

Remember

complement

checked

readlng

of what was

the

after

holdlng

wrltten

into

can
0Os

written

Read

the

drive's

each

read.

control

(register

00)

and

contents

should

are

correct,

the bits,

Cl1

=1,

1.
2.

C12

normally guaranteed

the

bus

some

VERIFY

THAT

Issue

(register

MSTCLR
00

to be

1 and 0

1IF port MUX, REGISTER SEL bits,
CBI bad register select line

CS,

the

returns

expected

verify that

The

into

The holding register

VERIFY CONTROL REGISTER GUARANTEED BITS

parity

and

C00)

other

NOT

and

STUCK

then

DVA flip-flop fault

gating

its

contents

verify

that

onto

SET

read

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

the

bit

DSRMA

Table

Test
20

DATA

TEST

FUNCTION

BITS

WITHOUT

other

This

set,

floats

TEST

some

bit

set,

there

remote

dragging

that

SELECT

the

following

down

the

Let N
RHCLR

= 0.
to INIT.

Write

probably
is

cross-coupled

probably

down

the

AND

DECODE

select

faulty

exists

that

bus.

select

algorithm

correct

bits

which

are

stuck

essentially

lines.

to the control register.
Write a 70 to register (2**N).
Read the control register and verify that it
is still
00.
If not, there is a register select problem.
Repeat from Step 2 for all Ns up to and including 4.

SELECT
Test

actually

this

FOR

TIME

for

and

checking
C08-CO09.
These

CHECK

FIRST

looking

reading
register
c00-C02,
CO04-C06,

PERSISTENT

decode

there

are

guaranteed

RHCLR should clear register 15.
Write register 15 with 177777 (should also
Read verify register 15 and verify that no

2.
3.

errors

Faults

are

VERIFY

OPERATION

easily

subtests

N =

RHCLR/write
RHCLR/write

RHCLR/write

(All

traced
OF

are

.
«

Three

done.

occurred.

back

required.

SINGULARITY

with

one

2.
3.

Write

Read

ADDRESS

verifies
another.

RHCLR

that
The

clear

the

bits

a table to
verify that
THE

looking

FIRST

for
register
following way.

RHCLR to clear errors.
‘
Write 177777 to register 12.
Read register 12 and verify that

Suspect

select

clear it).
persistent

flip-flop.
BITS

1s.
data

data

are

0s.

Os.

BITS

interfere

used.

'
register

15.

pattern

correct.

TIME

l.
2.
3.

the

that

sequence

does

error

IMPLEMENTED

following

and

in
for

zero).

IMPLEMENTED

errors.

FOR

0s
0

€03, C07, C09-Cl4.

a pattern from
register 15 and

test

from
15

ls/read/verify that data are
1ls/write Os/read/verify that

The implémented bits are:

should

1s/RHCLR/read/verify

TEST

This test

bits

are

ERRORS

following

fault

that

The

This

possibility

uses

3.
4.
5.

SETTING

used.

logic.

fail

test verifies

bits

PARTIAL
at

sequence

GO bit

it.

some

(Cont)

RHCLR to clear go bit.
Write
a pattern from table to register 00.
Read register 00 and verify that pattern
(including the go bit).

(IF)

Summary

l.
2.

Test

following

control

DSRMA

The

Description

decode

selection

Cl12-C15
fault.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

problem

are 0.

DSRMA

Table

Test

Description

WRITE

1S AND

Subtest A
1.
RHCLR

Write

1.
3.

TO C00-C09 OF

(Cont)

initialize.

1777 to register 12.

are

that C00-C09

RHCLR

initialize.

Write

(sets bits).

Write 1777 to register 12

4.
30

DSRMA Test Summary

Read verify

Subtest

12.

Read/verify that C00-C09 of register 12 are 0.

FLOATING PATTERNS TO REGISTER 12

This test verifies that no bits in register 12 interfere

and
1ls
with one another by floating
implemented bits of register 12 (C00-C09).
31

down

the

11 FOR THE FIRST TIME

ADDRESS REGISTER

sequence

The

following

1.
2.

RHCLR to clear errors.
Write register 11 with

used

to gain some confidence

that we have selected the correct register.

Read

Cl3-C1l5

are

177777.

verify

C00-C06,

that

C08-CO09,

tested for 0 are not implemented, so a failure
test probably indicates a register-select or

The bits
in this

and

failure.

WRITE 1S AND 0S TO IMPLEMENTED BITS OF C07, C10-Cl12

This test verifies that all implemented bits of register
The implemented bits are CO07,
11 can be set to 1 and 0.
clo-Cl2.

IMPLEMENTED BITS

FLOAT PATTERNS TO REGISTER 11,

This test verifies that none of the implemented bits of
register 11

interfere with one another.

The implemented bits are C07, Cl0-Cl2.
34

VERIFY THAT RHCLR DOES NOT AFFECT REGISTER 11

Write

1ls

RHCLR and verify that no

then

issue

bits were cleared.

:
0S AND 1S TEST OF THE DA REGISTER
subtests are implemented as follows.

Write

05.

177777

05.

RHCLR

(RHCLR should not clear DA).

Read/verify that

Write 0s to

177777

Read/verify

are

set.

all

bits

0S5.

are

RHCLR

Write

bits

RHCLR
Write

all

1.
2.

Subtest

RHCLR

Write

Subtest

4.,

177777

Read/verify that all bits are set.

Subtest

Write

05.

ls to register 05.

Read/verify that

all

bits are set.

FLOAT 0S AND lS TO C00-C1l5 OF REGISTER 05
This

test verifies that none of

Test

has

been deleted.

Test

has

been

’

Four

Subtest A
RHCLR
1.

bits,

implemented

the

bits

interfere with one another.

deleted.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMA

Table
Test

Description

VERIFY

RHCLR

THAT

and

VERIFY
ERROR
Two

DSRMA Test

DRIVE

then

THAT

are

Subtest A
1.
RHCLR
2.
Read/verify
Y{ite

Read

GENERATING

read/verify

WRITING

subtests

NOT

run

that

the

(PAR)

Write a 1
be a 0).

Read

DATA

TEST

PARITY

C03

check

logic

number

are

used

verify

RHCLR/write

l/read-verify

RHCLR/write

1/WRITE

RHCLR/write

1/CHCLR/read-verify

TEST

This

test

(ER1)

verifies

are

FOR

all

TEST

The

following

RHCLR/write

that

STUCK

are

easily

traced

FOR 1S,
subtests

are

1s/read

0S,

back

RHCLR/write

1ls/read
TO

THAT

test

parity

error.

VERIFY

THAT

Os/read

NOT

SET

each

read,

ILR

not

SETS

and

from

the

set

write

error

FOR

ERROR

the

device

REGISTERS

the

legal

but does it
reads
error

detected

the

00-17

registers

that

(COl

REGISTERS

verifies

detected

FOR

clear.

is
no
cross-coupling
register 02.

PARITY

that

reads

C03 clear.

C03

verify.

control

verifies

test

VERIFY

the

The

after

was

DETECT

This

RHCLR

parity.

and

condition

ILR

CAN

verify.

C00-C15

DEVICE

writes

with
incorrect
register
1
and

VERIFY.

1s/RHCLR/read/verify.
1ls/write

FUNCTIONS
required.

RHCLR/write

AND

RMO03

RESET

RHCLR/write

the

VERIFY

was

set.
..
that

that

This

error

following
bits

C03

O/read-verify

that

02,

within

that

This
test
guarantees
that
there
between any of the bits C00-Cl15 in
50

will

parity

FLOAT

sent

patterns.

=W
-

TESTS

PARITY

.
(PAR) CO03 register 02 is a 0.
of register 05 (Parity bit sent will
‘
02 and verify that no parity error was

flip-flop.
46

C00

WRITE

subtests

Stuck

bit

that

operational.

CAUSE

sequence.

NOT

that

ADDITIONAL

Three

CBPE

DOES

(parity

verify

This
tests
that
parity
operating properly for a

RHCLR
Read/verify

detected.

PERSISTENT

following

and

(Cont)

C03

l.
2.

that

detected.
Subtest

Summary

illegal

the

drive

02).

20-37

This
test
reads
each
of
the
illegal
registers
in
the
drive
and
after
each
read,
verifies that
an illegal
register condition was detected (CO1 register 02).
53

TEST

FOR

Verify

VERIFY

PERSISTENT

that

registers

test

the

device

ERROR

Cl4

are

cleared.

COMPOSITE

This

COMP

ERROR
and

ERROR

SET

not

after

error

PATHS

verifies
will

set

that the setting of any error bit
cause ERROR C1l4 register 01 to be set.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMA

DSRMA Test Summary (Cont)

Table 2
Test

Description

VERIFY THAT SYSTEM IS NOT STUCK IN M-MODE

DATA TEST C00 REGISTER 03
The M-Mode bit is data-tested using three subtests.

Verify that, following an RHCLR, the m-mode bit is clear
(register 03 CO00).

RCHCLR/WRITE 1/READ-VERIFY.

RHCLR/WRITE 1/RHCLR/READ-VERIFY.

RHCLR/WRITE 1/WRITE O/READ-VERIFY.

TEST FOR WRITABLE REGISTER INTERFERENCE

This test guarantees that no writable register interferes

with any other register because of a register select
decoding problem. The following algorithm is used.
Pick a writable register (call it X).

Write appropriate bits of register X (from table).

Read register X and ensure that it did not change.
If it did, a register ‘addressing ‘problem exists
between X and Y and the test will loop on this pair.
Do steps 2 through 6 letting Y vary 00-37 but never

Pick another register (call it Y).
Write 0s to all bits of register Y.

3.
4.

6.
60

equal

‘

DRIVE CLEAR WITHOUT THE GO BIT
Issue a drive clear command without setting

the GO bit
and verify that this operation did not cause an error to
.

occur.

I1f this test fails, ‘there is probably something wrong

with the command decoder or the microsequencer logic.
VERIFY THAT DRIVE CLEAR IS INOPERATIVE WITHOUT GO.

VERIFY THAT DRIVE CLEAR IS OPERATIONAL

This test essentially verifies that the microsequencer is
sensitive to the state of the GO bit.

There are two possible failure modes.

If no ER1l bits cleared, we have U SEQ fault, GO will
If some ER1 bits clear, it is safe to assume that

not set, improper command decode as possible faults.

drive clear has partially worked but caused an error
to

occur.

USE DRIVE CLEAR TO VERIFY DEVICE SELECT LOGIC

This test is actually the complement of test 1. The test
verifies that the drive being tested responds to no other

The following algorithm is

device code but its own.
used,

1.
2.

Call drive being tested drive X.
Call some other, drive Y.

Write ls to register 02 in drive X.

Read register 02 in drive X and verify that it has

RHCLR issued to drive X.

Issue a drive clear to drive Y.

not

been modified.

steps

Repeat

equal to X.

Drive being

tested

through

‘

for

responding

possible

all

Y¥s

not

some other device

code.

PARTIAL TEST OF NO OP COMMAND

Issue a NO OP command and then verify:

1. It did not cause an error.
2.
65

The GO bit cleared after command execution.

VERIFY OPERATION OF DEBUG CLOCK FUNCTION

Verify that debug enable

in the MAINT REGISTER

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

(Cl4

clock

DSRMA

Table
Test

Description

VERIFY

This

DSRMA

OPERATION

test

Test

DEBEND

verifies

that

is
interlocked

indication
properly
with

CHECK

PARTIAL

Verify

that

are

C00

VERIFY

OPERATION

Possible

(CS)
CHECK

AND

C13

DRY

OF
maintenance

fault

associated

1logic

fault

(CS).

VERIFY

FUNCTIONALITY

Using

the

SET

(C00

functionality

PIP

associated

with

on-cyl

with

PIP

01)

bit;

(IF).

bit

tested

for

with

MOL

associated

(UN-RDY)

CO09

WRL

STATUS

functioning

(IF);

with

THROUGH

feature,

MAINT

verify

properly.

that

WRL

associated

with

associated

status

with

logic

for

WRL

maintenance

(IF)

logic

for

ER2

DEV CK AND SKI THROUGH MAINT REGISTER
maintenance register
features,
test
the

Using

DEV CK C07

Possible
Faulty

Cl4,

CO07

and

SKI

reg

1logic

Cl4

DEV CK

CAUSES

logic

associated

with

(IF).

VERIFY

THAT

Using

maintenance

operation

15.

DEVCK

set.

DIAGNOSTIC

with

bits

UNSAFE

occurrence.

TEST

faults:

maintenance

co07, C06 (CS);
Faulty
error

faults:

logic

Faulty
1logic
W-PROT (CS).

maintenance

Possible

not
the

faults:

logic

Faulty

the

Maintenance

Cll

is
in

MOL FROM MAINT REGISTER
register
feature,
the MOL

(Cl2

operation.

Possible

CO7

associated

logic malfunction

the

Status

fully

DRY

and

FUNCTIONALITY

proper

PIP

status

Using

bit
bit

logic malfunction

Status

the

faults:

Maintenance

the maintenance
checked.

bit

that
M-Mode
debug
clock

when

Using

03)

enable

CHECK PARTIAL OPERATION OF GO AND DRY
Verify that DRY
(C07
register 01)
and
00) are complements when GO is set.

logic,

OPERATION

complements

(Cont)

debug

maintenance

(Cl4

the

operational.

Failure

Summary

features,

C07

MODE

INTERLOCK

verify
causes

that

the

UNSAFE

Cl4

This test verifies proper reset operation of flip-flops
in
the
maintenance
register
(register
03).
It
1is
designed
to
prove
that
when the drive
is
taken out of
maintenance mode, €03, C06-C09 are cleared.

local

Fault
is

—

unu

SKI
DEV

If
If

PIP

MOL
WRL

If
If

e
O

All
faults would
particular:

maintenance

C08

Fault

C09

Fault

C03

3*W

Fault

C07

ERR

Fault

C06

FLT

ON CYL
UN

RDY
PROT

VERIFY THAT VV C06 REGISTER 01 NOT STUCK AT 1

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMA

Test
100

(Cont)

DSRMA Test Summary

Table 2

Description
SET VV WITH A PACK ACKNOWLEDGE

This

test

with

verifies

test,

the

pack

acknowledge

command

that

being

not

command.

for

also

cause

COMMAND

(C06

used

diagnostic

does

acknowledge

the

verifies

error

that

isolate to the module.

101

Test has been deleted.

102

SET VV WITH A READIN PRESET COMMAND

This

test verifies that VV

with a

diagnostic

first

the

for

that

also verifies

Since

(CS).

set
pack

this

the

from

some

error

can be set

readin preset

this

time

composite

be
a

issuing

(C06 register 0l)

readin preset command.

used

being

time

back

scope

occurs,

condition

error

flip-flop to

can

Since

occur.

If an INVCMD error occurs, problem is on

other

01)

first

test,

the

some

error did

not

occur.

INVCMD error occurs, problem is on

If an

103

the module.

isolate

VERIFY THAT DPR IS A 1 (C08, REGISTER 01)
Read status register and verify that C08

hardwired to 1 in this device.

104

(CS).

scope back from error fllp—flop to

error occurs,

other

is a 1.

It is

VERIFY THAT WE ARE NOT PROGRAMMABLE

Toggle MOL via the maintenance reglster and then verify

| that

(C09

on one
so
do

be locked
to
told

01)

PGM

The

of the ports because
time
start-up
at

diagnostic

should

the operator was
system
(during

configuration).

105

VERIFY THAT READIN PRESET CLEARS PROPER THINGS

106

Test has been deleted.

107

INTO OFFSET MODE USING OFFSET CMD

drive in offset mode by issuing an
The offset mode flip-flop OFS-MD is

This test places the
offset command (15).

CO00 register 0l.
command

used,

Since this is the first time the offset

the

diagnostic

checks

of a composite error after the command
Trace

a composite error

for

the occurrence

is issued.

failure back from the appropriate

error latch to isolate the fault to a module.
110

CLEAR OFS MD BY WRITING

INTO REGISTER

This checks out one of the clear paths to the offset mode
flip-flop.

111

FORCE AN INVCMD ERROR Cl2 REGISTER 15
This

error

condition

forced

issuing

offset

command while VvV = 0.

112

VERIFY THAT GO DOES NOT SET WITH A PARITY ERROR
This test verifies that the GO bit will not set if a
parity error is detected when the control register is

113

VERIFY THAT REGISTER 03,

written.

GO =1

Writing

the maintenance

reglster

(register

03)

attention summary register (register 04) while the GO bit
is

set

should

not

cause

RMR

occur.

Problem is on IF and is either a register decode fault or

an error in the PLA that causes RMR.
114

CAUSE AN RMR TO OCCUR

This test causes an RMR (C02 register 02) to occur by
writing into the DA register (register 05) while GO = 1.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMA

Table 2

DSRMA Test Summary (Contf

Test

Description

115

ISSUE A SEEK WITH U SEQUENCER STOPPED
This test issues a seek command to verify that
and no errors were caused by the operation.

If
Any

the

116

invalid

error

flip-flop

CAUSE

IAE

‘Test

WITH

VERIFY

This
that

error

condition

cause

maintenance

ADDRESS

occurs,

will

mode

DECODE

FOR

the

CYL

(C10

IAE

LEGAL

fault

scoping

ILLEGAL

seek

back

faulty module.

command

DISK

SECT

set,

CS.
from

02)

illegal

ADDRESSES

test uses a maintenance mode seek command to
all of the legal addresses decode as legal.

This
test
1is
repeated
while
through their legal values.

120

the

require

isolate

SEEK

designed

issuing a
cylinder.

117

command

other

error

varying

SECT,

verify

TRK,

CYL

(0-35)

TRK

(0-4)

CYL

(0-1466)

VERIFY

ADDRESS

DECODE

FOR

ILLEGAL

ADDRESSES

This test uses a maintenance mode seek command to verify
that the disk address decode logic does not
allow any
illegal addresses to be referenced without flagging IAE
(Cl0 register 02).
This

test

through

repeated

illegal

SECT

(36-377)

TRK
CYL

(5-377)
(1467-1777)

121

VERIFY

122

CAUSE

123

SET

124

1is

their

THAT

ATTN

while

values

NOT

varying

one

STUCK

SET

WITH

COMPOSITE

AND CLEAR

THE

ATTN

FLIP-FLOP

THE

POSITION
OF

SECT,
time.

TRK,

CYL

SET

VERIFY

ERROR

THE

PSEUDO

that

the

ATTN

BIT

This test is designed to verify that the pseudo attention
bit for the drive being tested is placed on the
bus in

one

position

and

this

test

step

'The

drive

either
Some

wrong

CLEAR ATTN
Possible

under

not

This

test

TEST

1is

does

select

select
OF

PSEUDO-ATTN

designed
not

(unit

respond

attention

the

RHCLR.

FOR

THE

bit

DRIVE

CLEAR ATTN BY WRITING
Verify that ATTN can

provided.

error

ANOTHER

Verify that

ATTN

error

THE

GO BIT
cleared

condition
SET

PATH

set

exists.

from drive (CSs);
select)
(drive).

that

writes

CLEAR ATTN USING MBA CLEAR PATH

BIT

POSITION

verify
to

130

TEST

possible.

position

(IF);
receivers

127

composite

has

response

switch

pseudo-bits,

131

its

positions

bus

PSUEDO-ATTN

failure

device

ADDITIONAL

tested

bus

the

correct.

following

is.indicating

dropped

BY WRITING

position
is

the

faults:

Incorrect

126

test

device

Position decode
Faulty

fails,

or multiple

other

that was
125

only,

DECODE

the

drive

other

setting

the

exists.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

written

being

drives'

bit

while

DSRMA

Table 2

DSRMA Test Summary (Cont)

Test

Description

132

SET ATTN BY TOGGLING MOL
This

test

toggles

MOL

This

mode

via

should cause ATTN to

maintenance

set.

VERIFY THAT WRITING GO
- WITH

(C09

ERROR SETS ATTN

This test is very similar to test 131 but is not actually
redundant because of the implementation scheme.

134

SETTING GO WITHOUT ERROR‘SHOULD NOT SET ATTN

135

VERIFY ATTN AS

SEEN AT THE CONTROLLER

With ATTN logic in
verifies
that
its

the drive working,
state
1is properly

this test merely
observed
at
the

~controller.

If a failure occurs, status registers from
the bus are snapshot and dumped because
possibility

tested

that

some

drive

is sending ATTN to

other

the RH.

than

all drives on
there is the
the

one

If the status

being

KSDUMP fails to show up the drive asserting ATTN, it will
be necessary to power down the drives on the bus, one at
a

136

time,

until

the

faulty

drive

identified.

VERIFY OPERATION OF THE UNIT-SELECT PLUG
This

test

1is

designed

verify

happen if the unit-select plug

that

correct

things

is removed and reinserted.

It is not necessary to check for the presence of ATTN.

This
137

known

This

test

operator

the

switch

CHECK

tests

DRQ

and

through

the

switch

status

STATE

drive

DRQ

type

Cl1l1

asks

and

verifies

reporting

result

is correct.

the

OPERATION

drive

test

uses

drive

can

proper

state

START-STOP

cycled
each

MOL

SWITCH

the

WRL

Cl1

presence

using

the

errors

except

SKI.

any

the

asks

whether

drive

of
the

conjunction

down

determine

operation,

and

the

state,

and

for

its

dialogue

operator

registers

After

not

with
the

start-stop

checked

and

However,

occur.

FUNCTIONAL

TEST

PORT-SELECT

group

port-select

logic

eight

and

logical

combinations.

manual

intervention

the

after

reading

This

SWITCH

intervention.

write-protect

then,

This

switch.,

142

status

VERIFY

may

operator

the

PROPER

This

SKI

WRITE-PROTECT

operate

FOR

operator
141

requires

140

to work.

VERIFY OPERATION

the

start

the

Each of

test.

and

LOGIC

are

AND

subtests

switch,

SWITCH

that

through

exercise
all

the subtests

The

the

their

is described

subtests

all

self-documenting

require

they

are

executed.

Faults would be localized to IF, or'port—select switch
143

VERIFY

This

OPERATION

verifies

set

and

indicated

of
up

POWER-UP

SEQUENCE

that

when

the

drive

UNSAFE

and

DEV

LOW

error
1

condition
CK

powered

up,

exists.
0

(this

ATTN

LOW

because

implementation).
The operator is instructed to power
the
drive
and
the
diagnostic
will
then
check
for

errors.

144

A BASIC

diagnostic

problem

145

LOOKAHEAD REGISTER SELECT CHECK

The

C00-C05,

Cl1-C15

something
is

reads
are

These

read

test

verifies

and

are

not

that

implemented,

selection

fault.

VERIFY THAT M MODE STOPS US

This

bits

back,

1is

now

FROM SEEING LOOKAHEAD

obsoleted

because

hardware

implementation

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMA

Table

DSRMA Test

Summary

(Cont)

Test

Description

146

VERIFY THAT

147

VERIFY THAT ALL LEGAL SECTORS CAN BE READ
With the drive on-line and in 18-bit mode,

LOOKAHEAD REGISTER IS TRANSITIONING
This
test cycles the drive up and reads the lookahead
register at least 50 times looking
for a transition of

any

type

each

legal

least

(0-35)

1000

times

reading

for

each

TE$T

This

THE

test

OFFSET

issues

mode

and

composite

for

1lookahead

£lip-flop

COMMAND

verifies

offset

proper

error

command

while

occurs,

isolate

maintenance

operation.

trace back
failing module

the

from

the

error

TEST OF RETURN TO CENTERLINE COMMAND
This
test
issues
a
return
to
centerline
command
maintenance mode and verifies proper operation.

If a composite error ‘occurs,
trace back
flip-flop to isolate the failing module.
153

searches

the

one.

VERIFY THAT LOOKAHEAD IS IN 18-BIT FORMAT
This
test
verifies
that
the
lookahead
register
is
in
18-bit
mode
when
it
is
supposed
to
be.
This
is
accomplished
by
placing
the
drive
in
18-bit
mode
and
verifying that no sector greater than 35 is detected by
reading the lookahead register 400 times.

151

152

sector

from

the

error

VERIFY THAT MICRO-SEQ HANDLES ILF CODES CORRECTLY
This test issues each of the possible
illegal
commands
and
after
each,
reads
status
and
verifies
proper

operation,

any

error

flip-flop

154

but

ILF

isolate

occurs,
trace
failing module.

ensure

proper

device

decode

and

error

This

test

verifies

proper

and

156

TEST

STUCK

157

RHSTS1

FOR BUS

BITS

FLOAT

1ls

AND

AT
TO

commands

response
when

issued

the

1
C00-Cl5

RHWC.

cross

coupling

RHWC

RHSTS2 FLOAT 1s AND 0s TO C00-C45 OF RHBA

This
test
guarantees
that
there
between any of the bits C00-C15 in

RHSTS3 FLOAT

AND 0Os

is
no
RHBA.

cross-coupling

TO C00-C15 OF RHDB

This
test
guarantees
that
there is
no
between any of the bits C00-Cl1l5 in RHDB.
RHSTS4
Test

SILO

the

error

TEST

silo

attempted

163

bit

microsequencer

release

This
test
gqguarantees
that
there
between any of the bits C00-C15 in

162

flip-flop

ADDITIONAL MICROSEQUENCER CHECKS
pack-acknowledge
maintenance mode.

161

error
o

response.

If an error occurs,
scope back from
isolate problem to the faulty module.

160

from

TEST MICRO-SEQ RESPONSE TO FUNCTION WITHOUT GO BIT
This test issues all functions 00-76 without the GO
to

155

back

(TRE)

special

TRE

into

RHSTSS

SILO

TEST

and

the

should
loaded

empty

and

Test

buffer

from

cross-coupling

the

RH1l

silo.

controller.

Data

condition

should

clear

A read
is
(DLT), transfer

late

(sc)

DLT,

should

set.

TRE

SC.

and

Then

_
bits

RHCS2.

be
set
and
OR reset.
into the silo via RHDB,

First

the

all

beginning

word

and then an all 1s word
should
become
set
1in

is
30

loaded
into
the
silo.
OR
microseconds.
Again,
the
time
is
not
checked
but
OR
should be set.
The output from the silo should be an all
0

word

and

then

all

word.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMA

Table
Test

Description

164

RHSTS6
Tests

and

reading

166

DSRMA Test

silo

then
and

Summary

buffer

checking

verifying

filling

the

silo

FULL SPEED SEEK TO CYLO
This
test
verifies
that
error.

Not

175

VERIFY THAT

175-206

Not

207

with

and

count

speed

high,

and

seek

CYLO

implemented

FULL SPEED RECAL WORKS WITHOUT ERROR

implemented

FULL SPEED SEARCH

down

output.

full
:

operates without
167-174

(Cont)

TEST

SILO
the

full

speed

issued

COMPOSITE error is then checked.

217

CAUSE

TAE WITH SEARCH TO ILLEGAL CYLINDER

220

CHECKS LAST SECTOR DECODE

222

VERIFIES THAT SEEKS TO LEGAL CYLINDER DO NOT CAUSE IAE
Checks

that

PATH

address

maintenance
its

BUS

cylinder

CYL

and

TAG

SECTORO.

Uses

generation

AND

SURFO,

CHECK

216

ADR,

CYLO,

check

mode

application on

issuing

the drive bus.

maintenance

mode

seek

commands

CYLO with the legal track/sector address combinations do
not cause

IAE. Test also verifies that head addresses do

not go out on the bus bits by accident.
223

VERIFIES THAT SEEKS

224

that

TAE

IAE

sets.

SECTOR COMPARATOR TEST
Using
the

225

ILLEGAL ADDRESSES CAUSE

an M Mode seek to all possible legal addresses and
Issues

verifies

full

speed

SEEK TO

search,

test verifies

that search gets

sector.

correct

PRIME CYLINDERS

FOLLOWED BY A RECAL

It is designed primarily to
This test 1is functional.
check lines on the tag bus.
Obvious drive errors may be

detected by this test.
226

VERIFY SEEKS

FOR ALL POSSIBLE

and

logic

PLUS AND MINUS DIFFERENCES

Test is designed to check difference
velocity

227

VERIFY OPERATION OF OCC FROM ROM

230

VERIFY THAT

231

VERIFY THAT RUN
Test

issues

verifies
register,

232

DATA

that

COMMANDS

DO NOT

CAUSE

ILF

IS COMING BACK IN RESPONSE TO OCC
read

run

sets

in calculation logic

drive.

command

go,

within

seen

maintenance

through

ms.

the

mode

and

maintenance

CAUSE OPI WITH RUN TIMEOUT

233

RESETTING

234

FUNCTIONAL TEST THE WRITE PROTECT CIRCUITRY
Three subtests are done
in DIAG mode.
Control

PROT

subtests
1.

RUN

done

TIMER

WITH

through

check

the

RESET

the maintenance

following

WRT

and

WRL

produce WLE.

Not

WRT

and

WRL

WRT and

produce

The

WRT

three

conditions.

not

WLE.

not WRL produce not WLE.

235

VERIFY OPERATION OF MAINT EBL REGISTER 03 C13

236

CHECK INCREMENTATION OF DA AND DCY WITH EB1

237

TEST OPERATION

240

TESTS

LBT

LOGIC

WITH

SUBTESTS

LBT ADDRESS DECODE LOGIC

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMA

Table

Test

Description

DSRMA Test

Summary

(Cont)

241

CAUSE

242

TEST

AOE

243

TEST

AOE WITH

244

CLEAR

245

VERIFY THAT WRT DATA AND WRT HEAfiER COMMANDS CLEAR OFFSET

AOE

CONDITION
LOGIC WITHOUT RUN

OFFSET WITH

RECAL COMMAND

246

VERIFY THAT READ COMMANDS

247

CLEAR

274

CHECK BASIC TIMING
This test verifies

time

OFFSET MODE WITH

and

stays

LINE

INCORRECT ADDRESS

DO NOT CLEAR

IMPLIED

OFFSET

SEEK

USING PROM STROBE
that PROM strobe comes

for

4-bit

the

right

clocks.

275

SOME WRITE DATA LOGIC
test verifies that the hardware generates O0s during
the time between the rising of PROM strobe and the rising
edge of write clock.
This allows the hardware
to get in
sync.
The
data
is
checked
through
bit
€03
of
the
maintenance register.

276

CHECK TIMING OF A FORMAT OPERATION
This
test
uses
maintenance
microsequencer clock
and
to
step
write header and data operation.

TEST
This

_
stop
the
through
a

mode
to
the device

Depending on the position within the Sector,

18-bit

called.

used.

277

clocks

All

else

the

issued

the

data

done

start

test

command
going

Look

the

data

the data
loop.

issues

and

from

16-bit

ROMCLK

18-bit

16-

routine

mode

field.

field

The
test completes at
order to minimize the size

for

a maintenance mode

checks

that

the

data

drive

are

faulty

interface,

CHECK OF WRITE DATA PATH
This test verifies that

write

data

bus

data

USING

write

header

bits

not

path

stuck

and

the
at

shift

data

Massbus

0s.

FLOATING PATTERNS
are no bits cross-coupled

there

testing

data

patterns.

integrity

with

floating

l.
2.

Start
Issue

3.
4.

1Issue 36 clocks to step over first PDP-10 word.
Start
clocking
PDP-10
half
words
out
of memory
(floating
patterns),
each
time
verifying
that
data

Repeat

Abort

was

This

step
the

4 until
transfer.

STANDARD

test

passes

and

The

error

The

2.
3.

a maintenance
432 clocks to

mode
step

transfer of 1
to data area.

sector.

correct.
-

TRANSFER
Massbus

either

the

will

mode.

controller

problems.

302

when

area

CHECK FOR STUCK 1S AND 0S ON DATA BUS

This

301

VERIFY OPERATION OF WRT HD AND DAT UP TO DATA FIELD
’
This is a series of six subtests that verify operation
of
the write header and data command from the pre-header gap
the start of
of the scope

300

will

Only

checks

report

number of
Data that was
Data that was

PDP-10

words

have

CHECKING

FOR

DATA

PATTERNS

(10-bit)

data

for

parity

errors

patterns

after

been

tested.

PARITY

across

each

the

transfer.

contains:
of 18-bit
sent over
read

transfers that
the Massbus.

out of

the

failed.

maintenance

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMA

Test

Description

303

CAUSES A DRIVE TIMING ERROR DTE
Verifies that the drive can detect

Start

a one

data

command.

Cause

drive

sector maintenance mode

sector

.
error)
Read ER1

in the following way.

forced

The error

(Cont)

DSRMA Test Summary

Table 2

and

pulse

(which

verify that

VERIFY READ HEADER SYNC BYTE DETECTION
Verify that for a read header and data
byte detector works properly.

305

VERIFY THE

header

drive

and

timing

command,

the

sync

INTEGRITY

via a maintenance mode
and
check
data
that
appears in memory against the expected data (18 bits at a
header

time) .

field
four

data

necessary

Supply
read

and

Data

data

subtests

One

4.,

©Six

patterns

checking

are

not

performed

until

the

data

the following

performed.

Os.

transfer of

Massbus
Massbus

operation

Once at the data field,

is reached.

transfer

1s.

Thirty-four Massbus transfers of floating patterns.

306

PATH

error.

set.

304

READ DATA

write

causes

DTE

timing

Massbus

transfers of

0s and parity patterns.

CHECK DRIVE PARITY NETWORK
Send various data patterns

from drive to controller over
the Massbus data path using a maintenance mode read
The following two subtests
header and data operation.

are

performed.

Possible faults
Sends 1ls and O0s.
network and parity transmit faults.
Supply
other
data
patterns
to

parity
:
parity

include
~
verify

faults only include parity

generation logic in drive;
generator.

307

CHECK OF WRITE DATA TIMING
This test uses maintenance mode to

the

step

and

clock

stop the microsegencer

data

write

through

device

operation.

sector,

the

position within

the

Depending

either

16-

mode

or 18-bit clocks will be issued when the ROMCLK routine
18-bit

only in the data area will
is called.
All else is done in 16-bit mode.
used.

310

READ DATA TIMING

CHECK OF

test

This

microsequencer
read

data

uses

clock

mode

maintenance

and

the

step

device

stop

the

either

16-

through

operation.

Depending

the

position within

Only

sector,

the

or 18-bit clocks will be issued when the ROMCLK routine
is

called.

data

area

VERIFY THAT ECC GENERATION WORKS

In 18-bit mode,
enough

issue

312

18-bit

step

This

is correct.

starts

test

CORRECTLY

the

ECC

one

and data operation.

sector
It

clock

field,

ECC data and verify

CHECK HEADER LOGIC WHILE SUPPLYING CORRECT DATA
header

mode

issues a write header and data command,

clocks

out and read the next 32 bits of
that

will

All else is done in 16-bit mode.

used.
311

the

maintenance

clocks

through

mode

the

read

header

area supplying correct data and verifies the following.
l.

Data

area

HCE,

up.

HCRC or

FMT errors

were detected.

Header data integrity is ignored at this time.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMA

Table

DSRMA Test

Test

Description

313

TEST HEADER CRC LOGIC
Issues

wrong

CRC

l.
2.

©Send
Send

314

mode

read

should

cause

header
byte.

4.,

Send

(wrong

Send

to move

Read

status

TEST

HEADER

This

test

supplies
a

TEST

test

and

supplies

detected.

header

CRC.

for

remainder

into gap.

that

HCRC

header

LOGIC

that
by

and

the drive can detect header data
supplying the header data in an

data

cylinder

operation.

The

information.

DETECTION

that

LOGIC

format
mode

18-bit

then

supplies

the

are

incidental

16-bit

mode,

FMT

HCRC

TEST OPERATION

diagnostic

This results

maintenance

(FER).

CRC.

set.

error.

ERROR

a
in

half

verify

verifies

operation

HCRC

slightly

done

wrong

FER

the

HCRC

starts

error

and

header

operation

gap.

data)

COMPARE

the

This

with

first

verifies

HCE and

for

This
read

(Cont)

for header.

M-mode

316

This

errors.

315

maintenance

data.

224 0s for
8-bit sync

Send

Summary

bit

and

HCI

set.

HCE

error can be
read
header

This

should

detected.
and
data

header

cause

this

data

format

test.

LOGIC

Test
initiates
a
read
header
and
data
command
in
maintenance
mode
(30-sector mode).
With
the
header
compare inhibit bit (HCI)
set, the data supplied by the

diagnostic
supplies
incorrect
information.
After
completing
header area,
status
1is checked.
all be 0.
317

FORCE

DCK

USING

Test

starts

READ

HDR

l-sector

AND

header,

format,

CRC

transfer
through
the
HCE,
FER,
HCRC should
:

DATA

CMD

maintenance

mode

read

header

and

data

operation,
with
HCI
=
1.
It clocks
through
the
sector supplying correct data up until the ECC character.
This should cause DCK=1 to assert.
320

321

322

FULL

SPEED WRITE

This

test

HEADER

issues

AND

DATA

full

TEST

speed

write

header

command
to
previously

the
first
disk
address.
This
in maintenance mode
in
test
no.

timing

interface

and

logic

are

used

for

SELECT EACH HEAD FOR THE FIRST TIME
This is the same as 320, but each
write commands.
WRITE

THEN

READ

HEADERS

BLOCK O
This
test

checks

header

data

Data

and

errors

for

AND

first

time.

head

used

for

FULL

occurring

SPEED

during

isolated

read

write

board

faults

without

data

SPEED

errors

indicate

failures.
323

WRITE

THEN

READ

This
test
header and

data

same

all

heads

FULL

checks

test

FROM

operation,

cannot

errors

the

faults.
Header

data

worked
Disk

the

DATA

errors

and

has
277.

for

errors

operation.

322,

except

FROM

ALL

HEADS

occurring

The

test

various

during

tested.

essentially

addresses

are

used

read

the

and

‘

At completion of this test writing and reading from each

head

324

has

been

successful.

During

this

errors

occurred

HCEFER

without

CHECK

HEADER

This

test

from

various

test

during

data

DATA

checks
disk

impossible

the

errors

read

indicate

VARIOUS

that

DISK

headers

determine

write

whether

operation.

faults.

ADDRESSES

can

written

addresses.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

and

read

DSRMA

DSRMA Test Summary (Cont)

Table 2
Test

Description

325

HEAD SELECTION AND INTERFERENCE TEST

does

surface

disk

writing

that

checks

test

This

not

interfere with headers written on another disk surface.

326

CYLINDER SELECTION AND INTERFERENCE TEST
The

test checks

a header on a

disk

cylinder

325,

only

interfere with headers written on another disk

cylinder

number

cylinder.

number.

327

that writing

does not

FULL

The

test

SPEED WRITE

the

DATA

test

the

header

the

instead

variable

COMMAND

At this

speed write data command.

full

Test checks the

similar

point only full speed write header and data commands have
330

to test

is similar

Test

been used.
FULL

SPEED READ DATA COMMAND

been

used.

TEST

LAST

Test

checks

At this
Test checks the full speed read data command.
point only full speed read header and data commands have
Test

similar

instead of read header and data

331

HEAD4,

status
332

BLOCK

TRANSFERRED

that

SECT35
(last
register.

DETECTION

AOE AT

write

FULL

322,

but

read

data

CYL

1466,

STATUS

and

causes

data

LBT

set

the

SPEED

Test checks that a 2-sector transfer starting at CYL 1466
HEAD4,
SECTO035
(last
block)
causes
the
addressing
set.

FULL SPEED READ WITH OFFSET

Test

checks

that

full

speed

does not cause errors other
334

test

is used.

header

block)

overflow error bit to

333

320.

CHECK MAINT MODE

This

test

ECC

CORRECTION

read

does

the

read

with

offset

and

HCI=1

data

command

and

will

The

final

than DCK.

header

and

force a known correctable error condition.
The data will
be all 0s and the error is forced by insertion of an
erroneous

be as
should
Data

ECC

335

check

hard

FORCES AN

ECC

data

stream.

conditions

follows..
=1

HARD ERROR

This test does a read header and data command and will
force a data error larger than the burst length.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMB

GENERAL INFORMATION

Code

DSRMB.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM~2020

KS10/RH11,

any DECSYSTEM-2020

runs

DSRMB

Abstract

RMO3 /RP0O6

KS10/RH11

Reliability Diagnostic

RP06/RM03 system and provides engineering, field
service, and production with the following:

Full speed data transfers which use most of the

implied

drive's features (i.e., ECC correction,
seeks, spiral transfers, etc.).
A

random

system

reliability

data/mechanical

parameter

to provide a simulation of a drive

(FRTEST)

test

environment.

The ability to format a RP06/RM03 disk pack
on

The ability to loop (or freeze)
sequence of instructions.

particular

The capability of simultaneous operations
several drives across a Massbus controller.

Dual-port operation of the RP06/RMO3s.

On-line operation of the program using dump mode

I1/0 to
given

Special protection is
read and write.
data
accidental
against
guard
to

"destruction
Hardware

user mode.

KS10 mainframe

Required

32K of memory

Minimum of

RH11

One

(Unibus

connected

controller

Massbus

UBA

Adapter).

1 to 8 RPO6/RM03 disk drives:
single port

1 RP0O6/RM03
1

dual

RP0O6/RM03

port

Magtape as program-loading device.
Preliminary
and

Associated

Programs

Restrictions

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy (KS10 STD module).

DSRMB does not support simple test routines for
use

disk

with

DDT

before

understood

simple

data

practice

the

was

write/read

test

has

that

with

it must be

thoroughly

it would be possible

been

loops

The structure of

reliability diagnostics.

this program dictates

DDT.

furnished

The

to code

operator

support

simple

write/read loops to a specific disk address.

Notes

2.
Loading

This program has not been run on many of the

possible system configurations!

To print on logical device DEV in user mode,

first assign the disk as DEV then
program set switch PNTLPT (switch 4).

the

and

Starting

Standard (Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Procedure
Control

Refer

Switches

to Table

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Table 2 is a list of commands available to the operator while the
program is running.

Typing a number of a test instead of the actual test name is
The test
acceptable and proper test dispatching will take place.
name

will

typed

back

the

operator

before

dispatching

executed.

Typing anything except a test number or name defined will cause an
error message to be printed.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMB

TEST

SUMMARY

Table

1lists

routines

that

dialogue.
Table

ERROR

SUMMARY

Refer

summarizes

the

listing
Table

Switch

Mnemonic

0-17

tests

may

selected

performed

microfiche.

DSRMB

Control

only

operator

DSRMB.

Switch

Summary

Description
Standard

(Refer

the

KS10

STD modulef)

The following switches are not implemented:
(INHPAG), 12 (MODDVC), 15 (CHNN).
18

DELTRK

Pack
any

'deletion/protection
operator-selected

VARIAB

Allow operator

ACTSEK

Use

Force

actual

FREEZE -

Allow

the

implied

commands

change

seeking

test

instead

operator

suspends

parameters

execute

implied
the

seeks

1last

repeatedly

INHULD

Inhibit

drive

ALLADR

Select

all

ALLDRV

ONESEC

Limit

INHRET

Automatic

unloads

disk

hard

addresses

error

before

numbers

abort

changing

Select éll drives on an MBC before selecting a

new

MBC

transfer

recovery

error

size

recovery

sector

enabled

procedure

MODUBA

Modify Unibué/UBA addresses

SNCON

Use

switches

Not

used

30-35

Test #

(In octél)

TOTAL

effect

deletion/protection

seeks

drive

pack

RONLY

WONLY

OPDTST

STEST

SEKTST

INTTST

FRTEST

FORMAT

SEQGEN

PTIME

RCTEST

control

tests

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

inhibit

error

DSRMB

DSRMB Command Summary

Table
Command

Description

A reports drives available for testing.

H causes a help message to be typed.
S reports drives selected for testing.

(sectors) read and written, along with the
position commands issued and test being run.

MAPOUT

number

DSRMB Test Summary

Table
Routine

blocks

disk

number

time,

run

program

reports

Description

This routine reports the pack BAT block contents and
allows the operator to update the pack BAT block (no
update is possible in user mode). The operator may also
use this service to eliminate known soft error spots

from testing or to include/exclude any hard error spots
,

on the pack from testing.
DELETE

routine allows

This service

the operator

eliminate

areas of a pack from testing or to use only specific

This service is called

areas of the pack for testing.

from MAPOUT if the operator desires to remove soft spots

PAKINT

from

testing.

This

script will

create

automatically format, map and

the BAT blocks for the selected RP0O6/RM0O3 disk drives.
The script can be run in exec mode or in user mode under
The purpose of this script is to
a TOPS-10 monitor.
limit the dialogue necessary to complete this operation,

An additional feature has been

and avoid user errors.
added

1limit

the

program

typed

the

mode.
?)

user

1in

start-up dialogue

A question is asked (SHORT STARTUP DIALOG Y OR N
program

initialized

will

automatically.

CONF1IG

This routine allows the operator to re-map the Massbus
Also enables the operator to
and report the results.
add or delete drives from the test 1list without

Write-enabling a drive in

retyping the entire list.

user mode is accomplished with this service (in user
mode, all drives are initially write-protected at run

Typing H to WHAT DRIVE will give the operator a
“time).
list of acceptable commands to CONFIG.

Typing H to

complete list.

Table 4

give

TESTk will

WHAT

the

operator

the

DSRMB Error Summary

Test

No.

Description

TOTAL

This is the order of test execution
SESTST
RONLY

WONLY
STEST

INTTST
PTIME

RCTEST
FRTEST

RONLY

RONLY - Read-Only Test

RONLY reads

all

areas of

(i.e.,

damage

a disk pack.

data

the

pack

comparison can be made on the data read because the
No
type of data stored on the pack is not known.
write data transfers will be issued during this
test

should occur).
reported

and

reported

with

the

data

Any detected data errors will be
error

recovery

will

issued.

Errors corrected by using the ECC logic will be
both

correct data given.

the

original

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

data

and

the

DSRMB

Table

Test

'No.

WONLY

DSRMB

Error

Summary

(Cont)

| Description
WONLY

- Write-Only

Test

This is a data transfer write only
test.
It will
write data on all unprotected disk pack areas
and
destroy any previous data on the pack.
Either
hardware or software (by an operator command)
write

protection

to run
reside

operator

used,

the

will

this

Any

will

requests

Setting

operator

OPDTST

drive

type

from

data

used

data

Data

selected

happens

test

pattern

VARIAB

the

Operator-Selectable

this

data

switch

specify

being

that

for

specific

console

used.

OPDTST

inhibit

test.

memory

will

the

enable

pattern

Test

This test allows the operator to specify the type
of data
to
be
used
for writing
and
reading
data
"to/from
the drive pack.
OPDTST will select all
unprotected

written,

OPRVT

This

pack

read,

selectable

areas

and

areas

all

allows

address,

iteration

Write

once

and

Read

count,

1000

and

select

data

the

(no

seek

OPRDRV

all

transfer

pattern

transfer

size.

times

read

data

comparison)

parameters

Routine

set

the

selected

parameters

STEST

will

only
only

Get

read

Data

correctness

Test

disk

such

pass

and

Data

operator

used,

for

the

parameters

Simply write

testing.

drives.

Operator-Variables

section

Write

for

verified

STEST

selects

Surface

several

drive

Test

all

unprotected

different

pack areas and
uses
patterns to verify that the

data

disk

pack
can
hold
data
of
different
types
reliably.
The data is written, read, and verified
for correctness.
Data patterns used for this test

are:

floating

1s
0s

floating

alternate

bits

pattern

random

binary

6.
7.

disk

channel

pattern

channel

parity

STST2

data

up-count
worst-case

This

section

reliability
spiral-type
starts

selected

track.
surface
occurs.

of
data

writing

The

read

transfer

transfer.

This

test

and
NODRIVE

data

and

STEST

checks

sector

verify

requests

section

patterns

the
hardware
to
transfers.
This

the

perform
section

the

issues

two

test track to the middle of the next
The hardware should keep track of the
number
and update
it
when
the
spiral

write
STST3

data

with

STEST
full

section

check

uses

track

the

remaining

data

transfers

spiraling.
Routine

drive

from

select

routine

the

remove

test

list,

untestable

then

called.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

entire

Selected

return

the

DSRMB

‘DSRMB Error Summary (Cont)

Table 4
Test

No. | Description

SEKTST

SEKTST - Mechanical Positioning Test
Mechanical motion reliability tests:

recalibrate,

then

seek

cylinder

000

and

cylinder

128.

Seek

between

All 1 cylinder forward seeks starting at
cylinder 000 and ending at max cylinder.

Repeat 100 times.

Repeat

100

times.

max

the

(i.e., 0 to 1, 0 to 2, 0 to 3, etc.).
incremental

Random

sequence

500.

Random

cylinders on the test drive.

Seek to a reference cylinder

Servo noise test.

then seek to cylinders N+4, N+1, N+3, N+2,

and

Repeat the sequence until all cylinders

N+5.

referenced.

have been

seek

test

seek

reverse

starting at max cylinder.

ending

and

at cylinder 000

starting

seeks

Incremental
with

test

seek

cylinder

Repeat 10 times.

cylinder 000.

reverse

with

starting

max

cylinder.

INTTST

the

1Issue

Cylinder difference test - using cylinder 0 as
a reference with HCI set, issue a read headers
Verify the
and data command to cylinder N.
cylinder position by checking the header data.

INTTST - Track/Data Interaction Test

This test checks for track interaction failures at
is stepped.

the cylinders where the write current

The

200 octal

every

write current

stepped

the

reference

cylinders from cylinder 0 for RPO6s.

First

seek

REF CYL-1,

REF CYL,

reference cylinder

write current

data

the

read/verify

cylinder

tracks

tracks.

The

and REF CYL+l.
those

and

all

write a worst-case data pattern on

Then

is the cylinder where the

is stepped.

of
Next, write a parity pattern on all tracksback
Go
the REF CYL and read/verify the data.
REF
and
CYL-1
REF
on
data
the
and re-verify
CYL+1.

Repeat ten times.

Repeat

the

sequence

Next,

get

all

until

cylinders have been referenced.

reference

current

cylinder

change

write

and

parity pattern on either side of it and verify

that

the data

current

change

Re-verify

the data.

reference cylinder has not changed.

sequence

have been

until

all

referenced.
NOTE

the

Repeat the

cylinders

’

Pack deletion/protection is inhibited

during this test.

INTTKS - This routine will update the surface
selected number and exit with DSKAD and .SURF
updated.

RTN +1 if new surface number selected.

RTN +2 if at end of selected cylinder.

2
HISIDE - Routine to select a REF CYL+l by adding
to the selected CYL number in the DSKAD address

RTN +1

the only return.

INSIDE - Routine to select a REF CYL by adding -1
to the DSKAD address cylinder number

RTN +1 is the only return.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRMB

Table

Test

No.

DSRMB

Error

Summary

(Cont)

Description
INTREF

Routine

defined
entry

RTN

table

REF

CYL

from

where

REF

CYL

the

’

DSKAD

RTN

DSKAD

INTADR

select

INTTAB

+1.

the

sbelow

end

points

REF

the
to

cylinder.

table.

the

REF

CYL.

Routine
to test
for
a
selected
range of
addresses specified by INTTAB table.
RTN +1 if not in range (DSKAD too low or high).
RTN +2 if at the end of the table.

RTN

LOSIDE

DSKAD

Routine

INTTAB defined
RTN

RTN
FRTEST

FRTEST

This
for

REF

Fast

FORMAT

Disk

‘This

REF

CYL-1

from

the

Transfer

randomly

sector

this

Test

select

data
patterns
motion.
Data

maximum

Pack

found.

Parameter

can
be
limited
to
one
ONESEC is set.
Setting
positioner moving.

FORMAT

table.

CYL-1

Random

range.

table.

end

test is designed
random
selected

positioner

select

disk

areas

to
keep
the
transfer size

program

switch

will

switch

keep

the

Formatter/Verifier

routine

provides

facilities

for

formatting/verifying
disk
packs
in
either
16-bit
(PDP-11 mode) or 18-bit (PDP-10 mode) format.

Options
packs

ask

the

operator

Jjust

track

basis

(i.e.,

processed;

process

section

Formatting/verifying

1is

done

individual

the

entire

disk

sector

track

processed).

Format

Exit

SEQGEN

This

the

routine

formatted

track

data

Report

SEQGEN

cannot

must

track

format

Verify
and

disk

pack.

track

finish

test

capable

headers

time

script

reading

generator

creating

a
test
script
containing
up
to
10
tests
from
the
test
1list or
executing
an
existing
test
script
that
was
previously generated
from
SEQGEN or
preloaded
by
the program.

The

preloaded

TOTAL

Test

scripts
all

are

MECH

all

mechanical

TIMING

all

timing

RUNLST

run

the

for

validity.

typed

drive

names

Script

table

execute

the

table.

follows.

tests

now

acceptance

testing

tests

(no

data)

tests

script-generated

filled

with
'

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

valid

list

names

DSRMB
Table 4

DSRMB Error Summary (Cont)

Test

No.

Description

This is the acceptance script list.
SEKTST

RONLY
RCTEST

- FRTEST
INTTST

STEST
RCTEST

WONLY
RONLY
. -

FRTEST
PTIME

PTIME - Disk

Mechanical

disk

rotation.

Timing Test

recals,

times of

the

PTIME will measure

VARIAB

operator may select seeks

(switch

19)

and

seeks,
is

set,

the

to be timed.

NOTE

’

This test has been designed to perform a
relative

measurement

to drive or
drive
the

drive

selected

seek

times

from

test.

not

run of

from a previous
for

designed
to
measure
the
drive's
performance
against
the
seek
time
specification.
PTIMO

- Mechanical

timing

test

part

Measure rotational velocity 50 (decimal) times.
Print high,
low range,
and
average times
in

milliseconds.
Rotational

velocity

test

INTR service

Save timebase readings from CHAN 4
Search

for

sector

again

Calculate the elépsed time
PTIM1

- Mechanical

100

timing

recals

high,

in milliseconds

range,

1low,

high,

the

PTIM2 - Mechanical timing test - part 2
Time all single cylinder forward seeks.

times

- part

range,

average

and

test

low,

and

times

average

and

milliseconds.

PTIM3

- Mechanical

Time

high,

all

single

1low,

timing

test

and

average

cylinder

range,

part

reverse

seeks.

times

milliseconds.

PTIM4 - Mechanical

timing

test - part 4

timing

test -

(oscillating) forward seeks.
range, and average times in

Time incremental
Print high, low,

milliseconds.

PTIM5 - Mechanical

Time

PTIM6

- Mechanical

Time

range,

timing

(decimal)

500

stalls

and

reverse seeks.

average

test - part 6

random

operations,

between

part

(oscillating)

incremental

Print high, low,
milliseconds.

seeks

times

with

high,

random

range, and average times in milliseconds.

PTIM7 - Mechanical

Time the
reference

type

timing

- part 7
test

average seek time
the
cylinder for

by seeking
particular

100 times and print high,

average

times

cylinder

255

cylinder

for

milliseconds.

RP04/05s

for

136

RPO6s.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

low,

to a
drive

low,

range and

The

reference

(decimal)

and

DSRMB

Table
Test

No.

DSRMB

Error

Description

Summary

(Cont)

PTIMB.— Mechanical timing test - part 8
Time

maximum

420,

or 814).
range, and

low,
PTIMOP

any

seek

Routine

two

time

(seek

allow

the

high,

low,

PTMSAV

the

value

derived

Saves

PTIMER

Routine

SAVTIM.

the

was

issued

from

CHAN

This

PWAIT

the

PTMCNV

issued
prints

RCTEST

This

transfer

to
l.
2
3.

4.
5.

and

average

from

stall

the

I/0

has

elapsed

the

timing

operation

high

the

and

has

low,

count

Command

the

I/0
reading

execution

progress
timed

range,

ACO

has

since

it.

overlap

commands

been
I/0

out.
and

average

milliseconds

selected

drives.

position

and

The

are:

Read - no data compare
Read Headers
Write -~ write any data to be used
Seek - seek to selected random address
Search - search to selected random disk
All data
transfers
in length.

the

Test

causes

issued

counters

(RDTIMD) .

second

the

out

Random

test

will

until

converts

prints

service

routine
or

times

and

between

time
from
the
time
(RDTIMC)
and the time

LDREG

program

was

timing

elapsed

interrupt

completed

PTMPNT

to measure event time for a given
command
in
ACl1
when
the
routine
is
Returns
with
the
measured
time
in

position
called,

Calculate

cylinders.

PTMCLR - Clears
used by PTIME

cylinder

prints high,
milliseconds.

position

operator-selected

routine

RCTEST

from

100 repetitions;
average times in

are

limited

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

two

data

commands

address
sectors

DSRPA

GENERAL INFORMATION
Code

DSRPA.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020

Abstract

DSRPA is the RH11/RP06 basic device diagnostic,
designed to isolate solid RP06 faults to the

Device

Basic

KS10/RH11-RP06

Diagnostic

faulty module or group of modules within the DCL

Scope looping capabilities

or drive electronics.
have been designed

into each test.

is done on a "start small and build up"

Testing

The diagnostic starts by testing control

basis.

bus

cycles

addition

ends

the

straight

data

full-speed

doing

and

transfer operations to various disk
Positioning logic is also tested.

addresses.

line

diagnostic

head

contains

also

diagnostic

the

tests,

alignment/verification subprogram that is invoked
by setting the proper sense switch.
in exec mode only.

This diagnostic operates
Hardware
Required

KS10 mainframe
Minimum of 48K of memory
RH11 Massbus controller

1-8 RP06 disk drives

Preliminary

and

Associated

Programs

(KS10 STD module).

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy

Restrictions
Notes

An asterisk (*) in the test column of Table 2
indicates that the 1listing (on microfiche)
troubleshooting
recommended
a
contains
procedure.

Run

time

run,

(per drive basis)

the

tests

intervention

operator

will

diagnostic

complete

in approximately three minutes.
dual-port

The

three minutes
is

cabled

take

approximately

the drive

execute once

up.

Excluding warm-up and set-up time, head
alignment verification takes approxi-

mately

tests

are
pass

The

five minutes.

following

ensure

sequence must

complete

testing

followed

single-ported

device.

Cable the controller to the active port,

lock the device on that port and run one
pass of the diagnostic with the manual
intervention tests selected.

not

multiple passes

necessary

intervention

tests

are desired,

run

following

the

will

manual

first

pass.

Loading and

Starting

Procedure

Control

Switches

Standard
Refer

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)
Table

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table

Switch

DSRPA Control

Switch

Summary.

|Mnemonic | bPescription

0-17

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)
following
switches
are
not
implemented:

The

(RSTART),

(TOTALS),

(RELIAB),

(CHAIN) .

Trace progrém's progress test by test.

List

all

possible

modules

not

running

text

continuously

run

inhibit mode.

used

Not

Run the dual-port tests.

‘

Run the head alignment verification test.

23-24

Not

Pause

Run

27-35

Specify

used
until

the

this

switch

reset.

specified

the

test

will

Switches

set

that

27-35.
be

(1000) .

(27-35)

RH11

157

Test

160

RHTST1
RHTST2

Tests
Tests

RHWC
RHBA

161

RHTST3

Tests

RHTST4
RHTSTS5
RHTST6

167

SILO
SILO
SILO

RHDB
Test 1
Test 2
Test 3

RHTST7

170

RHTS10

SILO
SILO

Test
Test

162
163
164

OPERATIONAL

test

4
5

CONTROL

The diagnostic
furnishes
all
the
operation
as
it
runs.
The
sense
printed at run time.

necessary
instructions
for
switch
options
may
also
be

The

system

diagnostic

and controller

The

will

user

allowed

selected

for

test,

time.
goes

Following
to

its

first

poll

configurations

select

whether

the

test

the

drives

not

completion

dispatcher

and

report

which

RPO06

exist.

for

was

test.

detected

configuration,

determine

which

drive

may

configuration

the

tests

diagnostic
are

the
dispatcher
it
is
important
facts about the test structure.

are 363 (octal)
in-line stand-alone tests, some
require operator intervention.
These tests may
for individual 'operation by SW 27-35.

of
be

run,

Dispatcher
In

order

understand

the

following

There
which

selected
2.

The

dual-port test is
subtests
that
are

instructions.

Head

a stand-alone series of 23
(octal)
self-documenting
with
complete

alignment-verification

but

requires

The

dispatch

algorithm

Read

console

the

use

the

and

Then

run

dual-port

the
return

stand-alone

works

and

DDU

subprogram,
tester.

as follows.

switches.

b. If pause switch (002000)
c.

CE pack

option

is set, go to step a.
switch

dual-port tests
to step a.

set

(040000),

dual-ported

perform

RP06s
:

only.

If
the head alignment option switch
is
set
(020000),
perform
head
alignment-verification
on
the
drives
selected for test.
Then return to step a.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

the

operator

allows

encountered

test)
.

execute
If

operator

1is

set -

Execute

switch

intervention

(flag

the test

1illegal,

the

ON,

tests

checked

1locally

(001000)

(manual

test

whose number

specified

in-line

test of

the

363

flag

executed

each

selection),

an
error
message.
time and then return is made

set
be

1is

give

executed one
g.

intervention

that

when

SW 27-35.

The
test
to step a.

available,

one

time, and then return to step a.
When all tests have
been executed, end of pass is printed and the sequence

will be repeated until the diagnostic is stopped or the
abort

switch

raised.
NOTE

When an in-line test is being run, it is
executed on all drives being tested
before return

Use of the Diagnostic

A typical

Run

test

use

the

from

the

diagnostic

switches

would

the dispatcher.

fails on a

until

the diagnostic

is made

that

it will

follows.

then select that

test and

be continuously run

and

the

After replacing a
diagnostic in case

trouble can be isolated or modules replaced.
module or group of modules rerun the entire
symptoms have changed.

Due to the structure of the diagnostic, troubleshooting should be
several

failed.

that

test

possible

earliest

the

using

done

tests indicate malfunctions, check them out one at a time.

TEST SUMMARY

The

individual

Table

ERROR

SUMMARY

Standard

tests performed

(Refer

the

KS10

Test
1%

are

descrlbed

STD module.)

DSRPA Test Summary

Table

by this dlagnostlc

Description
DUAL

DRIVE

SELECTION

All

drives

the

The

tested.

being

drive

bus

are

powered

will

diagnostic

number

(the

drive

except

the

drive

read

blind

type

guarantee that no other drive on the Massbus responds to
this drive's device number.

type

drive

the

device

respondlng

serial

and

the

If the test is unsuccessful,

number
be

bus will

aid in the dev1ce isolation.
2%

DEMAND/TRANSFER

TEST

is now powered up.

The drive being tested

blind

does

(drive type)

read

number

Not

drive

the

Improper operation would

parity errors

Data and

in a control bus timeout.

implemented.

TRANSCEIVER ENABLE TEST

This test reads the drive type register looking for a
It is the first time 1ls and 0s are
legal device type.
read.

This

and that

the

transceivers

test

1is

actually

are enabled during

C to

guarantee

test operational,

drive-type

transfer

drive-type

signal)

Successful

the entire control bus read cycle

RESET/WRITE/READ
1S TO

Master

reset,

low-order

that

the

bits

then
of

OFFSET

~The

by-product.

the

operation

is not

In getting

problems

the

indicates

that

from

the

is operational.

write/read/verify
register.

are

reads

program

the offset

receivers pass

that

a control bus read cycle

(direction of

incorrect during the control bus read cycle.

this

debugged

the

The diagnostic

are ignored at this point in the testing.

order

looking only for proper operation of Demand

and Transfer over the Massbus.
result

registers

printed

This

verifies

1ls.

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table

DSRPA

Test

Summary

(Cont)

Test

Description

RESET/WRITE/READ 0S TO OFFSET REGISTER
Write 1ls in bits 0-6 of offset register.
to

work

that
7 *

from

bits

test

0-6

have

Reset

gone

and

This

0s;

read

known

and

verify

RESET/WRITE 0S/WRITE 1S/READ/VERIFY OFFSET REGISTER
This
test
is
similar
to
test
5,
but
it
writes
1ls
to
flip-flops
that
are
guaranteed
to
contain
0s,
thus
verifying that transmitters pass
1s,
that
reset is not
stuck

clear

direction,

and

loaded.
10%*

write

that

flip-flops

OFFSET

WRITE

1S/WRITE

0S/READ/VERIFY

This

test

similar

1is

guarantees

that

the

test

flip-flops

are

however,
1s

being

this

before

the

test

are

written, thus verifying that the transmitters pass 0s to
the
flip-flops
and
the
flip-flops
clear
via
the
data
inputs.
11*

WRITE 1S/RESET/READ/VERIFY
OFFSET REGISTER
Write 1s to the flip-flops, issue a reset (Massbus
to verify that
the
reset pulse
is
clearing
the
bits.
This
getting over

12%

13*

RESET/WRITE/READ/VERIFY 1S TO ERROR REGISTER NO.
Master reset, then write/read/verify ls to error

no.

pass

(ERR-3).

Write

1ls

test

12.

the

RESET/WRITE

ERROR

This

that

the

receivers
NO.

1s.

known

work

from

that

the

bits

were

flip-flops

and

receivers

O0S/WRITE

not

stuck

are

WRITE

1S/WRITE

This

test

that

the

via

0S/READ/VERIFY

similar

flip-flops

test

are

1S/RESET/READ/VERIFY

Write

the

flip-flops

clear)

and

verify

the

reset,

This

then

two

verifies

bits

that

RESET/WRITE/READ

Write
test

1ls
17.

the

This

work

Os.

with

NO.

are

written,

NO.

certain

thus
flip-flops

1s.
Issue
a
reset
(Massbus
flip-flops are cleared by the

error

receivers
ERROR

flip-flops.

verifies

that

the

pass

1s.

NO.

This

Reset/write/read/verify

cleared.

that

1S TO ERROR REGISTER NO. 2
write/read/verify
1s
from

the

and

inputs.

except

ERROR

with

that

RESET/WRITE/READ/VERIFY

high-order

ERROR
13

when

direction,

data

transmitters pass 0s to the
clear via the data inputs.

WRITE

Master

clear

their

reset.

20%*

the

0s/read/verify

verifies

verifying that the
and the flip-flops

17*

that

1S/READ/VERIFY ERROR REGISTER NO. 3
This is similar to test 12 except that this test writes
ls to flip-flops that are guaranteed to contain 0s, thus
verifying
that
the
transmitters
are
passing
1s,
that
reset

16%*

Reset/write

This
Os.

flip-flops
15%

This verifies

RESET/WRITE/READ

cleared.
work with
14*

clear)

proper
pulse is

test also verifies that the reset
the Massbus to the DCL properly.

that

the

no.

known

the

(ERR-2) .

work

from

that the flip-flops are
flip-flops and receivers
:

21%*

2
This is like test 17 except that this
to
flip-flops that are guaranteed to be 0,
thus verifying
that the transmitters are passing 1s, that reset is not
stuck in the clear state, and that flip-flops are loaded
via their data inputs.

22%*

WRITE

RESET/WRITE

0S/WRITE

1S/WRITE

1S/READ/VERIFY

OS/READ/VERIFY

ERROR

NO.

This test is similar to test 20 except that this time, it
is guaranteed that the flip-flops are 1s when the 0s are
written, thus verifying that the transmitters pass 0s to
the flip-flops and the flip-flops are clear via the data
inputs.

*Listing on microfiche contains

troubleshooting

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

DSRPA Test Summary

Table 2

(Cont)

Test

Description

23*

WRITE 1S/RESET/READ/VERIFY ERROR REGISTER NO. 2

Write 1s to the flip-flops, issue a reset and verify that
the flip-flops are cleared by the reset pulse.

24*

TEST FOR PERSISTENT ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 BIT 15 ERROR

Master reset, read and verify that bit 15 is not stuck on

This verifies that there is not a persistent (off

a 1.

error that invalidates further testing of the

cylinder)

control bus.

TEST FOR PERSISTENT ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 BIT 14 ERROR

Master reset, read and verify that bit 14 is not stuck on
This verifies that there is not a persistent SEEK
a 1.
INCOMPLETE error that invalidates further testing of the
bus.

control

TEST FOR PERSISTENT ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 BIT 06 ERROR

Master reset, read and verify that bit 06 is not stuck on
a 1. This verifies that there is not a persistent DC LOW
error that invalidates further testing of the control
bus.

TEST FOR PERSISTENT ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 BIT 05 ERROR

Master reset, read and verify that bit 05 is not stuck on
a 1.

grror

This verifies that there is not a persistent DC LOW

invalidates

that

further

the control

testing of

us.

TEST FOR PERSISTENT ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 BIT 04 ERROR

Master reset, read and verify that bit 04 is not stuck on
1.

35 VF

control

This

error
bus.

verifies

that

there

invalidates

further

not

persistent

testing

TEST FOR PERSISTENT ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 BIT 0l ERROR

TEST FOR PERSISTENT ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 BIT 00 ERROR

the

Master reset, read and verify that bit 01 is not stuck on
a 1 indicating a persistent WT OFS condition.

Master reset, read and verify that bit 00 is not stuck on

unsafe

control
33

This verifies that there is not a persistent dc
error

that

invalidates

further

testing

the

bus.

TEST FOR PERSISTENT ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 BIT 13 ERROR

Master reset, read and verify that bit 13 is not stuck on
This verifies that there is not a persistent OPE
a 1.
error that invalidates further testing of the control
bus.

TEST THAT ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 CAN BE LOADED WITH 1Sin the
Master clear, write 1s/read/verify that all bits in the
This just checks flip-flops
register are set.
All bits are known to clear £from previous
register.
tests,.

TEST THAT ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 CAN BE LOADED WITH 0S

Write 1s/write 0s/read/verify that all register bits are
0. This just checks that all flip-flops in the register
Bits are known to set from
can be 1loaded with Os.
previous

36%

tests.

SINGULARITY OF ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 BITS (FLOAT 18)

Float a 1 down the register to guarantee that no bits
interfere with one another.

is cleared.

SINGULARITY OF ERROR REGISTER NO. 3 BITS (FLOAT 08)

Float a 0 down the register to guarantee that no bits
interfere with one another.

the register is preset to 1s.
40

Before each 1 is loaded, the

ERROR REGISTER NO.

Before each bit is loaded,

3 DIRECT RESET TEST

Master clear the register
Load the register with 1s.
(Massbus clear) and verify that the register is in fact
ability of all flip-flops
the
tests
test
This
cleared.
to

clear.

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table

DSRPA

Test

Summary

(Cont)

Test

Description

TEST THAT PARITY NETWORK CAN GENERATE A 1
Offset register is cleared with a master

read

over

the

control

since

the

data

field

TEST THAT
A

single

bus.
is O0s.

The

parity

bit

PARITY NETWORK CAN GENERATE A

bit

The

This
data

test
field

TEST
Load

PARITY

written

error

is
then
read
verifies that the

contains

odd

NETWORK WITH

reset and then
should be a 1

no.

(bit

00).

back
over
the
control
bus.
parity bit is a 0 since the

number

VARIOUS

1s.

PATTERNS

and read a series of seven patterns over the control
bus using error register no. 3.
These patterns have been
selected to guarantee that the parity networks themselves
have no internal
wrong decision.

failures

that

will

cause

Not

45%*

RESET/READ/VERIFY col ERROR REGISTER NO.

them

make

implemented.

Master

(ILR)
the

reset,

bit
ILR

read

not

and

verify

that

the

illegal

stuck

on a 1.
It is necessary to have
operational
for
further
register
selection

bit

tests,

46%*

WRITE/READ/VERIFY A
Write/read

and

flip-flop.
47

WRITE

This
the
50

1 TO C0Ol

verify

COl

1/WRITE

ERROR REGISTER NO.

COl1

Not

implemented.

SEE

THAT

ERROR

O/READ

VERIFY

C0l

all
the
register

legal
registers
select bits.

not

illegal

test

gets

C03

are

no.

NO.

can

selected,

coupling

testing

between

the

checked

out

along
time,

using

the

Write

1/write

Write

0/write a 1/read/verify CO03
1l/reset/read/verify that C03

O/read/verify

RESET/READ/VERIFY A

get

necessary

some

later

since

the

IN C03

0/VERIFY

C03

that

RESET/WRITE
ERROR

check

discrete

error

drive's

parity

error

CO0l

NO.

ERROR

not

parity

on microfiche

working

not

clear

order

tricky

bit

no..
1 and

when

bit

and

ERROR

the

drive

are

bit

then

detection

test

checking

network

receives

C03
not

parity

1/READ/VERIFY

CO03

a
single
1 to
CO0l
verifying that (the parity
did
not
set
ensures
that
receives

did

detection

parity

Writing

network

CO03

to test the bit.
This resets the
the flip-flop is not stuck on a 1.

ensures

the

bit

This

error

RESET/WRITE

will

Four

ERROR REGISTER NO.

this

tests.

parity

Writing

detecting
bit of 1.

with
which

1logic.

tried.

writing registers
and verifies that

catch

Write/read/verify a 1 to co3

*Listing

VERIFY OPERATION OF CONTROL REGISTER CO03

subtests

56%

NO.

ILR

that it guarantees
applied.

may

control
register
for
the
first
part
of
the
register
select

55%

the

ERROR

error

1
to

REGISTERS S 00-17 DOES NOT CAUSE ILR
REG SEL 04 seems
important
in determining

only

whether

This

54%*

written

READING

Although

53%*

no.

to test 45 except
when the reset is

This test ensures that C0l1
cleared via its data input.

52%

can

1/RESET/READ/VERIFY

test is similar
flip-flop is set

WRITE

that

error

detecting
bit

contains

of error
register
no.
1
and
bit) C03 error register no.
1
the
drive's
parity detection
parity

error

when

the

troubleshooting

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

drive

DSRPA

57%*

(Cont)

DSRPA Test Summary

Table 2

Tést

Description

NO. 1
RESET/WRITE A 1/READ/VERIFY CO03 ERROR REGISTER

It has been proven that writing a single 1 does not cause

a 1 to CO03 error
Now reset and write
a parity error.
register no. 1 to ensure that the flip-flop can be set.

60%*

RESET/WRITE A 1/WRITE A 0/READ/VERIFY C03 ERROR REGISTER
1 bit

This test ensures that the C03 error register no.

can change

writing

61%*

(can be cleared by

state

RESET/WRITE A 1/RESET/READ/VERIFY C03 ERROR REGISTER NO.
1

test

This

that

ensures

reset.

direct

62*

the

from

0).

CAUSE A PARITY ERROR.

tests

This

flip-flop

C03

clears
,

SEE IF IT IS DETECTED

parity

the

detection

logic

having

controller write the register with incorrect parity.

error register no.
error

63 %

flip-flop.

the

CO03

1 should set since it is the parity

GUARANTEE THAT GO BIT CO0 CONTROL REGISTER IS NOT STUCK

Master reset,

read, verify that the go bit is not stuck

at 1.
This is a necessary
in maintenance register.

64%

with

prerequisite

for

testing

CO03

VERIFY OPERATION OF C00 MAINTENANCE REGISTER

Testing this bit is a prerequisite test for testing CO03
maintenance
(C00
This bit
register.
maintenance
It
register) is the diagnostic maintenance mode bit.
must be operational before other bits in the maintenance
A group of four tests are
register can be tested.

performed to verify the operation of this bit.
1.
2.
3.
4,

65*

Write a 1l/read/verify C00 is a set
a l/write a 0/read/verify CO00 is clear
Write

Write a 0/write a 1/read/verify C00 is set

Write a l/reset/read/verify C00

C01-C04

should

diagnostic

is clear

RESET/WRITE 1S/READ/VERIFY C01-C04
This test will catch register select
bit

not

cause

any

bits

to set since

the

VERIFY COMPLETE OPERATION OF C01-C04 MAINTENANCE REGISTER
These

four subtests check complete operation of C01-C04

of the maintenance register, in conjunction
maintenance mode bit C00 maintenance register.

1.
2.

3.
~
4,

67*

Writing

failures.

clear.

with

the

Set M-M bit (M-M bit = maintenance mode bit C00)

Write 1s to C0l1-C04/read/verify
Set M-M bit

Write 0s to C01-C04/read/verify

Set M-M bit
Write Os/write 1s/read/verify C01-C04
:
;
Set M-M bit
Write 1ls/reset/read/verify C01-C04

PARTIAL TEST OF C03 DESIRED SECTOR/TRACK ADDRESS REGISTER

This test is essentially to make C03 desired sector/track

address register readable and writable so the bit can be
The reset test
used later in register selection tests.
This test could
for this flip-flop will be done later.
turn up register select problems since this is the first
time we are addressing desired sector/track address.
This test comprises the following three subtests.
1.
2.

Write a 1l/read/verify CO03
Write a 1l/write a 0/read/verify CO3

Write a 0/write a 1l/read/verify CO03

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table
Test

70%*

DSRPA

Test

Summary

(Cont)

Description

PARTIAL TEST OF

This test is
so
the
bit

C03

DESIRED CYLINDER ADDRESS

verify

can

that

C03

used

later

readable
to

and

writable

the
identify

test

selection
1logic.
This
test
could
select problems since this is the
first time
cylinder
address
register
is
addressed.

71%

comprises

the

l.
2.

Write
Write

a
a

1/read/verify
l/write

Write

0/write

VERIFY
Issue
not

THAT
a

(current

VERIFY

C03

reset

stuck

following

three

CO03
1/read/verify CO03

ERROR

and

verify
set

unsafe)

COMPLETE

that

state

test
the

OPERATION

73%*

select

Write

tests.

The

l/read/verify

1/write

Write

0/write

l/reset/read/verify

TEST SELECTION OF

The

object

DCL

no.

persistent

VENDOR

logic.

NO.

this

are

follows.

0/read/verify C03
l/read/verify

DCL WRITABLE
test

interferes

CO03

C03

REGISTERS

with

guarantee

that

any

other

because

select

problem

THAT DRIVE CLEAR WORKS
test verifies that drive

Put

drive

writable

clear

operates.

maintenance
mode
(set
diagnostic
bit
maintenance register).
Issue a drive clear with the go bit set.
Read maintenance
register
and verify that the drive
is no longer in maintenance mode.
Drive clear should
cause

VERIFY

the

SOME

maintenance

BIT

mode

CONTROL

bit

clear.

LOGIC

This tests some of the gating to the
GO
flip-flop (maintenance
register).

clear

the

issuing

cause

drive

clear.

command

without

the

does

input of the STO
It
ensures
that
GO bit does not

following.

Put

drive in maintenance mode.
1Issue a drive clear with the GO

Read

the

still

in maintenance

the

with

incorrect

maintenance

bit
parity.

set,

see

mode.
It should be,
error
should
inhibit
the
drive
the drive out of maintenance mode.

parity

taking

but

Put the drive in maintenance mode.
Issue a drive clear with the GO bit
the register with incorrect parity.

Read

the

still

test

other

and

because

the

clear

from

set,

see

maintenance mode.
It should be
error
should
inhibit
the
drive
the drive out of maintenance mode.

parity
taking
TEST
This

maintenance

1if

drive

that

address

on microfiche

the

but

contains

drive

its

being

tested

command
control

but

responds

own.

troubleshooting

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

write

drive

because the
clear
from

FOR POSSIBILITY OF MULTI-DRIVE RESPONSE
test is effectively the complement of test
ensures

writes

drive

VERIFY ADDITIONAL GO BIT CONTROL LOGIC
This
tests the logic
to
inhibit execution of a
when
a
parity
error
occurs
while
writing
the
register.
It is done in the following manner.

*Listing

STUCK

VERIFY

77%

NOT

ERROR

subtests

Write

the

CO03

This

IS
set

C03

from

error

held

comprises a series of four subtests to
ensure
bit
is
working
properly
and
can
be
used
in

Write

NO.
C03

error

This
that

subtests.

CO03
0/read/verify

the

switch

the desired
The
test

This
to

DSRPA

Table

DSRPA Test Summary

(Cont)

Test

Description

100%*

ENSURE THAT A PERSISTENT MSE DOES NOT EXIST
Reset/write

0/read/verify

that

C04

error

is not stuck at 1.

(read and write)

no.

implemented.

101

Not

102%*

VERIFY THAT A MULTIPLE HEAD SELECT PROBLEM DOES NOT EXIST
Reset/write 0/read/verify that Cl0 error register no. 2

103*

VERIFY THAT A NO HEAD SELECT PROBLEM DOES NOT EXIST

not

that Cll. error

Reset/write 0/read/verify
not

stuck

reglster no.

ERROR REGISTER NO.

STUCK

NOT

2 WRTRU

no.

0/read/verify

VERIFY THAT C0S5
AT

reglster no.

VERIFY THAT C08

C08

error

there

not

VERIFY

0/read/verify

not

persistent

2 TRANSU IS NOT STUCK

VERIFY THAT C06 ERROR REGISTER NO.
AT

2 TRADF IS NOT STUCK

ERROR REGISTER NO.

Reset/write

that

CO06

NO.

error

no.

THAT

AT 1
Reset/write

112%*

error

Cl3

that

0/read/verify

Reset/write 0/read/verify that
transition detector failure.

111+%

Reset/write

110*

error

VERIFY THAT PERSISTENT INDEX ERROR DOES NOT EXIST

107*

Cl0

Reset/wrlte

106

VERIFY THAT A PLO UNSAFE DOES NOT EXIST
is

105%*

Reset/write 0/read/verify that
is

104 %*

not

C02

ERROR

0/read/verify

C02

error

WSUNS

NOT

no.

STUCK

VERIFY THAT CO0l1 ERROR REGISTER NO. 2 CFAIL IS NOT STUCK
AT

Reset/write 0/read/verify COl

error

113%

VERIFY THAT CO0O0 ERROR REGISTER NO. 2 WCUNS IS NOT STUCK

114

CHECK THAT CO07 ERROR REGISTER NO.

115

VERIFY

AT
1

Reset/write 0/read/verify C00
Reset/write 0/read/verify CO07

OPERATION

ERROR

error

NO.

test

merely

verifies

associated

that

the

multiplexers

and

their

Reset/write

Reset/write 0s/write ls/read/verify

various transitions properly.
performed.

ITS

AND

The

flip-flops

their

through

following subtests are

ls/read/verify

Reset/write ls/write Os/read/verify
Reset/write ls/reset/read/verify

SINGULARITY OF ERROR REGISTER NO. 2 BITS (FLOAT 1S)

down

the

Float a

is cleared.

interferes with another.

117

2 ABS IS NOT STUCK AT 1

MULTIPLEXERS

This

116

error register no.

to guarantee

Before each

that

no bit

loaded,

SINGULARITY OF ERROR REGISTER NO. 2 BITS (FLOAT 0S)

Float

a 0

down

the

interferes with another.

is reset to 1s.

the
.

to guarantee that no bit

Before each bit is loaded, the

implemented.

120

Not

*Listing

on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table
Test

Description

121

DATA TEST OF
The
Cl5

THE

1is

The

and

will

following

Reset/write

Reset/write
Reset/write
Reset/write

Cl10-C12

123

ignored

four

are

this

cleared
later.

reading

(reset)

and

OFFSET REGISTER
the implemented
no

bit

the

interferes

loaded,

with

the

cleared.

are

SINGULARITY
a

124

Not

125

DATA

down

that

data-test

bits

with

another.

pattern

loaded,

(FLOAT

have

another.

bit

interferes

only)

will

(FLOAT 18)
bits of offset

OFFSET REGISTER
the implemented

0S)
offset

Before

the

DESIRED

CYLINDER

set

each

1s.

implemented.

TEST

IMPLEMENTED

BITS

The

following

desired

three

cylinder

Reset/write

2.
3.

Reset/write
Reset/write

subtests

address

DESIRED
the

guarantee

that

each

loaded,

SINGULARITY
(FLOAT 08)
Float

Not

131

DATA-TEST

the

bits.

bit

the

the
to

with

cleared.

CYLINDER

ADDRESS

guarantee

bits

that

BITS

bits

another.

implemented

interferes

C00-C09
C00-C09

ADDRESS

DESIRED

down

address register
another.

130

ADDRESS

tests

implemented

CYLINDER

data

C00-C09
Os/read/verify
1ls/read/verify

down

basic

ls/read/verify

Float

ls/write
0s/write

SINGULARITY
(FLOAT 18S)

Before

BITS

desired cylinder
bit interferes with

implemented.

ADDRESS

The

THE

IMPLEMENTED

implemented

bits

are

BITS

following
subtests are
used
its associated multiplexers.
l.
2.

sequence of

ls/read/verify
1ls/write 0s/read/verify

that

1ls

used

SINGULARITY OF
Float a 1 down

floating

DESIRED

SECTOR/TRACK

C00-C04

Reset/write

ls/read/verify

Reset/write

l1s/write

and
C08-C12.
check this register

The
and

Os/read/verify

The
clearing
and
incrementing
verified in another test.
’
132

during

subtests

guarantee

ensure

127

OFFSET

0Os/write ls/read/verify
ls/reset/read/verify (C00-CO7

are

tested

Float

126

are C00-C07 and C10-Cl12.
Although
1implemented,
it
1is
read-only
and

2.
3.
4.

(Cont)

bits

also

indeterminate
tests.

Summary

IMPLEMENTED BITS

implemented

this

122

DSRPA Test

this

will

‘

SINGULARITY
(FLOAT 18)

OF DESIRED SECTOR/TRACK ADDRESS REGISTER BITS
|
a
1
down
the
1implemented
bits
of
desired
sector/track
address
register
to guarantee
that
no bit
interferes with another.
Before the 1s are loaded, the
register is cleared.

Float

133

SINGULARITY
Float

DESIRED

down

the

SECTOR/TRACK

ADDRESS

implemented

sector/track address to guarantee that
with
another.
Before
each
pattern
register is loaded with 1s.
134

Not

bits

BITS
of

(FLOAT

desired

no bit interferes
is
written,
the

implemented.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table 2
Test

DSRPA Test Summary (Cont)

Description

135

STUCK AT 1
VERIFY THAT ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 C15 IS NOT nt
data check

136

NO. 1 IS NOT STUCK AT 1
VERIFY THAT Cl4 ERROR REGISTER that
a persistent unsafe
Reset/write Os/read/verify

Reset/write 0Os/read/verify that a persiste
error does not exist.

condition does not exist.

137

1 IS NOT STUCK AT 1
VERIFY THAT C13 ERROR REGISTER NO.
a persistent OPI does not
Reset/write 0s/read/verify that
exist.

140

AT 1
VERIFY THAT Cl12 ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 IS NOT STUCK
Reset/write 0s/read/verify that a persistent DTE error
does

not

exist.

141

AT 1
VERIFY THAT Cl1 ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 IS NOT STUCK
WLE does not

142

VERIFY THAT C10 ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 IS NOT STUCK AT 1
Reset/write Os/read/verify that a persistent IAE error

Reset/write 0s/read/verify that a persistent
exist.

exist.

does not

143

VERIFY THAT C09 ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 IS NOT STUCK AT 1

Reset/write 0s/read/verify that a persistent AOE does not

“exist.

The desired address registers are set to 0

order to localize the failure to a smaller number of
modules.

144

AT 1
VERIFY THAT C08 ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 IS NOT STUCK
Reset/write Os/read/verify that a persistent HCRC error
does not exist.

145

1
VERIFY THAT C07 ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 IS NOT STUCK AT
Reset/write Os/read/verify that a persistent header

146

IS NOT STUCK AT 1
VERIFY THAT C06 ERROR REGISTER NO.a 1 persistent
hard ECC

compare error does not exist.

Reset/write

O0/read/verify

error does not exist.

147

VERIFY THAT C05 ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 IS NOT STUCK AT 1

t write clock
Reset/write Os/read/verify that a persisten
,
fail

150

that

error does not exist.

1
VERIFY THAT C04 ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 IS NOT STUCK AT error
that a persistent format
Reset/write 0s/read/verify
does not exist.

151

NOT STUCK AT 1
VERIFY THAT C02 ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 IS
Reset/write Os/read/verify that a persistent register
modify refused error condition does not exist.

152

VERIFY THAT C00 ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 IS NOT STUCK AT 1
1.

2.
153

Write 0s to the control register (a NOP)

Reset/write 0s/read/verify that a persistent ILF
condition does not exist.

DATA TEST OF FLIP-FLOPS AND MULTIPLEXERS OF ERROR
;
REGISTER NO. 1
The flip-flops and multiplexers of error register no. 1
are data-tested using the following four subtests.
1.

Reset/write 1s/read/verify

3.
4.

Reset/write 0Os/write l1s/read/verify
Reset/write ls/reset/read/verify

154

Reset/write ls/write 0s/read/verify

1S)
SINGULARITY OF ERROR REGISTER NO. 1 BITS (FLOAT
that no bit
Float a 1 down the register to guarantee
the
loaded,
is
1
each
Before
interferes with another.
register is cleared by writing 0s into it.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table

DSRPA Test Summary

Test

Description

155

SINGULARITY OF ERROR
Float
a
0
down
the

interferes

loaded,
156

Not

157%

REGISTER NO. 1 BITS (FLOAT 0S)
register
to
gquarantee
that
no
bit
another.
Before each floating pattern is
register is preset to 1s.

with

the

implemented.

TEST

THAT A

Master

that
160*

PERSISTENT

reset,

composite

read

error

time.

Reset/write

status

VERIFY

THAT

COMPOSITE

This

the

not

ERROR

status

DOES NOT

EACH

THAT

path

ERROR
that

the

setting

NO.
of

(register

02)

the

EACH

ERROR

VERIFY
THAT
EACH
COMPOSITE ERROR

ERROR

reset.

(DRY)

166*

C1l4

BIT
bit
a

back

point

that

CAUSES
in

error

composite

BIT

CAUSES

each bit in
a composite

error
error

NO.

BIT

CAUSES

each bit in
a composite

error
error

Reset/read

status

when GO
that CO07

TESTING FOR PROPER HEAD LOAD OPERATION
This test verifies that the head load Sequence completes
and also that the drive status is correct
at completion
of the head load sequence.

TESTING

This

FOR

test

operate

167

read

VERIFY THAT DRY IS COMPLEMENT OF THE GO BIT
This test ensures that DRY and GO are complements

165

ersure

(register 01).

NO.

This test verifies that the setting of
register number 3
(register 15) causes
in the status register (register 01).

164

produces

This test verifies that the setting of
register number 2
(register 14) causes
in the status register (register 01).
163

be
this

each

status

3/read/verify

set.

verifies

COMPOSITE

any

ER1,

EXIST

and

set.

ERROR

test

VERIFY

will

S 162%*

COMPOSITE

then

VERIFY THAT COMPOSITE ERROR CAN BE DECODED
This test verifies that composite error
can

successfully.

161%*

(Cont)

PROPER

verifies

correctly

HEAD UNLOAD OPERATION
that
the
head
unload

and

error

Sequence

will

free.

VV AND

PACK ACK OPERATIONAL TESTS
is a series of four subtests designed
to ensure that
the
volume valid
status
bit is
working
in
conjunction
with the pack acknowledge command.
The subtests are as
follows.

This

1Issue

pack

ensure

that

Verify

that

issuing

pack

off-line

with

acknowledge
gets

with

drive

cycled

set.

acknowledge

does

errors.

Take

With

stays

170

gets

VV/COMP

This

test

*Listing

cycle

ERR

set

and

ensure

and

ensure

set

and
cause

that

INTERLOCK

verifies
is

drive

cleared.

when

that
the

will

command

not

issued.

The

composite
following

issued.

Cycle

2.
3.

Write
1Issue

4.
5.

Read status
Ensure that

drive

down and up to
an error register to
a pack ACK command
and

control

the

GO bit

clear
force

Vv
composite

composite

on microfiche

error

contains

error

clear.

SEE THAT READIN PRESET WILL SET VV
This
ensures
that
readin
preset
sets
cause

set,

exists

sequence

down

set.

TEST
error

171

drive

VvV

not

doing

and

does

so.

troubleshooting

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

not

DSRPA

Table

DSRPA Test

Test

Description

172%*

TEST STO GO RESET LOGIC

the

Clear
Issue

pack

Issue

another

clear.

transfer

and

STO GO to GO.

|is

that

ensure

SECTOR CLOCK

going

into

maintenance mode

actually

effective.

The

following

method

verify

something

wused

used.

‘

into maintenance mode.

Read the look-ahead register for reference.
Read the look-ahead register 20 more times to

3.
4.

THAT

This

test

THE

CAN BE

This

ensures

ensure
that the

the

drive's

index

from

Issue

Read

the

SET

and

set.

The

clocks

can

used.

reset.

in maintenance mode

seek

can

bit

the

that

the master

Put drive
.
occur)

BIT

sequence

1Issue

ensures

following

disconnected

clock.

sec*or
TEST

change.

not

does

that

command

(GO

(no

should

sector

stay

hung

because

seek command cannot complete without sector clocks).

control

and verify

CHECK THAT RHCLR WILL CLEAR HUNG GO BIT
A

The

tool.

here

up the spindle.

Power

1is

ahead

that

does

test

basic

This

hung

bit

Issue

Put

RHCLR to

the

simulated

issuing

clear

errors.

that GO

while

seek

the

mode

maintenance

drive

clock

1Issue a seek

Read control register and verify that GO is clear.

sector

(stops

‘

from

set.

The following sequence is used.

maintenance mode.

176

VV.

VERIFY THAT MAINTENANCE MODE DISCONNECTS

look

175

errors.

set

pack ACK to

control

the

Read

ACK

4.,

174

(Cont)

This verifies that the GO and STO GO reset logic is
The following sequence is used.
partially operational.
1.

173

Summary

coming).

(to set the GO bit).

Issue another RHCLR

(to

reset the GO bit).

TEST THAT GO AND DRY ARE COMPLEMENTS

This test ensures that GO and DRY are complements when GO
is set.,

We set GO by issuing a seek while in maintenance

mode.

177

200

FLOAT A

1 DOWN C01-C05 OF CONTROL REGISTER

already

been

conjunction

Three

Read

PIP

Issue

stuck

ensure

seek

with

subtests

with

are

PIP does

not

mode

set.

not

ensure

seek

with

that
no

test verifies

Cl0-Cl12

the

not

bit

and

it
GO

and

OFFSET REGISTER

that the readin preset command clears

offset

VERIFY THAT READIN CLEARS DESIRED CYLINDER REGISTER
This

test

ensure

set.

VERIFY THAT READIN CLEARS

This

command

maintenance

operation of PIP in
issued in maintenance

command

required.

1Issue a maintenance mode seek with GO bit

PIP does

202

tested.

TESTING OF PIP WITH A SEEK COMMAND
This test is designed to check the
mode.

201

Some have

Test merely verifies that all bits can be set.

verifies

that

the

readin

preset

command

C00-C09 of the desired cylinder address register.

clears

*[isting on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table
Test

Description

203

VERIFY

THAT

will

READIN

verifies

clear

TEST

address

THE

Summary

WILL

that

CO00-C04

track/sector
204

DSRPA Test

CLEAR

issuing

(Cont)

DESIRED

TRACK/SECTOR

readin
C08-Cl2
of

and

preset

command
desired

the

CONTROL

MULTIPLEXER

This

test verifies that the control register multiplexer
(RG6)
1is actually returning 0s in the guaranteed-to-be-0
bit positions which are C06-C10 and C12-C15.
205*

TEST

THAT

ILLEGAL

This

test
drive

issues

the

tested

COMMANDS

the
recognizes

after

each

CAUSE

ILF

ERROR

illegal commands to
ILF for each one.

operation

also

guarantee that
The GO bit is

ensure

that

got

reset.

206

207

210%*

DESIRED
Read

the

that

the

SECTOR/TRACK ADDRESS MULTIPLEXER TEST
desired sector/track address register
guaranteed

are

DRIVE-TYPE

REGISTER_GUARANTEED

Read

drive-type

the

bits

C12,

DRIVE~-TYPE

(C00-C03

and

Cl11-Cl5)

TEST

and

are

correct.

and

C13-Cl5)

verify

Os.

that

the

that

the

verify

They

verify

are

are:

C00-C03,

Cl14-Cl15.

GUARANTEED

that

C01l,

C04

TEST

and

Cl1l3

the

drive-type

DESIRED CYLINDER ADDRESS REGISTER GUARANTEED 0 TEST
Read
that

the
desired
cylinder
C10-Cl5 are 0.

address

CURRENT CYLINDER ADDRESS REGISTER GUARANTEED
Read

214

and

Read and verify
register are 1.

213%*

(C05-C07

guaranteed

co5-C1i0,

212%*

bits

LOOK-AHEAD REGISTER MULTIPLEXER TEST
Read
the
look
ahead
register
and

guaranteed

211

current

cylinder

Cl0-C15

are

A
A

BASIC

RESET

test

address

and

verify

0 TEST

guarantee

that

TEST

verify

that

seven flip-flops of
sequence is used:

index will clear
extension counter.

the

the
The

low-order
following

l.
2.
3.

Put in maintenance mode (20-sector mode).
Issue index (a general reset).
1Issue
127
sector
clocks
to
£fill
1low-order

1Issue

index

try to

reset

seven

the

low-order

seven

transfer

low-order

seven

flip-flops.
5.

215

1Issue

127

flip-flops to a
Read the sector

Verify

that

2.
3.
4.
5.

readable area.
counter.
fraction is 00.

Read the look-ahead register.
Verify that the sector counter

SECTOR
Verify

using

1.
2.

still

00.

COUNTER TEST
that the sector

the

following

counter

test

not

count

not

counting

sector

too

slowly

sequence.

Put in maintenénce mode (20-sector mode).
Issue index
128

(clears

sector

counter).

Issue

4.
5.

Read the look-ahead register.
Verify
that
the
sector
counter

extension

*Listing

Put in maintenance mode (20-sector mode).
Issue index (to clear the counter).
Issue 127 sector clocks.
'

extension

clocks

SECTOR CONTROL TEST
Verify that the sector counter flip-flops
too rapidly using the following sequence.
l.

216

sector

clocks

(now

into

first

1is

extension).

sector

20.

on microfiche contains

troubleshooting

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table 2
Test

217

SECTOR COUNTER TEST

Verify that sector counter is counting properly using the
sequence.

following

Put into maintenance mode (20-sector mode).
Issue index (clears counter).
Issue 255 sector clocks (to end of extension 20).
Read the sector counter register.
Verify that the sector counter is at sector

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
220

extension

SECTOR COUNTER TEST

following

1.
2.

Go into maintenance mode (20-sector mode).
1Issue index (clear the register).

4
5

Read the sector counter register.
Verify that the sector counter
extension

Verify

sector

that

Verify

extension

sector

counter

1is

counting

40.

correctly

sequence.

following

.
sector mode)
Go into maintenance mode (20Issue index (clear register).
40).
extension
of
end
(to
1Issue 511 clocks
Read the look-ahead register.

counter

sector

the

1is

sector

A SECTOR COUNTER. TEST

Verify that the sector counter is counting properly using
'
the following sequence.
into maintenance mode

(20-sector mode).

3.
4.

Issue 512 sector clocks (to start of extension 60).
Read the look-ahead register.

Issue

index.

that

Verify

extension

60.

sector <counter

the

A SECTOR COUNTER TEST

Verify
using

1
2.
3.
4
5
A

that

the

sector

following

counter

1is

counting

sector

correctly

sequence.

Go into maintenance mode (22-sector mode).
Issue index (to clear the register).

1Issue 608 sector clocks (to end of extension 60).

Read the look-ahead register.
Verify that the sector counter

extension 60.

sector

SECTOR COUNTER TEST

Verify that the sector counter counts correctly using the
following

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

225

the

that

the

40.

A SECTOR COUNTER TEST

224

(to start of extension 40).

TIssue 256 sector clocks.

1.
2.
3.
4.

223

sequence.

the

using

222

20.

Verify that the sector counter is counting properly using

221

DSRPA Test Summary (Coht)

Description

sequence.

Go into malntenance mode (22-sector mode).
Issue index (clear counter).
1Issue 609 clocks (steps out of extension 60).

'
Read the sector counter.
Verify that the sector counter is at the sector 0l

‘extension 00.

A SECTOR COUNTER TEST

verify
using

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

that

the

sector

following

counter

sequence.

counting

correctly

Go into maintenance mode (20-sector mode).
Issue index (to clear the counter).
1Issue 671 clocks (step to the end of extension 60).
Read the look-ahead register.
at sector 00
Verify that the sector counter is
extension 60..

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table
Test

226

using
l.

2.
3.
4.
5.

Summary

COUNTER TEST
that
the
sector
counter
the following sequence.

(Cont)

sector

that

SECTOR

the

COUNTER

particular

weighted

low-order

can

nine
bits
of
the
cleared
with
index.

will

flip-flops.

The

maintenance

Issue

index

Issue

511

4.
5.

1Issue index (should
Read the register.

Verify
that
extension 00.
SECTOR

TEST

subtest

into

counter

00.

that
the
fraction
counter

correctly

sector

Verify

counting

into maintenance mode (20-sector mode).
Issue index (clear counter).
1Issue
672
sector
clocks
(to
start
of
extension 00).
Read the look-ahead register
.

Verify

extension

230

Test

SECTOR

Verify

227

DSRPA

Description

(to

the

(20-sector

the

clocks

the

test

following sequence

mode

clear

sector

only

This

and

used.

256

mode) .

counter).

(sets

sector

128

low-order

nine

clear).

bits).

sector

counter
:

sector

COUNTER

TEST
that
the
low-order
nine
bits
of
the
Sector
fraction counter can be cleared by index.
This test will
pick up the
resets of the
1 through 64 weighted bits.
The following sequence is used.

Verify

into

Issue

maintenance

mode

Issue

the

index

511

sector

4.
5.

Issue
1Issue

second index
127
sector

where they can be seen).
Read the sector counter.

231

Verify
that
extension 00,

(20-sector

mode) .

pulse.
clocks

the

(sets

low-order

nine

(should

clear).

clocks

(moves

invisible

sector

counter

1is

bits).

bits

sector

SECTOR COUNTER TEST
Verify that index can clear all of the low-order
ten bits
the sector fraction counter.
This test picks up the
high-order bit
(512 weight).
The following sequence is
used.

232

into maintenance
Issue index (clears

1Issue

512

clocks

mode (20-sector
counter).

(set

bit).

counter

4.
5.

1Issue index (should clear).
Read the sector counter.

Verify

SECTOR

Verify

that

the

COUNTER

that

the

sector

high-order

pulse.

4.
5.

Verify

that

extension

The

loaded with 0s).
Read the look-ahead

three

0Os
is

stages

properly
used.

of
the
sector
at sector pulse

Go into maintenance mode (20-sector mode).
Issue index (clears sector counter).
Issue
672
clocks
(goes
to
first
sector,
sector

*Listing

TEST

fraction counter edge load to
time.
The following sequence
l.
2.

mode) .

high-order

the

fraction

counter

causing

have

edge

counter

00.

microfiche contains

should

troubleshooting

sector

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

DSRPA Test Summary

Table 2

Test

Description

233

A SECTOR COUNTER TEST
Verify that the low-order seven

fraction counter

The

sector pulse.

672

1Issue

is used.

following sequence

(20-sector mode).

(to clear

counter).

(causes sector pulse which should

clocks

edge load the low-order seven bits with 0s).

1Issue 127 clocks (steps the low-order 7-bit magnitude

to a visible area

the

Read the look-ahead register.
Verify that the sector counter

5.
6.

01l

sector

00.

extension

A SECTOR COUNTER

TEST

Verify that the sector counter and overflow decode work
The following sequence is used.
in 20-sector mode.
Go

12767

60.

extension

SECTOR COUNTER

Verify

counter.

TEST

and

counter

sector

that

the

into

maintenance mode

second

end
is

counter

sector

the

that

Verify

‘

(to

clocks

sector

.
sector)
Read the sector

4.,

index.

1Issue

(20-sector mode).

into maintenance mode

Issue

235

index

Issue

‘
flip-flops of the sector

0s at the occurrence of

Go into maintenance mode

234

load

edge

(Cont)

last
22

sector

overflow decode

work

The following sequence is

correctly in 20-sector mode.
used.

the

Read

Verify

counter.

sector

that

the

sector

SECTOR COUNTER TEST

Verify

working

the

that

counter

1is

sector

overflow

decode

are

00.

extension
236

(20-sector mode).

index (clears counter).
Issue 12768 sector clocks (to start of last sector).

Issue

2.
3.

counter

sector

and

20-sector mode using the

correctly

following

sequence.

l.
2.

Go into maintenance mode (20-sector mode).
Issue index (clear counter).

4.,

Read

1Issue

13567

(takes

you

invalid

sector

decode

fails).
the

Verify

sector

that

extension
237

sector

the

1is

counter

sector

00.

A SECTOR COUNTER TEST

Verify that the sector counter and overflow decoder work
properly in 22-sector mode using the following sequence.
1.
2.

Go into maintenance mode (22-sector mode).
1Issue index (clear the counter).

.
sector)
Read the

240

counter.

12788

Issue

Verify

sector

that

extension

60.

clocks

counter.

the

sector

A SECTOR COUNTER
Verify that the sector

(to

end

counter

second
sector

last
24

and overflow decode work

properly in 22-sector mode using the following sequence.
U
W IN

1.
.

Go into maintenance mode (22-sector mode).
Issue index (to clear counter).
Issue 12789 sector clocks (to start of last sector).
Read

the

Verify

sector counter.

that

extension

the

sector

counter

1is

sector

00.

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table
Test

Description

241

SECTOR

Verify

function

DSRPA

Test

Summary

(Cont)

COUNTER TEST
that
the
sector
counter
and
overflow
decode
properly in 22-sector mode using the following

sequence,

2.
3.

Issue
Issue

4.
5.

242

into

maintenance mode (22-sector mode).
index (clear the counter).
.
13489
sector
clocks
(into
invalid

overflow

fails).

Read

sector

the

Verify
that
extension 00.

sector

into

maintenance

mode

(clear the register).

9135

clocks

(set

bits
of
sector
The
following

mode).

four

the

flip-flops

counter

00.

A SECTOR COUNTER TEST
Verify that the high-order bit of the sector
clear with index.
The following sequence is
l.

sector

index (should clear
Read the sector counter.
Ensure
that
the
sector

extension

into maintenance
Issue index (clears

Issue

9744

clocks

mode (22-sector
counter).

(sets high-order

Issue index (should clear
Read the sector counter.

flip-flops).

Verify

counter

the

sector

counter
used.

will

mode) .

4.
5.

that

sector

flip-flop).

sector

THAT SECTOR CLOCKS COME DOWN FROM DRIVE
Under program control, the only thing the diagnostic
tell
about
sector
clock
is
that
it
is
present
or
present.
This
test
checks
for
its
presence
using
following sequence.

not

extension
244

Not

245%

VERIFY

00.

implemented.

1Issue a diagnostic
register).

into

Take

maintenance

drive

out

mode

(stops

index

pulse

Read

sector

mode

with

clock

can
the

master

increment

look-ahead register up to a maximum
(more than enough to see it increment).

the

200

If no change occurs. (look-ahead
is still
sector 00
extension 00),
it
is safe
to assume that it
is not
incrementing,
because
either
sector
clock
is
not

coming
stuck

down

TEST FOR THE
This

test

from

the

index

and

count

merely

Read

for
has

into

coming

at
in

microfiche

20-sector

from

the

drive

the

index
based

sector

(octal).
mode.

pulse
on

This
The

the

counter
is

coming

fact

will
the

following

that

count

maximum
sequence

mode.

look-ahead

a nonsector
come.

that

test

missing,

sector

down

INDEX PULSE

ensure
The

20-sector

the

drive.

possible

used.

index

PRESENCE

pulse

stick

high.

down

the

times

look-ahead

(clears

maintenance

clear.
This
allows
look-ahead register.

low-order

Issue

5.
6.

*Listing

1is

(22-sector

index

sector

used.

1Issue

246%*

counter

2. Issue

243

the

A SECTOR COUNTER TEST
Verifies
that
the
four
1low-order
flip-flops clear
with
index
pulse.
sequence

sector

counter.

contains

value

indicating

times

that

troubleshooting

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

looking

index

procedure.

pulse

DSRPA

247%

DSRPA Test Summary

Table

Test

(Cont)

Description

CHECK PIP AND ILF WITH POSITIONING COMMANDS

return

offset,

seek,

the

Verify

centerline,

recalibrate, cause the PIP bit to set and do not
The following sequence is used.
ILF to be set.
l.

1Issue

4.
5.

250%*

into

maintenance

Set DA = 0
a

mode.

and DCY not equal to CCY.

position

command.

Read the control, status, and error register no. 1.
Test for presence of PIP and that ILF is not set.

VERIFY THAT A LEGAL CYL ADDRESS DECODES CORRECTLY

that a maintenance mode seek can be
This test verifies
issued to every legal cylinder without getting any
The following sequence is used.

invalid address errors.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

251%

into maintenance mode.

Load desired address register with Os.
Load the desired cylinder register with

1Issue a seek command (strobes the IAE flip-flop).
Read control, status, ER1 and DCY.

Verify

that

IAE

not

set.

invalid cylinder causes

Verify that ‘issuing a seek to an

2.
3.

4.
5.
6.

The following sequence is used.

Issue master

clear

(to clear errors).

into maintenance mode.

Load DA register with

Load

Os.

cylinder

desired

.
address)

with

815

(illegal

Issue a seek command (to strobe IAE fllp—flop)
Read error register number 1.
IAE

Verify that

set.

VERIFY THAT A LEGAL TRACK ADDRESS DECODES CORRECTLY
Verify that issuing seeks to each of the legal track
The following
addresses does not cause an IAE to occur.
sequence
is

used.

Issue master

clear

(to

clear

into maintenance mode.

Read

3.
4.
5.

errors).

Clear desired cylinder address register.
Load sector = 0 and desired track.
Issue a seek command (strobe the IAE flip-flop).
ER1 and verify that

VERIFY THAT AN

IAE is not set.

ILLEGAL TRACK ADDRESS CAUSES IAE

19 will cause IAE
Verify that an attempt to seek to track
to

1.
2.

3.
4,
| 5.
6.

254

cylinder

number.

VERIFY THAT ILLEGAL CYLINDER ADDRESS DECODES CORRECTLY

253

(clear errors).

1Issue master clear

~an IAE error.

252

cause

set.

The

following

into

sequence

is used.

(to clear errors).

Master clear

maintenance

mode.

Write 0s to desired cylinder register.
Write 0 to desired sector and set up for track 29.
1Issue a seek command
Read

ER1

Verify that

IAE

set.

VERIFY THAT LEGAL SECTORS DO NOT CAUSE IAES
that issuing seeks to the
Verify (in 20-sector mode)
The following
legal sectors does not cause IAE to set.
sequence

Master

used.

reset

into

clear

20-sector

errors).

mode.

Load 0s to desired cylinder reglster.

Load

Read

ER1.

Verify

(to

into maintenance mode.

with

Issue a seek command
that

IAE

track

current

sector.

(strobe the IAE flip-flop).

not

set.

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table
Test
255

DSRPA Test

Summary

(Cont)

Description
VERIFY

THAT

ILLEGAL

SECTOR

CAUSES

IAE

Verify (in 20-sector mode) that issuing a seek to sector
20 causes IAE to be set.
The following sequence is used.

256

1Issue

2.
3.

Go
Go

4.
5.

Write
Write

6.
7.
8.

Issue a seek command (strobe
Read ER1.
Verify that IAE is set.

to desired cylinder
register with track

cause

IAE.

The

following

Master clear (clear errors).
Go into 22-sector mode.
Go into maintenance mode.
Write 0s to desired cylinder
Write DA register with track

6.
7.

Issue a seek
Read ERl.

Verify

that

(strobe

IAE

the

flip-flop).

not

SECTOR

CAUSES

Verify

(in

22-sector

mode)

that

occur.

The

4.
5.
6.
7.

Write
Write

Verify

0s to desired cylinder
track = 0 and sector =
Issue a seek command (strobe
Read error register no. 1.
is

sector.

IAE

issuing

[Issue master reset (to clear
Go into 22-sector mode.
Go into maintenance mode.

IAE

current

following

l.
2.
3.

that

detected.

ILLEGAL

IAE

sectors

used.

flip-flop).

THAT

causes

sequence

IAE

VERIFY

seek

to
is

sequence

sector
used.

errors).

address

22 to DA register.
the IAE flip-flop).

set.

SEEK

CONTROL WITH IAE SELECTED
This
test verifies
that signal
following.

SS4

The

following

1.
2.

1Issue master clear (to clear
Go into maintenance mode and

3.
4.

Load

DCY

CLEAR

to
of

setting

test

with

sequence

Issue a seek.
Read ER1l and control

6.
7.

Read

Verify

errors).
O.

RHCLR.

Issue

DCY

and

that

CCY.

CURRENT CYLINDER
the

transferring

and

that

CCY

ADDRESS

current

cylinder

various

patterns

The

test

Issue master clear (clears
Go into maintenance mode.

errors).

Load
a
pattern
register,

desired

4.
5.

Issue
1Issue

Read

a seek command.
a master clear

the

815.

(terminates

from

the

sequence

into

not

address

into

following

TEST

l.
2.

used.

set CCY to
cylinder (815).

illegal

bit.

Inhibits

clear the GO
SS0 SEEK GO.

Causes

the

‘
the

ADR

SEEK

does

BAD

Data-test

IAE

not

address

*Listing

address
= 0 and

legal

261*

0s
DA

errors).

does
l.

260

clear (clears
maintenance mode.
20-sector mode.

VERIFY THAT LEGAL SECTORS DO NOT CAUSE IAE
Verify (in 22-sector mode)
that seeking to

2.
3.
4.

257

master

into
into

c¢ylinder

seek

7.
on

microfiche

contains

DCY, CCY.
to CCY correctly.

troubleshooting

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

used.

address

transfers

CCY).

control register,
Verify that DCY copied

desired

DCY

DSRPA

DSRPA Test Summary

Table 2

(Cont)

Test

Description

262*

VERIFY THAT SUBTRACTOR WORKS CORRECTLY FOR CCY = DCY
This test verifies that the subtractor does not come up
all
for
(done
with a difference when CCY = DCY

The following test sequence is used.

cylinders).

Issue a master clear.

Go into maintenance mode.
Load DCY with cylinder.
Issue a seek command.

2.
3.
4.

(terminate seek transfer DCY to

Issue a master clear

.
ccy)

Go back into maintenance mode

(DCY now equals CCY).

1Issue a seek command.
Read the control register.

7.
8.

Verify that the GO bit is .clear.

the difference should

because

It should be clear

Issuing

seek

when DCY = CCY should inhibit the seek from occuring
and generate SS0 SK GO CLR H

263

Not implemented.

264 %

A FULL-SPEED RECALIBRATE TEST

This

tests

issues

test

for errors

recalibrate,

(SS0)

to clear GO.

waits

following completion.

completion,

for

recalibrate

The

can only be tested at full speed (functionally).
265%*

TEST RESET OF CURRENT CYLINDER ADDRESS REGISTER

This test verifies that
register will reset with

following
(377

O ~JO
b

266

and

sequence

1400

all flip-flops in the
a recalibrate pulse.

[two

CCY
The

are

required

cylinder

address

patterns

octal)].

Issue a master reset (to clear errors).

into

Load

maintenance mode.

Issue a

.
.

used

pattern

1into

desired

seek command.

Issue a master clear (to transfer DCY to CCY).
.
Issue a recalibrate (should clear CCY)
Read the current cylinder register.
It

should be

TEST SUBTRACTOR LOGIC WITH A SERIES OF PATTERNS

This test applies a set of patterns to CCY and DCY and
The
looks for the fact that a difference was detected.
The patterns chosen
patterns come from a look—up table.
will catch a very high percentage of subtractor faults.

267%*

BASIC SEEK TEST

This test merely issues a l-cylinder seek at
and tests for the following situations.
1.

Drive

not

full

speed

hung.

No errors are caused.
DCY = CCY =

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table
Test

270

DSRPA Test

TEST
This

OF SKI LOGIC
test
verifies

capable

following

(Cont)

that

detecting

sequence
the

the

seek

such

used

incomplete

error

test

Clear

Recalibrate

3.
4.

Seek
Load

Issue a seek to cylinder 1.
This should cause an SKI error.

SKI

errors.
(positioner

over

cylinder

reverse

seek

must

400.
Read

error

Verify
Verify
- SKI

cylinder

but

done

0).

and

CCY

and

This

the

drive

which

causes

CCY

the

CCY

sitting

initiate

true
an

RESET

sequence

works

has

correctly.

SUBTRACTOR DIFFERENCE LOGIC

Philosophy:
These are
functional
output

because

automatic

REGISTERS

This set of two subtests causes seeks with all
positive and negative subtractor differences.

diagnose

pulse

reset

1).

synch) .

The positioner
is
thinks a
4-cylinder

because

that SKI has occurred.
that CCY is now clear.

recalibrate

A TEST OF

causes

occur

is
The

logic.

to cylinder 1 (positioner to cylinder
400 into the CCY (hardware now out of

~already

7.
8.

logic

condition.

the

271%*

Summary

Description

class
the

tests

seek

be functional.

test

sequence,

point

guard

bands

the

logic

not

slip

error

we
will

sequence,

force

causing

SKI

designed

control

difference

detect

the
test

during

the

and

positioner

only
this

not

Since
this

position

occur.

but

faults.
visible,

accumulate

the

possible

one

some

the

Unfortunately,

the

thing
that can be
said
about a fault detected
in
test is that a positioner malfunction exists.
The
following test sequence is used.

Subtest

RHCLR

3.
4.
5.
6.

done

2.
3.

RHCLR
Recalibrate.

4.
6.
7.

Seek to CYL-814.
to CYL-N and test for error.
Seek to CYL-814 and test for error.
N=N -1

Done

Due

the

Seek

0).

way

standard

scope

detecting

remember

the

somewhere

Issue

the
the

Otherwise
which

this

to step
test

could

fail,

loop
technique
is
error,
this
test
will

not

fact

committed.

that

error

was

the

used.
Upon
report,
clear
and

After

through the entire test,
it will be repeated if
error has been selected and an error was detected
along

VERIFY THAT

step

=813

cycling
loop on

not

error.
error.

*Listing

1If

for
for

Subtest

272%

test
test

the

A NO-OP

NO-OP

way.

COMMAND

command

OPERATIONAL
in maintenance mode and

GO bit is not set.
This gives some
command was not decoded incorrectly.

microfiche contains

troubleshooting

:
ensure

that

confidence

that

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

DSRPA Test Summary (Cont)

,Table 2
Test

Description

273%*

VERIFY OPERATION OF

Issue a master clear

3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
8.
9.

Issue

logic.

recalibrate

(to clear errors).
(synchronize

Go into maintenance mode.
Issue a search mode for surface =
Issue an index.
index.

positioner).

sector =

too early.

Verify that OPI is not set
1Issue an index.
Verify that OPI did set.

1Issue

‘2.

Issue

master

clear.

Verify

to DCY (should
and DCY.

that

RMR

(allows

(sets GO bit).

Seek to cylinder 1

cause

seek

hang)

RMR).

occurred.

Verify that DCY was not loaded.

VERIFY THAT WRITING ATA DOES NOT CAUSE RMR

Write the attention summary register with the GO bit set
and

that

verify

RMR does

1Issue

sequence

The

occur.

not

master

clear.

Recalibrate.

Go into maintenance mode (allows seek to hang).

5.
6.
7.

Write the ATA register with O0s.
Read ERI1.
Verify that RMR did not set.

(sets GO bit).

Seek to cylinder

BASIC SEARCH FUNCTION IN MAINTENANCE MODE
This

test

decode.
1.
2.
3.

a basic

verification

the

is used.
The following test sequence

Issue a master clear, (to clear errors).
Recalibrate (causes CCY = 0).
Set the DA register for cylinder = 0.

maintenance

into

1Issue a search.

(no

mode

pulse

sector

command

freezes

command)
.

Read

control,

status,

PIP = 0
Composite

error

and error

registers.

status:

Test for correct
GO bit =1
=

OPERATION WHILE SEARCHING FOR ILLEGAL SECTOR
This test issues a search for an illegal sector.
to verify
is then checked
drive
the
status of
performance

was

correct

The

should

and

the

bit

should

condition.

The

following

under

terminate
reset

this

set

immediately
wvia

the

error

IAE

reset

used.

Clear

Recalibrate
Set

DCY

Set

errors.

Read device registers and verify status.

(sets CCY

0).

track

into maintenance mode.

1Issue

The
that

conditions.

because

class

test sequence

follows.

277

responds

recalibrate.

into maintenance mode

Write 0
Read R1

276%*

VERIFY THAT RMR CAN OCCUR
Cause an RMR condition and verify that the drive
correctly using the following sequence.
1.,

275%

detection

LOGIC

ERROR

is used to verify part of the OPI

following

error

274

OPI

sequence

The

sector

30.

command.

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

'COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table

DSRPA Test

Summary

(Cont)

Description

Test

300%*

FOR

SECTOR

This

1is
the
first
full-speed
search
functional search for sector = 0, cylinder
.
The following sequence is used.

Recalibrate.

Set

Search.

5.
6.

Wait
Read

DCY

until

done.

device

COMBINED

registers.
WITH

IMPLIED

SEEK

Verify that a search causes an
the
current
cylinder
address

implied seek by
register
when

Except
for
the
implied
seek
to
cylinder
test is identical to the previous test.

302

VERIFY

This

OPERATION

test

scheduling

possible

THE

cannot

run

user

cause

will

sectors

SECTOR

22-sector

Recalibrate,
Synch

.SECT

(sector

RHCLR

(clear

«
.

mode
fail.

because
system
Search
for
all

mode.

This test searches
sector on the disk.
The

synch

point

to start
track = 0)

from)
.

errors)

DCY = 0
(clear desired cylinder
DA register loaded with .SECT

1l1.
12,

.SECT = .SECT + 1
If .SECT <22., go

13.

Synch = synch
If synch <22.

14.

Done

TEST

address)

with

step

Advance to next synch point.
step 4 (next permutation).
(approximately 484 searches).

test

OPERATION

+ 1.
go to

WRITE

LOCK

SWITCH

Verify with the status register and operator
that the write lock switch works correctly.
TEST OPERATION OF
Verify
through

information
ISSUE

that

operator

MICROINCH

full-speed
a

1.
2.

Recalibrate.

unload

intervention

command

Master

DCY

operation

5.
6.

OFFSET = 0
1Issue an offset

command.

Wait

and

cause

RETURN

verify
a

that

test

offsetting.

for

CENTERLINE
the

composite

master

Issue

Recalibrate.

[

> WK

done

DCY

Issue

will
Wait

test

for

hung

device

The

test

return

error

command

does

errors.
TEST

centerline

hung

device.

follows.

and

*Listing

until

Test

SPEED

status

not

and

correctly.

clear

3.
4,

FULL

works

OFFSET

offset

intervention

UNLOAD/STAND-BY

the

composite
error
caused
sequence is as follows.

306%*

this

Keep
reading
look-ahead
register
until
sector
is
found {(synch).
Now in synch.
1Issue a search command.
Wait until done.
Then read the look-ahead register.
If error, report and loop to step 5.
Verify that the look-ahead register = .SECT.
If error, report and loop to step 5.

10.

305%

RHCLR

.
.
.

304%*

looking at
completed.

number

COMPARATOR

for all sectors from every other
following algorithm is used.

303%*

A
=

RHCLR

1.
2.

301

command.
= 0, surface

DA
two

The

sequence

clear.

= OFFSET

return

0
centerline

commands.

The

take drive out of offset mode if necessary.
until done and verify that device did not
composite error did not set.

microfiche

contains

troubleshooting

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

first

hang

DSRPA

Table 2 DSRPA Test Summary
Test

307%*

ISSUE THE

POSSIBLE OFFSETS

clear.

a master

1Issue

is as follows.

The test sequence

Recalibrate.

DCY

Verify that no

centerline
device or

to
return
and
check for hung

the possible offsets
Issue
commands at full speed to
composite error.

= DbA =0

Load the offset register with a value.
Issue an offset command.

4.
5.

there

error occurred.

1Issue

return

loop

back

loop

error,

reporting.

310%*

(Cont)

Description

Verify that no error occurred.

Update offset value from table.,

step

after

If not finished, go

to postpone the seek,

is supposed

after

reporting.

ISSUING A SEEK WHILE IN OFFSET MODE
If the drive is in offset mode when a seek is

If there is an error,

step

back

centerline command.

requested,

issue an automatic

return to centerline, and then proceed with the seek.
There is no way to
The logic to do this is on (SS0).
guarantee that this operation works correctly, but this

for

hung

error being caused by
test sequence is used.

this

operation.

does

test

Issue
=

clear.

DA.

command.

an offset

1Issue

until

Verify

done.

Read the device registers.

that:

Device did not hang

Composite

error

did

NOT

STUCK.

not

set

Seek took place (CCY = 1).

VERIFY THAT ATA

SET

Verify that the ATA flip-flop is not stuck at
following

2.
3.
4.

test sequence

is used.

The

Issue a master clear (should reset ATA).

Write ATA register with 377
Read the status register.
Verify that ATA is clear.

(should reset ATA).

VERIFY THAT ATA CAN BE SET
The following test sequence is used.

1Issue a master clear.
the ATA register with 377.
1Issue recalibrate (causes ATA).

Write
Read

the

status

Verify that ATA is set.

VERIFY THAT RHCLR WILL RESET ATA

1.
2.
3,
4,
5.

314

Seek to cylinder number

Wait

313

master

The

Offset = 600 microinches

312

operation

the

Recalibrate.
DCY

311+

devices

looking

composite
following

_
1Issue a master clear (clear ATA).
Write the ATA register with 377 (clear ATA).
1Issue recalibrate (sets ATA).
Issue a master clear (RHCLR to clear ATA).
Read the status register.
Verify

that ATA is clear.

VERIFY RESITTING OF ATA BY WRITING REGISTER 04
test

sequence

is used.

The

following

Issue a master clear

Write ATA with proper bit for drive being tested.

Verify that ATA is clear.

Issue

Read

recalibrate

the

status

(clears ATA).
set

ATA.

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table

Test

315

DSRPA

Test

Summary

(Cont)

Description

VERIFY

will

OPERATION OF PSEUDO-ATA POSITION
already verified that writing ATA

reset

the

ATA

flip-flop.

This

the
and

test

with

377

verify

position decode.
The idea is to cause an attention
then write all bits of the ATA register except
the
drive
asserting
attention.
If
position
decoder
is

working,

still

set.

The

1Issue a master clear.
Recalibrate (causes ATA).
Write the ATA bits for drives

following

BASIC ATA REGISTER READ CYCLE

The

following

l.
2.

1Issue
Write

5.
TEST

FOR

This

test

sequence

a master
ATA with

used.

clear.
377 (clears

all ATAs in all drives).
Read the status registers for all drives into
cores.
Read ATA summary register,
_
Verify that ATA summary register is 0.

3.
4,

PROPER

PSEUDO-ATA POSITION
verifies that when the test

comes

back

one

and

only

one

drive

position

Verify

that

ATA

1is

other

ATAs

for

Verify

that
the
following sequence

4.
5.

6.
321

SETS

used.

ATA
completion
of

a master
Recalibrate.
Issue a master

reset

(clears

drive

seek

sets

Read the status
Verify that ATA

ATA
search

will

Verify

VERIFY

ATA.

The

that

ATA

set

ATA

using

surface

*Listing

set.

THAT

SETTING GO WHILE ERR CAUSES ATA
that attempting to set the GO bit while the
composite
error
causes
ATA
to
be
set.
following sequence is used.

4.
5.

proper

position

Verify
has
a

2.
3.

The

ATA

errors).

ATA,

the

(multiple

1Issue a master reset (clear errors).
Recalibrate.
:
1Issue a master reset (clears ATA).
,
TIssue a search for cylinder 0, sector 0,
Read the status register.

reset (resets ATA).
cylinder 0 (causes ATA).

VERIFY THAT SRCH COMPL WILL SET
Verify that the completion of a
the following sequence.

l.
2.

322

CLR

Issue

Seek

this

asserted

decode) .
VERIFY THAT

2.
3.

asserts

correct.

correct:

asserted

position.
-

1Issue a master reset.
Recalibrate (to set ATA).
Read the ATA register

320

sequence

not under test.
Read the status register for drive being tested.
Verify that ATA has not cleared.

4.
5.

317

will

used.

2.
3.

316%*

ATA

TIssue a master reset (clears errors).
Recalibrate.
Write a DCK error into ERL.
Write 377 to ATA register to clear ATA.
1Issue a NO OP with the GO bit set (should

Read

status

microfiche

contains

and

verify

that

troubleshooting

ATA

The

set ATA) .
was set.

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

drive

DSRPA

'DSRPA Test

Table

Summary

(Cont)

Description

323

VERIFY THAT ATA CAN BE CLEARED WHILE ERROR PERSISTS
The following test sequence is used.

324

Issue

a master

reset

(clears

Recalibrate (sets ATA).
Write a DCK error to error

errors).

Write the ATA register to reset ATA flip-flop.
Read

Y UTD
WA

Test

the

status

Verify that ATA is cleared.

UP/DOWN

ATA BEHAVIOR FOR CYCLE ON/OFF,

test

This

response of

the ATA logic

check

designed

subtests

comprises

various cycle

states

the
the

drive.

Ensure

= WK

Subtest

that device is on-line.

Recalibrate.

Issue

Subtest
B
AT
WN -

(Exec

routine).

Mode

Only)

then on, but do not load heads.

Verify that AC LOW is asserted in ER3.
Issue a drive clear (uses Massbus clear).
Verify that AC LOW is cleared.

Subtest C
N

OFFCHK

Read the status register.
Verify that ATA was set by power-up.

B W

(uses

Power the drive off,

325

unload

Read status and verify that ATA was not set.

(Exec Mode>0n1y)

Verify that the heads are unloaded

.
.

Read the status
Verify that the

Load

Ready

(via

.
(via OFFCHK)

ONCHK).

DATA TRANSFER COMMAND DECODE CHECKS
This test verifies that the data transfer

used

drive.

the

decoded

for

each

for

the

test

following

The

six

data

commands

sequence

transfer

are

commands

available.
1.

2.
3.

(to

clear

(a valid

address).

Issue

transfer

command.

(20~sector mode).

into maintenance mode

Snapshot appropriate drive registers.

7.
8.
9.

10.

2.
3.

4.
5.

The

DATA

BUS

PIP =

CONTROL

test

issues

the

following.

OPI

Run

logic.

line

and

Occupied

line

data.

ILF

SIGNALS

controlled

command

events

write

header

and

sequence

decode

for

only).

(RH10

Exception logic.
EBL logic.

test

subtests) .

data

Repeat test for all data transfer commands.

TEST

This

Abort the transfer.
RHCLR
Verify that GO = 1,

check

structured

|is vgenerally

Start

a maintenance mode write data

works

correctly,

Issue

pulses

index

the

verlfy

command

OPI

follows

command.

(ten

When

OPI

correctly

and

1logic.

decoded

run must have been asserted by the controller.

when the OPI condition occurs, a class B error is
caused which will force the transfer to shut down.
By observing

exception,
line

*Listing

errors)

Recalibrate.
DA = DCY = 0

4.
5.

326

RHCLR

faults

the

states of

the diagnostic
to

the

proper

the DA register,

is able to

done, and

isolate control

modules.

on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA
Table
Test

327*

DSRPA

Test

Summary

(Cont)

Description

VERIFY OPERATION OF WRT HD + DAT UP TO DATA FIELD
This is a series of eight subtests that verify
operation
the write header and data command from the preheader

gap

the

size

the

start

the

data

start

the

scope

data

field.
The test completes
field
in order to minimize the

loop.

The

subtests

consist

procedures.

Check

2.
3.

Check
Check

Check

that

header

Check

that

the

are

bytes of 0s in the sector gap.
proper sync byte.
that the eight bytes of header and key words
since the transfer is to cylinder 0, surface 0,

CRC

bytes

are

correct.

330*

Check

that

post

header

Verify

that

the

data

Verify

that

the

data

envelope

STUCK

CHECK FOR
Issue

Check

that

AND

maintenance

controller

331

the

synch
envelope is

the
to

Start

the

Issue

496

3.
4.

Clock
Clock

mode

data

drive

are

time.

BUS

header

stuck

gap

the
at

and

data

Massbus
1s

command.

going

from

0s.

transfer.

bus

testing

data

Issue

962

Issue

clocks

integrity

mode

transfer

step

data

with

write

floating

sector,

area.

step over first PDP-10 word.
Start
clocking
PDP-10
half
words
out
of
memory
(floating
patterns),
each
time verifying
that data

was

correct,

Repeat

Abort

TRANSFER

This

step

the

until

passes

and

PDP-10

words

have

CHECKING

FOR

transfer.

STANDARD

test

Massbus

DATA

PATTERNS

(18-bit)

data

for

parity

errors

checks

333

Not

334

VERIFY SECTOR TIMING

been

tested.

PARITY

patterns

across

after

each

ENV,

EBL

the

transfer.

implemented.

Test

clocks

through

verify

that

the

right

time.

the

DATA

entire

above

Eight

ENV,

ECC

sector

signals

subtests

DATA
0
1

3.
4.
5.
6.

4607
1
31
1

1
0
0
0

1
1
0
0

0
0
0
0

timing

incorrect.

unreasonably

on microfiche

ENV

job

would

make

execution
how much
the
test

long.

contains

exactly

DONE

points optimizes test
cannot
tell
exactly

This

mode

follows.

495
1

ECC

maintenance

the

Clocks

ENV

transition

1.
2.

Testing around transition
time
but
the diagnostic

write

not

head

shift clocks to step to data area.
first 18 bits out and verify that they are 0.
second 18 bits out and verify that they are 1s.

Start
a maintenance

*Listing

DATA

bits

patterns.

332%

the

byte is correct.
not up too soon.

CHECK OF WRITE DATA PATH USING FLOATING PATTERNS
Verify that there are no bits cross—-coupled on
the

data

these

for

sector

troubleshooting

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

DSRPA Test Summary

Table
Test

Description

335

CAUSE A DRIVE TIMING ERROR (DTE)

‘

This test verifies that the drive can detect a drive
timing error. The error is forced in the following way.

1.
2.
3.
336

(Cont)

Start a l-section maintenance mode write header and

data command.

sector

Cause

.
error)

pulse

CHECK HEADER LOGIC WHILE SUPPLYING CORRECT DATA
Start a l-sector maintenance mode read header

Clock

operation.

through

the

area

header

correct data and verify the following.
1.

2.
3.
4.

6.
337

timing

and

data

supplying

Supply 312 0s for preheader gap.

Supply 8-bit synch char 31 (octal).
Supply 80 0s for header field.
Supply 88 0s for post-head gap.

Supply 8-bit synch char 31 (octal).

Verify that hardware status is correct.
’

TEST HEADER CRC LOGIC

Issues a maintenance mode read operation and supplies
wrong CRC data. This should cause HCRC to be detected.
l.
2.

Send 312 0s for header gap.
Send 8-bit sync byte.

4.
5.
6.

Send 8 0s for first half of header CRC.
Send 8 1 bits (wrong data) for rest of header CRC.
Send 8 0s to move slightly into gap.

340

drive

(which causes

Read ERl and verify that DTE is set.

Send 64 0s for header and key words.

Read status and verify that HCRC is set.

TEST HEADER COMPARE LOGIC

the

that

Verify

drive

can

detect

data

header

errors.

This is done by supplying the header data in a
The
maintenance mode read header and data operation.

diagnostic supplies the wrong cylinder information.
will result in a HCE and a HCRC error.
is

4.
5.
341

This

The test outline

follows.

Send 312 0s for preheader gap.

Send 8-bit synch byte.

Send 8 bits of 1s for wrong cylinder information.

Send 72 bits of 0s for rest of header data and header

CRC

word.

Verify that HCE was detected.
incidental to this test.

The

HCRC error

|is

Start

TEST OF FER ERROR DETECTION LOGIC

Verify

that

format

error

can be detected.

maintenance mode read header and data operation in
20-sector mode, then supply the header data with the
22-sector FMT bit set.

(FER) .

test outline

is as

The

follows.

Send 312 0s for preheader gap.

Send 8-bit

synch byte.

Cause error in next two bytes:
a.

b.
c.

4.
5.

This should cause a format error

HCRC and HCE are incidental to this test.

bits

1 bit of 1 for 1ll-format
3 bits of 0s to fill out last byte.

Send 64 bits of 0s to complete header area.
HCE and HCRC may also
Verify that FER has accurred.
appear but are insignificant in this test.

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table
Test

342

= DSRPA Test

Summary

(Cont)

Description

TEST

OPERATION

Test

1initiates

HCI
a

LOGIC

read

header

and

data

command

maintenance mode (20-sector mode) with
the header-compare
inhibit
bit
(HCI)
set.
The data
supplied
by
the
diagnostic
supplies
incorrect
header,
format,
CRC

information.

header
all be

After

l.
2.

Send
Send

312 0s for preheader
8-bit synch byte.

Send

8-bit byte

00000001).

4.
5.

Send

8-bit

Send

Verify

VERIFY
Start

The

transfer

HCRC

the

should

area.
wrong

cylinder

(binary

that HCE

THAT SYNCH
a

with

through

HCE,
FER,
follows.

byte with wrong FMT (binary = 00010000).
0s
which
completes
header
area
with
wrong

CRC.

343

completing

area,
status
is checked.
0.
The test outline is as

maintenance

diagnostic

FER

HCRC

DETECTOR
mode

supplies

NOT

read

all

STUCK

HIGH

header

and

for

data

operation.

data

area.
After 512
(data of 0s)
and data ENV bit
is examined.
It
should be at 0.
1If it is at a 1, the synch byte detector
has erroneously detected a synch
byte.

clocks

344

VERIFY

THE

READ

DATA

PATH

Supply

INTEGRITY

necessary
data
patterns
via
a
maintenance
mode
read
header
and
data
operation
and
check
data
that
appears
in
the
RH buffer
register
against
the
expected

data (18
until we

bits at a time).
Data checking is not performed
step to the data field.
Once at the data field,
following four subtests are performed.

the
l.

345

Massbus

transfer

Massbus

transfer

Massbus

CHECK DRIVE
various

data

Massbus

data

Sends

floating

and

patterns.

parity

patterns

from drive to controller
path using
a
maintenance
mode

operation.

and

network

and

Supply

other

O0s.

transmit

data

1logic

are

Possible

parity

generation

There

TEST

ATA

Verify

TRANSMITTER
that

transmitter

347

1Issue

RHCLR.

Write

the

ATA

flip-flops.
Verify that

ATA

TEST

THAT

Issue

DRIVE

FOR

drive

stuck

faults

drive.

350

VERIFY THAT
In

18-bit

issue

SENDS

out

351%*

and

ECC

read

1
bus

the

ATA
and

LINE

issue

clocks

verify

the

correct.

bits

only

has

377

not

include

attention
ATA).

clear

ATA

asserted.

that

write

step

parity

asserting

with

DATA)

GENERATION WORKS

mode,

enough

STUCK AT

recalibrate

include

verify

Faults

(CONI

over
read

subtests.

faults.

(constantly

asserted.

two

patterns

parity generator.
346%

patterns.

PARITY NETWORK

the

and

0s.
1ls.

transfer
of
s

Send

header

of
of

transfers

ATA

(CONI

DATA)

CORRECTLY
header

ECC

and

the

data

ECC

data

and

‘

FULL-SPEED WRITE HEADER AND DATA TEST IN

command,

field,

clock

verify

that

18~-BIT MODE

This
is a full-speed write header and data operation to
cylinder 0 surface 0 sector 0.
This transfer has worked
previously
in
maintenance
mode.
This
test
uses
disk

clocking
Because

this

*Listing

and

test,

the

MDLI

on microfiche

interface

variety

module

callout

contains

logic

faults

may not

for

that

the

first

time.

could

turn

optimum.

troubleshooting

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table

DSRPA Test

Summary (Cont)

Test

Description

352

VERIFY THAT EACH HEAD CAN BE SELECTED
Issue

first

sector

the

(NHS,

during
faulty

write

header

and

time any head

other

than

MHS,

WCU,

Using

the

full-speed

the

the
DA

errors

possibly

header

814,

and

DCY

the disk and

WRITE/READ HEADERS

then
‘0,

test,

module

first time

The

surface

DETECTED
header and

WRITE

SPEED

headers
0,

and

verify

can

last block on

the

18,

sector

HEADERS

HCI

data

test

after

and

data
0.

operation

have

This

been

previously
FROM

writing

full
is

speed

read

using

functional

This

full

speed.

various disk

areas.

recovery.

them with

HCI

This

test will

look

faulty and cannot match headers

and/or

written

the

ADDRESSES

from

allow header

reads

test has

the

in maintenance mode.

VARIOUS

headers

set

headers

20 cylinder 1456).
1long,
which will

correctly.

The

were

read

19).

LBT has set and that

WRITE THEN READ HEADERS FROM VARIOUS ADDRESSES
This

that

1increment

will be impossible.

data

read/verify

read,

and

sector

has worked

READ

then

the

AOE.

FULL

callout

headers

THEN

During

tests,

surface
sectors

cause

surface

operation

Write,

360

read

cylinder

815.

VERIFY THAT AOE CAN BE
Do
a full-speed write

Write,

come

TEST

data

and data

write header
=

show

indication of a

registers

end of the transfer, verlfy that
=

overflow

357

and

address

LBT DETECTOR WORKS

(cylinder

This

selected

SS5.

last disk sector
(sector 23
The
transfer
will
be
two

356

could

first

problems

(INCREMENTATION)

write

disk

l-sector

disk

‘the

has been

This would be an

comparitor

wvarious

head-related

OPI

track

VERIFY THAT

355%

etc.).

test also.

properly.

354%*

only

this

DISK ADDRESS LOGIC

data to

every surface of cylinder

that

hope

the

and

353%

full-speed

(sector

just checked

that

see

Either of these would be
header errors HCE,. FER.
indication
that comparitor
1logic. on
the
SS board

361%*

for

an
is

formats.

FUNCTIONAL READ WRITE TEST

first dlsk address.

Full speed exercise at
l.
2.

362

headers

Write headers
Read data.

and

VERIFY SECTOR TIMING

data.

DATA

ENV,

ECC

ENV,

EBL

Test clocks through an entire sector in maintenance mode
(16-bit) to verify that the above signals transition at
Eight subtests do the Jjob as
exactly the right time.
follows.

Clocks

DATA ENV

ECC ENV

DONE

2.
3.

495
1
4095

0
1
1

-0

6.
8.

0
0

Testing around transition p01nts optlmlzes test execution
time but the diagnostic
1incorrect.
1is
timing
unreasonably

cannot
This

tell exactly how
the
make
would

much
test

long.

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table

DSRPA

Test

Summary

(Cont)

Test

Description

363

LOGICAL ADDRESS PLUG TEST
This test checks for the proper drive
logical
address
plug
is
removed
and
expected

response

With

plug

the

drive.

removed;

response when
reinserted.

the
The

follows.

handshake

fails,

can

longer

access

With plug reinserted:
1. ATA =1

364

MOL

3.
4,

OPE = 1
VvV = 0.

Not

implemented.

DUAL

VERIFY THAT

DUAL

TEST

PROGRAMMABLE MODE OPERATES CORRECTLY
Read and verify that both ports'
status registers yield
programmable bit.
This test also
fails
if
reading
the

status

OPERATION

The

test

2.
3.

designed

into

neutral.

Seize

port

OPERATION

This

test

RELEASE

the

read

should
ON

not

PORT

following.

control

so.

reglster.

Verify

release.

CAPTURE

is designed

AND

RELEASE

to do

the

read

PORT

following.

into

©Seize

neutral.
port B with

with
Wait

a read of port
approximately

drive

has

causing

DUAL

A with

automatic

TEST

port.

AND

Wait approximately 1 second more and verify that the
drive has gone into neutral (the l-shot did time out)
causing

the

CAPTURE

with a read of the port B status.
'
Wait approximately 1/2 second and verify (by reading
port B status)
that drive has not yet dropped
into
neutral because of a l-shot fault.

DUAL

captures
OF

gone

4* | VERIFY ABILITY
Repeatedly

into

automatic

1.
2.

Go into
Capture

Read

PORT A

port

verify

Verify

that

(the l-shot dld

the

time out)

INDEFINITELY

for

some

period

time

greater

verify that the port stays captured
The following sequence is used.

neutral.
port A by

port

neutral

and

release.

HOLD

capture

than 1.5 second and
for the entire time.

control

A status.
1.5
second

reading

status

and

the control register.
verify that drive has port

captured.

Repeat

the
DUAL

5%* | VERIFY

steps

1-shot
ABILITY

and

time
TO

for

period

(approximately

HOLD

PORT

time

longer

than

seconds).

INDEFINITELY

Repeatedly capture port B for some period of time greater
than 1.5 seconds and verify that the port stays captured

for

the

entire

period

time.

The

following

sequence

used.

2.
3.

Capture port
Read port A

into

neutral.

B by readlng the control register.
status and verify that port B has

been

captured.

DUAL

Repeat steps 2 and 3 for a period of time longer
the l-shot time (approximately 2 seconds).

6* | VERIFY

THAT

READING

ONLY

CAUSES

than

PORT

CAPTURE

Read

into

neutral.
of the

each

been

and

Massbus

after

captured

each

registers

read,

checking

*Listing on microfiche contains troubleshooting

(excluding

verify
status

that
on

procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

control

port

A has

DSRPA

Description

Test

DUAL

(Cont)

DSRPA Test Summary

Table 2

CAPTURE

PORT

CAUSES

ONLY

READING

THAT

VERIFY

into neutral.

Read each of the Massbus registers (excluding control
register) and after each read, verify that port B has

not been captured by checking the status on port A.

DUAL

10%*

DUAL

VERIFY THAT WRITE TO OTHER ATAS DOES NOT CAPTURE PORT

under

Write ATA registers for all drives except the one
test and verify that no port has been captured.
CAPTURE PORT A BY WRITING ITS CONTROL REGISTER

Writing any register will capture a port if drive is in
neutral (the selection of the control register is
arbitrary).

2.
3.

DUAL

neutral.

into

Write control register on port A.
Read status from port B and verify

A was

port

that

captured.

CAPTURE PORT B BY WRITING ITS CONTROL REGISTER

Writing any register will capture the port if drive is in
control

the

selection

The

neutral.

arbitrary.

A and verify that port B was

port

release from port A should

request on port B,

the ATA

flip-flop on port

set

Wait until we flip back into netural.

into neutral with ATAs for both ports clear.

Read

control

for

port

A to

capture.

Verify that ATA has not been set for port B.

VERIFY THAT RELEASE FROM PORT B DOES NOT SET ATA
With no request on port A, a release from port B
not set the ATA flip-flop on port A.
2.
3.
4.

from

not

DUAL

neutral.

status

captured.

With no

DUAL

into

Read

VERIFY THAT RELEASE FROM PORT A DOES NOT SET ATA

DUAL

Write the control

Go into neutral with ATAs for both ports.clear.

Read control register for port B to capture.
Wait until we flip back into neutral.

Verify that ATA has not been set for port A.
WITH RELEASE COMMAND,

RELEASE,

FROM PORT A

Verify that we can release from port
command and that issuing the release

cause composite
.

should

into

A with a release
command does not

error.

neutral.

Read control register on port A to capture it.
Issue a release command.

status

Read

port

and

verify

that

release worked correctly and did not cause composite

error.

DUAL

RELEASE, WITH RELEASE COMMAND,

Verify that we can release
that

and

command

issuing

cause composite error.
1.

into

neutral.

Read

control

1Issue

from

port

does

not

capture

the

command

release

port.

release

command.

Read status register on port B and verify that
release command worked correctly and did not cause
composite

*Listing

FROM PORT B

from port B with a release

the

error.

on microfiche contains troubleshooting procedure.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSRPA

Table
Test

DUAL

‘17 | FIRST

l.
2.

DSRPA Test Summary

TEST

VERIFY

REQUEST

Go into
Capture

neutral and reset
port B by reading
port

Request

Read

captured.

Port

second.
Wait for

greater

port

HOLD

status
B

20 | SECOND

A control register.
verify
that
it
is
not

should

TEST

VERIFY

REQUEST

HOLD

LOGIC

Wait

Read status from port B and verify that ATA
(because of the request from step 3).
'

neutral
port

for

and

A by

reset

all

reading

Port

| CHECK

AUTO

UNLOCK

that

the

but

port

should

than

chance

control

second

possession

give

for

port

FROM

does

PORT

not

has

flip

port

B and

Read

verify

status

the

22 | CHECK AUTO

Verify

the

but

port

that

the

out

request,

neutral.

tests are

not

hung

;

FEATURE

test

not

because

flip back

ports.

UNLOCK

that

requested

and

set

hang

used.

timeout on port
one

auto-release

Clear all ATAs and go into neutral.
Capture port A by reading the control register.
Request port B by reading its control register.
Wait approximately 3 seconds.
Drive should time

FROM

does

PORT

not

hang

used.

port

Clear

all ATAs and go into neutral.
V
Capture port B by reading the control register.
Request port A by reading its control register.
Wait approximately 3 seconds.
Drive should timeout

port

flip

port

because

the

timeout on port A and flip back to neutral.
Read status and verify that the test is not
one of the ports.

| VERIFY
1.
2.

THAT

Cause
Cause

RHCLR

ATA

WILL
port

NOT
A

RESET

ATA

HEAD

ALIGNMENT

This

VERIFICATION

test

operate

The

overall

will

head

alignment

IN NEUTRAL

that

drives

for
a

under

drive

verified

0,1

Seek to cylinder 800.
Verify the alignment of

and

17,18.

0,1

and

17,18.

Seek to cylinder 496.
Reverify the alignment

The

following

algorithm
particular head.

neither

test.

Recalibrate the positioner.
Seek to cylinder 496.
Verify the alignment of heads
Seek to cylinder 8.
:
Verify the alignment of heads

IO UTd W

hung

TEST

all

following manner.

request,

(recalibrate).

ATA on port B (recalibrate).
Issue RHCLR.
Read status from both ports and verify
ATA bit has been reset.

3.
4.

to happen.

FEATURE

test

not

ATAs.

greater

from port

Request port B by writing port B control register.
Read
port
B
status
and
verify
that
it
is
not

3.
4.

ALIGN

for

3.
4.

l.
2.

possession

Go into
Capture

requested

DUAL

l.
2.

Verify

DUAL

port

and

second.

LOGIC

all ATAs.
port B control

A by writing

captured.

DUAL

(Cont)

than a second to give auto-release
from port B a chance to happen.
Read status from port A and verify that
ATA has set
(because of the request from step 3).

DUAL

Description

heads
of

heads

used

through

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

the

18.

through

verify

18.

the

alignment

DSRPA

Table 2

~DSRPA Test Summary

(Cont)

Description

Test

Offset

Move the positioner towards the track centerline in
25 microinch increments until the sign bit changes.

the

positioner

to +600 microinches.

Record the value of the sign bit.

Upon

detecting

sign

change,

record

the

offset

and

repeat

value.

Offset the positioner
steps 2 and 3 above.

Average

the

two

out
8

and

1in

microinches

offset

alignment

(absolute value)
cylinders

-600

values

head to be out of
turned

and

consider

the

if the average offset has

excess

on cylinder

496,

microinches

150 microinches on

800.
NOTES

head

printout

mode

indicate

offsets

Positive

position toward the spindle side
the actual track centerline.

default,

(SW

for

reset),

the

all

heads.

mode

normal

complete

(SW

set),

printed

for

which

are

out

The

off-line

An
is

The
and

offsets

printout

short

information

only

will

program

table

those

will

heads

alignment.

tester

interfaced.

industry-standard
required.

must

alignment

pack

test has two parts: adjust mode
verify mode.
If the question

(adjust or verify)
is answered with
test
the program does not
adjust,
head alignment, but merely furnishes

method

(self-documenting)

positioning back and forth between
cylinders 496 and O.
Cylinder 496
is used to scope the DIE bits
and

2.
3.

to adjust the head.

cylinder
SETUP

PROCEDURES:

Install a
Slide the
Remove

CE pack with drive write-protected.
logic assembly forward.

drive

power.

Connect
the head
alignment unit
(PN-211292)
interface
cable or tester's head alignment cable to the B04 slot of
the

logic

assembly.

Turn

drive

Press

the

power

calibrate

tester's

Verify

that

appendix

control

the

illuminated.

and

the

back

switch

panel.

the

and

load

the

tester's
setup

ALIGN

does

maintenance

heads.

head

alignment

INVALID

not

work,

manual

for

unit

lamp

refer

possible

the

faults

solutions.

To prevent index error, place a jumper between DO04-R19
and D04-R39.
This will prevent index errors.
The jumper
is
to
be
removed
when
the
head
alignment
test
1is
complete.
THERMAL

EQUILIBRIUM

With

the

must

operate

minutes.

wind
Any

REQUIREMENTS

tunnel
in

track

pack

may

the

(MINIMUM):

closed

following

used

for

position,

seek

the

mode

first

drive

for

minutes

but the CE pack must be mounted for the last 5 minutes.
The
CE
pack
must
reach
equilibrium
by
being
in
the
computer room for 1 hour, or by being used for the entire
20 minute cycle described in the first step.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSTUA.SAV

Diagnostic

DSTUA

Abstract

system

RH11-TM02-03-TU45

the

diagnostic

basic

Basic

RH11-TM02/03-TU45/TU77

DECSYSTEM-~2020

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020.

The

written

diagnostic

magtape

Massbus

the

run

will

test

the maximum number that can be
drives 64
This
connected to a single RH controller.
diagnostic tests multiple drives serially; that
is, the program runs one drive through a set of
tests, and then runs another drive through the
same

Hardware
Required

on.

and

tests,

set

KS10 Mainframe
Minimum of 48K of memory
RH11-TM0O2/TMO02 - up to four

TU45s

Preliminary

and

Associated

(KS10 STD module).

Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy

Restrictions

All drives to be tested must be connected to the

Notes

or TM03 must have

same RH and each T02

one

on a single RH
interrupt system)

To test multiple drives
simultaneously, (using the
multi-drive

the

run

Exerciser

program

the

part

Each

the

will

run

with

defaults,

set

the

diagnostic

change

Diagnostic

(DSTUB).

preassigned defaults

etc.).

exerciser

Magtape

RH11-TM02/03-TU45/TU77

least

attached.

slave

(record size, data mask,

the

start the rtest.
and
(14),
OPRSEL switch
Questions concerning the relevant parameters
will be asked.
Parameters that have been

remain in effect until changed.

changed will

Note that if the record size has been changed

in part Bl, the record size will also be
The same is true for
changed for part B2.
If
data mask, optional data pattern, etc.
the

part,

the

response
exec

before

response

either

affect

will

1is

both

not

Run times are in minutes except as noted

(all

the

for

the

each

program

question
will

within

timeout

and

assume

default.

switches

0).

TM02/TU45

TM0O3/TU45

1.5/3

2/3.5 (cache on/off)

Part Bl

Part B2

asked

typed

few

received

Starting

mode,

minutes,

question

same

parts.

3.5

and

Procedure

Exec Mode Operation

Mount tape of known quality on the transports

Place the transports to READY,

Set the appropriate data switches.

4.
Control
Switches

to be tested.

and

WRITE ENABLE,

REMOTE.

Refer to the standard loading and starting

procedure in the KSlO STD module.,

Refer

Table

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

OPERATIONAL CONTROL

Manual Drive Configuration

SPECIFY TM

TTM02

(3=TM03,

2=TM02,

the

starting

after

printed

question

configuration

first

The

diagnostic will be:

CR WILL TEST ALL ON-LINE DRIVES)

If a 2 is typed the next question printed will be:
TTMO02

#'s

(CR WILL

response

separated

entered

following

#X,

ON-LINE

question

SLAVE

(0-7).

will

each

tested will

than

one,

they

must

the

1in,

typed

TM02

printed:

the

TU77):

TU45,

(TUl6,

DRUS):

the TM to be

For

commas.

Respond by typing
printed will be:
TMO2

ALL

number

SLV TYPE

#X,

TTMTMO02

its

TEST

this question,

drive

type.

The

gquestion

#'s

In response to this question, type the slave number (0 to 7
for TU45 or 0 to 3 for TU77).
If more than one, separate

TMO3

them

TMO3

commas.

#'s

typed

the

question

printed will

(CR WILL TEST ALL ON-LINE DRUS):

In response to this question, the TM to be
entered by its number
(0-7).
TIf more than
be
separated
by
commas.
For
each
TM03
following question will
TMO3

#X,

Respond

SLV TYPE

printed

will

be:

drive

printed:

TU45,

the

drive

TU77):

type.

The

question

this question, type
to 3 for Tu77),
if

the slave number (0 to 7
more than one, separate

commas.

Automatic Drive Configuration
If just a carriage return <CR>

question,

tested will be
one, they must
typed
1in,
the

#'s

In response to
for TU45 of 0
them

(TUl6,

typing

SLAVE

#X,

TMO3

be:

the

found.

program
The

searches

program

typed

RH11

then

answer

(3772440)

enters

until

the

first

on-line

configuration

and

all

on-line drives.

The
the

program will automatically determine whether the controller on
RH1l is a TMO2 or TMO3 based upon the value of the drive type

bit

TM02,

TMO03).
NOTE

This auto-mode should not be used unless
you
are
reasonably
confident
that
the
drive
type
bits
work
properly.
The

program

will

not

automatically enter

the configuration any on-line drive on
which
an
error
occurs
1in
the
read
register routines.
PART Bl - CONTROLLER
Before
running
this

TESTING
part
of

drives

are

rewinding,

the

OPRSEL

asked
1.

idle

(not

switch

(SW

(with

the

FIXED

RECORD

the

14)

following
SIZE

octal

will

Typing
(the

give

on,

the

following

1000

tests
used

number

default);

you

are

(4-1000¢(8),

make

and

sure

near

all

the

BOT.

questions

will

defaults):

On all fixed record
typed
here
will
be
record.

diagnostic,

etc.)

100):

in the diagnostic,
for
the
number
of
less

typing

than

number

will

greater

octal.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

the number
words
per

give

you

than

100
1000

DSTUA

(CR = CHECK ALL BITS):

DATA COMPARE MASK

The data compare mask is a 36-bit octal number indicating
bits

what

compare.

the

Type 0

data

doing

when

check

program

Type -1 or

ignore data altogether.

A 1 in
carriage return to check all bits (the default).
a bit position means that bit is required to be correct.
last four bits are
ignored during data

In compatible tape format mode, the
always printed AS-SI, but are always
compare.

OPTIONAL

DATA

PATTERN:

and

tests,

most

the

(initially

pattern

data

optional

recent

carriage

reliability.

the

basic tape-motion

tests,

the wraparound

patterns during

as one of

be used

36-bit pattern typed here will

The

return

will

typed,

printed

123456,654321).

IS THE OPI TIME EXTEND ECO IN - Y OR N <CR>

This question allows or disallows Test 75

inital default is N.)

request:

Test

to be

run

(the

is a working ECO'ed TMOZ,

If this

run.

Part Bl tests mostly the TMO2 or TMO3 controller, and is composed
of

tests

the

lowest

through

77.

Tests

and-

are

run

once

per

pass,

whereas tests 3 through 77 are run first on the TM02 or TMO3 with
are

address

the

configuration.

Then

tests

through

run on the TM02 or TMO3 with the next to the lowest address,

and so on,

until all the TMO2s or TMO3s have been tested.

Note that even though the tests only test the TM02 or TMO3, there
must be a slave on the TM02 or TMO3 under test and it must be
The controller needs several signals
on-line and write-enabled.
CLK),
write
(slave
SWC
properly:
work
to
(write-locked), and BOT (beginning of tape).

slave
a
from
(on-1line), WRL

After

all TM02s or TMO3s have been tested,

been run.
part 1

software package.

TIf

abort

set,

one pass of Part Bl has

is not set, another pass of

If the abort switch (SW 0)

begun.

MOL

control

returns

the

console

For descriptions of each test, see Table 2.
NOTE

All tests described in Table 2 are
This depends on
necessarily done.

values

not
the

and options

of assembly switches

_selected.
PART

SLAVE

TESTING

the

Before running this part of the diagnostic, make sure all
drives are idle (not rewinding, etc.) and are at or near BOT.

If the OPRSEL switch

is on,

(SW 14)

described for Part Bl will be repeated.
questions will be

<CR>

If the close skew windows maintenance mode is to be used
writing

during

Otherwise, type N.

test

The timeout default is N.

address on the

lowest

type

72,

is composed of tests 100

Tests 172 and 173 are for TMO3 only.

through 173.
lowest

through

test

Part B2 tests and times the drives.

first.

In addition the following

CLOSE SKEW WINDOW ON WRITES - Y OR N

while

the

the first three questions

asked:

address TMO2

The slave with

TMO03

tested

Then the slave with the next lowest address on the lowest

address TMO2 or TMO3 is tested, and so on, until all the slaves on

Then the lowest slave on the

the lowest address TMO2 are tested.

After

all

been run.

the

slaves

have

been

tested,

If the abort switch (SW 0)

part B2 is run.

software package.

one

each

test,

tests

see Table

described

pass

and

on,

B2 has
part.

returns 0 to the console

NOTE

All

tested,

is not set, another pass of

If abort is set, control

For descriptions of

TM03

next to the lowest address TMO02 or
until all slaves have been tested.

Table

are

not

This depends on the
necessarily done.
values of assembly switches and options
selected.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

TEST

SUMMARY

The

diagnostic

is divided
Description

Abbreviation
Bl

into

the

following

parts:

Basic

part
1
(TM0O2
or
TMO3
controller
through test 77).
Refer to Table 2.

testing)

(test

NOTE

on-line,
write-enabled
slave
is
required on the TM02 or TMO3 to run test
Bl.
B2

Table

Basic

part

TM02,

tests

100

through

Basic

(runs

Bl,

B2)

summarizes

the

Table
Switch

(slave

DDT

Mnemonic

testing)
173

symbolic

(tests

for

100

TMO3).

Switch

for
3.

Summary

Standard

(Refer

the

KS10

STD module,)

The following tests are not
11 (INHPAG) and 12 ({MODDVC) .

implemented:

TRASW

DOOPT

Do operator

the

CHGDRV

change

TSTEOT

test

PHEDSW

current

test

number.

intervention tests.

addresses.

EOT mark.
header

©block

PTIMSW

times

information

tests.

during

timing

board

callout

test

even

spec.

during

written

BORDSW

INHRSW

Inhibit

retries

during

LOOPTS

Loop

current

test.

SPCTST

Loop

the

test

specified

switches

28-35

TSTMSK

Specify

the

test

that

continuously

not

Table
Test

171
Table

locations.

DSTUA Control

interchange/compatability

Description

0-17

through

Refer

switch

DSTUA Test

Summary

information.

data

transfers.

will

set.

for

Part

28-35.
run

(TMO2/TM03)

Description

TEST

THE

This

test

while

doing

MTCS1,

MTWC,

MTBA,

TEST

TMO2

This

AND

test

responds

plug.
Pull

that
the
slave
or write of the

read

MTCS2

TMO3

All

the

that

sync
response
works
following registers:

MTDB.

each

address

TMO2s
the

and

RESPONSE

ensures

all

;

verifies

TM02

selected

TMO3s

should

controller

addresses

address

TMO3

the

controller

address

tested

select

plugs

this

select

time.
(slave

don't matter) on the current RH
(power down all
other
devices
on
this
RH).
Sequentially plug
in all
8
addresses into one TM0O2 or TMO3 when asked
to.
Then plug
all
8
addresses
into
the
next TMO2
or TMO3
and
so on.
When
all
TMO2s
or
TMO03s
have
beéen
fully
tested,
type
altmode to the question and the next test will start.
When

TMO2

addresses

(no

TRA).

Loop

pPlug

1left

TMO3

set

address

for

instance,

1, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 should evoke no response
Address
2
is
checked
for
a
response
(TRA).

error

loops

in.

with

Each

the

address

error-causing

through

address

select

polled

produce a scope loop on all 8 addresses.
On the scope, 8
pulses will be seen on the demand line,
then a pause.
The

first

pulse will

controller

address

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

etc.

DSTUA

DSTUA Test Summary for Part Bl (TMO2/TMO03) (Cont)

Table 2
Test

Description

the program

is not set,

(CHGDRV)

Note that if switch 20

will not ask for a change to any of the address select
plugs, but will test the controller response on its5
1f there are TM02s or TMO03s on 2 and
current address.

in the configuration, the test will expect a response from
2 and 5, and no response from 0, 1, 3, 4, 6, and. 7.

Note also that if there are other devices on the current
errors
RH not in the configuration,

unexpected response

will be received during this test.

both 2 and 5, and
The TMO2 or TM0O3 when on 2 responds to
the TMO2 or TMO3 when on 5 correctly responds to 5. This

test will not detect the error unless this test 1is run

with the OPRSEL switch set.

Loop on Error will loop, polling all addresses 0 through 7
without requesting a change to any address plugs.
TM02 or TMO3 Loop - The start of the loop to test all the

Although no slaves are directly

TMO2 or TMO3 controllers.

tested, the TM02 or TMO3 needs the medium on line (MOL)
and slave write clock (SWC) signals from some slave.

Note that this test requires that the selected drive not
Dbe
must
tape
the
and
tape)
of
(end
EOT
at
be
when the drive status register is read,
write—enabled.
or an error will

the EOT bit and the WRL bit must be 0

occur.

The error printout will

show good

in binary

data

(0,

and X for don't care) good in octal, bad, and bad bits.
The bad column is the data as actually read from the

The bad bits column .will contain a 1 only if

that bit was bad, not just if the good and bad columns are

different.

occurs on a register

(control bus parity error)

If a CPAR

read, the register contents when printed will be preceded

Loop

error

caused

the

will

loop

reading

NOTE

If this test fails with a 000040
error register,

the

missing

fiddler

in the

the problem is probably

marginally

bit

seated

board.

a warning

is printed

the

drive with

After Test

under test

is not on line-—and write-enabled.

lowest

that

error.

number

address

plug

select

the TMO2

the

or TMO3

As mentioned

before, a drive must be on-line and write-enabled for the

TMO02

or TMO3

tested.

WRITE EVEN PARITY TO THE FRAME COUNTER

will
RH.

detect

bad

controller

clears

are

This test ensures that the TM02 or TMO3
received from the
(CPAR error)
parity
0s and rotating 1ls
patterns are used:

20000,

...,

1l).

One

issued between each pattern

to clear

Seventeen
(100000, 40000,

errors.

The following bits are checked:
Register Bits

Octal Position

State

DRER CPAR (bit 32)

000010

DRDS ATA (bit 20)

100000

DRER other bits
DRDS ERR

177767

040000

(bit 21)

Loop on error will

loop on the pattern that caused the

error.

Tests 3 through 77 test the TM02 or TMO3.

The first TMO2

or TMO3 is tested fully before the second TM02 or TMO3 1s
tested,

etc.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table
Test

DSTUA Test

Summary

for

Part

(TM0O2/TM03)

(Cont)

Description
TEST

This

test checks the
patterns to the

bit

R/W

reading

REGISTERS

them

back

and

RH11l

R/W registers in the RH11 by writing
MTWC, MTBA,
and MTDB registers then
assuring

pattern

integrity.

STATIC WRITE REGISTER TESTING
This
test
checks
the
TM02

or
TMO3
writable
registers'
ability to accept and return data to
the RH.
Good CBus
parity should be generated at all
times during this test.
After
each
write
and
read,
the
test
reads
the
error
register
(DRER).
An
error
occurs
if
any
bits
are

non-0,

The second mask contains a 1 whenever
a 1l may be written
(the GO bit is tested later).
The first mask contains a 1
wherever a 1 was written in that pPosition.
The following
table

what

(which

bits

Software
DRFC:

DRCS1:~DRMR:

DRTC:

can

are

also

found

written.

Name

Frame

the

listing)

First Mask

Second

177777

Counter
Control

000076

Maintenance

177776

000037

177777

Tape

Control

017777

indicates

Mask

177777

Before
each
register
is written,
all
four
written
with
their
respective second mask
register selection and addressing
errors.

registers
to
check

are
for

The

first
register
tested
is
the
frame
counter
(DRFC)
(register 05) because all bits are
writable/readable.
The

patterns

used

rotating

occurs

Error

(data,

the

for
all
registers
are:
(100000,40000,20000,...,2,1).
parity,

and

TRA),

the

pattern

000000,

program

which

caused

and

a
error

will

Loop

the

error.

The

other registers tested are:
control register (DRCS1),
maintenance
register
(DRMR), and
tape
control
register
(DRTC).
Since all of the bits are not
writable/readable,
the masks indicate what bits will
be written and read.
The

error

and

Good

for
1in

printout
don't
octal

just

CPAR

(control

bus

the

contents

that

shorted
to
M8903-TCCM
M8905-MAINT
Massbus cable
Note

also

following
will
0:

get

selection

READ

bit

cards

that

the

parity

good

error)

when

stuck

binary

bad,

and

bits.

into

the

read
from
the
1 only if that
columns are

bad

occurs

(0,

bad

written

printed

high,

(TM02

any

only)
or

the

registers are stuck in
data error when trying

(DRCS1,

registers,

tested

data

will

CMUX

preceded

1line

may

(TMO03

only).

ground
on
any
of
the
following
boards:
(TMO2
only)
or
M8933-TCMM
(TMO3
only)
REGISTER,
M8909-MBI
or
any
of
the
three

DRDS,

DRDT,

least

one

high will be ORed
in a data error.

This
have

Note

good

in octal,
actually
was

not

read,

show
good

what

Bad
was
what
was
actually
The bad bits column contains a

bit was
bad,
different.

will

care),
is

during

TM02/TM03

which

select

the

the asserted state, you
to read a frame count of
or

DRSN).

statically

high,

the

and

this

with the 0 of the frame count, resulting
The DRER, DRMR, DRAS, and DRFC register

tested
the

DRTC,

bit

M8933-TCCM

lines

WRPO

test

The

wraparound

test.

REGISTERS

AND

CHECK

KNOWN

DRCK

BITS

test reads each
register and checks the bits which
a
known
state
affer
a
controller
<clear.
The
following
table of masks
indicate what bits are checked
and which state is correct.
The first mask contains a 1
if that bit has a known state after a controller
clear.
The second mask contains a 1 if the known state
is a 1.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

(Cont)

DSTUA Test Summary for Part Bl (TMO2/TM03)

Table 2

Description

Test

Before each register (except the maintenance register) is
read, the four writable registers are written with their
respective second mask from test 4, to check for register
the

When

errors.

addressing

and

selection

maintenance

TMO2

~JA
N B WN O

DRCS1 (Control)

DRER

(Error)

177701

004000

177701

004000

177777

000000

177777

000000

177777

000000

177777

000000

DRFC

(Frame Count)

000000

(Checksum)

177000

(Attn Sum)

000000

140010

000000

(Serial Number)

DRSN

100000

140000

(Tape Cntl)

DRTC

000000

175774

(Drive Type)

DRDT

000600

000077

(Maint)

DRCK

- O

TU45
Second

Mask

DRMR

DRAS

TU45
First

167715

(Status)

DRDS

TU45
Second

Mask

Description

Name

Number

TMO03

TU45
First

mask

Mask

000600

167715

000000

000077

000000

140050

175774

000000

177000

000000

100000

140000

TM02/TM03 ATA BIT ON ALL ADDRESSES

Again, unplug all TM02 or TMO3 address select plugs and
or
into

sequentially plug all 8 plugs

current

the

TMO02

_TMO3.

For each address, the test writes all Os with bad parity

The ATA bit must then be 1.

into the frame counter.

The

test then checks that there is a 1 in the correct position

The test writes

in the attention summary register (DRAS).

a 1 into all other bit positions and makes sure the DRAS
The test
bit from the current TMO2 or TMO3 is still up.
next writes a 1 into that position, and checks that the

Loop on error will loop on the

bit has been reset to 0.

address at which the error occurred.

test will
Note that if switch 20 (CHGDRV) is not set, theselect
plug

be run but no question to change the address
will be asked. The test will be run testing only the ATA
bit in the position corresponding to the current TM02's or

TM03's address.
10

MAKE TMO2/TMO3 GENERATE EVEN CBUS PARITY

This test writes the CBus even parity maintenance mode
(MREP) into the maintenance register, then reads the frame
counter. The test expects the RH to detect a CBus parity
and register access error

(CPA)

error

are loaded into the frame counter:
1s

40000,

(100000,

....,

20000,

1).

(RAE).

17 patterns

000000, and rotating

Loop on error will loop on the particular pattern that
caused

error.

the

READ TMO2/TM03 NONEXISTENT REGISTERS

After each read,

This test reads registers 16 through 23.

the test expects the illegal register address bit (ILR) to

be high.

The test also expects

the status

(ERR)

Loop

error

loops on

which caused the error.

the

WRITE TMO2/TM03 NONEXISTENT REGISTERS

TEST THE NO-OP COMMAND

address

particular

Same as test 11 but writes registers 16 through 23.
This

sets the GO

test

;

bits

(function

bits

all

0).

should immediately reset and the error register should be
0.

13A

DRY (which is the inversion of GO) should be 1.

RH11 SILO TEST 1

Test

the

silo

buffer

the

controller.

read

Data late, transfer error
attempted from an empty silo.
and special condition should set and then be cleared by
loading a

into TRE.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table
Test

DSTUA Test

Summary

for

Part

RHCS2.

(TMO2/TMO03)

(Cont)

Initial

should

Description

138

RH11

Test
set

SILO

TEST

the

and

bits

reset.

loaded

into

the

all

silo

word

via

RHDB.

and

then

RH11

SILO

TEST

Test

the

silo

through 65.
Finally, read
13D

RH11

SILO

words

checked
word

13E

filling

count

high.

with

is
low
output.

and

all

1s.

into

the

input,

late

condition.

the

first

Even

output

should

TEST

data

silo

and

word

the

CS2

after

the

67th
first

is loaded with 0, 1, 2, 3, then
after OR is set a
CS2
is done,
then a 4
is loaded
into the silo.
is set, two reads from the silo
are done and the
in CS2 should be set.

DLT
FOR

written

SILO

last

The silo
clear to
After OR

PREPARATION

buffer

Then check
that IR
and verify the silo

TEST

input.

word

are

one

1ls

for

RH1l1

all

set in 30
output from the

microseconds (timing is not checked).
The
silo should be a word of all 0s and
then a
13C

should

THE

WRAPAROUND

MODES

The

selected slave on the TMO2 or TMO3
must not be at BOT
during
the testing of the wrap modes.
Thus,
immediately
after test 14, if the BOT bit of
the lowest numbered slave
is high,
the program executes an erase without
checking
for errors
(erase will be tested later).
If the BOT bit

THE

still

the

tape

off

WRAPAROUND

the

are

several

wraparound

asks

the

operator

manually move

MODES

There
paths

program

BOT.

read

writing

modes

the

TM02

from

tape.

(four

for

TTMTM02,

five

enable

the

program

TM03.

The

read

The

data

frames

for
to

TMO03)

test

wraparound
come

from

data

the

data

simulates

the

program

into the maintenance register
(DRMR)
rather than
from reading tape.
The write wraparounds simulate a tape
write by having the TM02 or TMO3 put
the data frames into
the maintenance register,
rather than onto the slave bus
to

The

written

onto

tape.

wraparound

test
exercises
the TMO02
or
TMO3
for
all
densities and data patterns.
Loop on error will
the
particular
pattern
that
caused
the
error.

formats,
loop
on
Loop

format

current

and

specific

density,

but

patterns.

the

test

wraparound

which

detects

transfers,

word

the

the
first
word
continue and do
error

accompany

14-27

not

data
the

of
the

bus

fatal

error,

error

printout,

WRP3

READ

WRAPAROUND

Format

parity
printout

particular

all

the

data

error

during

the

will

indicate

error occurred
(word 1
is
the
transfer).
The
transfer
will
data
compare.
The data
bus
parity

transferred

loop

the

this

was

will

cycle -through

error

transfer

data

Test

test

will

you

other

can

error

assume

printouts

that

correctly.

all

ROUTINE
Frames

Density
TMO2

TMO3

Per

Word

Operation

RD
RD
RD

14
15

CORDMP
7TRK

200
200

bits/in
bits/in

ASCIT

200

800 bits/in
(not used)

bits/in

5
5

(not

200

800 bits/in
1600 bits/in

4
5

(not

RD
RD

FWD
FWD

17
20
21

22
23

COMPAT
CORDMP

1600

bits/in
bits/in

ASCII

1600

bits/in

COMPAT

1600

the

used)

FWD

FWD
FWD

bits/in

CORDMP

1600

bits/in

ASCII

1600

24
25

1600

bits/in

COMPAT

(not

1600

used)

RD REV
RD REV

26
27

bits/in

CORDMP

(not

COMPAT

used)

800

(not

bits/in

used)

800

bits/in

REV

1600

bits/in

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

REV

DSTUA

Table

DSTUA Test

Summary

for

Part Bl

control

(TM02/TM03)

(Cont)

Description

Test

the

After

properly,

PES
for

list

tape

the

routine

checks

bit (phase encoded status).
NRZI and high for PE mode.

then checks

that

the

slave write

routine

aborts

routine

The

cleared.

clock

the

maintenance

The

maintenance

If the SWC bit is not toggling, the

is toggling.

with

error

message.

maintenance operation field is set up and

(DRMR)

(DRDS-REGO1)

This bit should be low
The RH channel command

buffer

the

and

set

status

1loaded

1is

(DRTC-REG1ll)

the drive

The routine
the maintenance mode bit (15) is set.
loads the RH1l1 secondary command register with the
(disable

(1777)

Then

transfer

error

routine

waits

and

the

to go low

time

(MC)

out).

will

For

bit,

for

ACCL

(in

the

low,

the

maintenance

the

DRMR

FWD

read

for

function

stop)

-1

REV).

READ

tape

then
DTES

control

(the tape being at bot will cause ACCL

When

ACCL

goes

NOTE

across

for

(77

count

clock

low.

state

the

TMO2

parity bit
is
ignored by the
and is always written with a 0.

For

block

TM03,

since

WRAP

mode

will

transmit

incorrect

and

module

fiddler

bit

the

data

hardware

parity

bit

will

cause a vertical parity error, control is set up in the
routine to generate appropriate parity into DRMR-REGO3
when loading the data field.
The routine then writes each

frame of data

the MC bit

etc.

frame

data

%uring

the

atal.

When

all

bit

the

clears

all

A data

compare

the

data

DRMR,

status

routine

bit

DRMR bits.

DRY to

aborts because the error

toggle

frames have been written,

signifying

the

The high-order

the

MC bit does not

maintenance mode

the

each write.

the high-order bit of

into

written

test,

writes
bit

inverted with

causing

DRMR,

into the data field of

twice

the

end

the

(MMEOR)

record

end

any point

record,

routine

routine then waits

The

high

(GO goes

done

with

the words which

and

then

for

low).

the channel

The
(RD FWD only).
has written into the data buffer
routine figures out from the channel logout data how many
words were transferred and gives an appropriate error if
the wrong number of words was transferred.
In

test

and

transfer

using

should

23,

after

pattern

function

the

execute

respectively.
during

all

using

is made

data

which

the

function write check FWD

are

(51)

Then

another

tested,

made

READ

REV

(57).

write check REV

exactly

Loop

error

WRP2-WRITE WRAPAROUND

30-36

patterns

1like

error

READ

will

occurred.

(BIT FIDDLER)

additional

transfer

These

FWD

loop

and

functions

the

function

ROUTINE

Density

Test

Format

TMO2

CORDMP

TTRK

200

bits/in

200 bits/in

800

bits/in

(not used)

ASCII

200

(not

used)

COMPAT

800 bits/in

200

bits/in

CORDMP

1600

bits/in

ASCII

1600 bits/in

1600

bits/in

COMPAT

1600

The WRP2
routine
except
that WRP2
fmaintenance clock
frame

data

from

TMO3

bits/in
bits/in

bits/in

Frames/Word
5

(not used)

operates much
1like
the WRP3
routine
writes the DRMR twice
(toggling
the
high then 1low), then reads the next
the

DRMR

data

field.

Also,

the

DRMR

data parity bit is read and checked for odd parity (on the
9 data bits).
WRP2 assembles each word and writes the
word back into the data buffer location that the word
originally

came

from.

Note also that as with any write, the RH11l secondary block
address register is loaded with the desired frame count.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table
Test

DSTUA Test

Summary

for

Part

(TM02/TM03)

(Cont)

Description
In

NRZI

mode,

after

all

the

data

frames

have

been

read

from the DRMR data field,
the program must still toggle
the MC clock over the CRC and LRC characters,
even though
it cannot actually read these characters.
The MC bit must

cycled

DRMR

(decimal)

times),

additional

times

for

dead

the

(by writing
frames and
1

the
CRC

frame, and then 4 for the 3 dead frames and 1 LRC frame.
Then WRP2 writes
the MMEOR code,
then 0,
into the DRMR
indicating the end of the record, as in WRP3.
After every 4th,
5th, or 6th frame of data, depending on
the format
(1 word),
the program assembles a whole word
and
writes
this
word back
into
the
same memory address
that the channel read the word from.
In

mode,

character,
For

each

state

the

program

but

must

character

times

(WRP2)

the

(toggle

does

not

read

each

bit

over

the

preamble,

the

toggle

the

times).

There

bit

preamble

preamble.

must

also

characters
(1 extra character,
forty
MC bit must be toggled 84 times.
However,
after
the
first
test,
WRP2
expects
to

errors

37-45

WRP1

are

(set

WRITE

Format

only

checking

as detected whether
maximum of 8 frame errors

assembly

WRAPAROUND

frames,

TMO3

Frames/Word

Density

Frames/Word

200

bits/in

800

bits/in

used)

200

42
43

(not

COMPAT
CORDMP

used)

200 bits/in
1600 bits/in

ASCII

1600

COMPAT

5
4
5
5

160

WRP1
WRP2

routine
routine

The

main
that
in

data

ROUTINE

CORDMP

the

ASCII

The
the

after

and

7TTRK

the

time).

Density

TTMMO02
Test

reported

PARTIAL

and

extra

internal
preamble

toggle
at
any
point during
the
see
the
first
frame
of
data

throughout the preamble, although
first and last preamble toggle.
Data
errors
are
words, or both.

0s,

change

character at the beginning of the preamble, used
to the WRAP mode.
Thus, there are a total of 42

(not

800 bits/in
1600 bits/in
(not used)

bits/in

operates

1600

bits/in

NRZI

exactly

4
the

NRZTI.

same

does

difference between WRP1 and WRP2 in PE mode
is
WRP1
you
see
each
frame
of
the
preamble
and

postamble,

and

complement

their

the

complements.

data

You

also

see

the

frames.

After GO is set and ACCL (in the DRTC register) goes 1low,
WRPl begins to write the maintenance register
(DRMR)
two
times (one toggle of the MC bit) and to check the data and

parity

bit.

The

bit

toggled

twice

(by

writing

4 times) without checking the data, to
character.
To
toggle over
the forty
the

bit

times.

After

odd

the

skip
000

number

3, 5, «...), the 000 character will appear
After
an
even
number of
toggles
(2,
4,
complement of the 0 character, or 777 will

DRMR

over

the

frames,

extra
toggle

toggles

(1,

(all 9 bits
6,
....),

0).
the

appear.

After complementing
the above operation, toggling the MC
bit once more will produce the all 1s preamble character
(777)«
Toggling
character (000).

again

WRP1

then

changed

checks

before

will

make

toggling

give

sure

the

the
bit

complement

the

777

frame counter has not
over the data frames.

For
each
data
frame
the
MC
bit
must
be
toggled
twice.
After
the
first
toggle
the data
frame will
appear
(for
example, 765).
After the second toggle the complement of

the

data

frame

will

appear

(all

bits

complemented).

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table 2
Test

DSTUA Test Summary for Part Bl

(TM02/TM03)

(Cont)

Description

the

all

After

frames,

data

the

all

listed,

postamble

frames

forty

just

followed

character

777

(one

will

complements

their

preamble

with

and

the
000

The first toggle after the last data frame
characters).
should produce 777, the next 000, then 000, 777, 000, 777,
etc.

After the postamble, the frame counter should still be 0.
WRP1 writes the maintentance mode end of record (MMEOR),
then 0 to end the transfer.
DRY should
then
WRP1l then does a data compare.
within 15 ms.

47-64

come

WRPO GLOBAL WRITE WRAPAROUND ROUTINE
Test

7TRK

200 bits/in

(not used)

COMPAT

200 bits/in

200

bits/in

(not used)

7TRK

556

bits/in

556 bits/in

(not

COMPAT

556

bits/in

556 bits/in

7TTRK

800

800 bits/in
800

ASCII

CORDMP

53
54

ASCII

CORDMP

57
60

ASCII

COMPAT

COMPAT
CORDMP
ASCII

61
62
63

that

' WRPO,

the

bit changes
DRMRM data

(not used)

4
5

bits/in

(not used)

bits/in

(not used)

DRMR

toggles

frequency

1600 bits/in

the

4
5
5

800 bits/in
1600 bits/in
(not used)

between WRPO

other WRAPS,

the

(not used)

1600 bits/in

state,

used)

800

writing

bits/in

800 bits/in
1600 bits/in
1600 bits/in

MC bit

signal

SWC

(not used)

The main difference
toggle

Frames/Word

TTMMO3

TM02

Density

Format

and

program

other WRAPS

the

causes

the

actual

reference.

the next data

data

frame

the

MC bit

rate

using

the

(maintenance

Each time

available

the MC
in

the

field.

In this test ACCL is not tested because the ACCL checking
The data
routine takes too long at the faster data rates.
frames are dumped as-is into core to be reassembled into
later.

words

At the end of a good NRZI transfer, the PEFLRC error will
come up (DRER bit 28), as well as a CS2 drive exception
error.

The

CRC

character

compared

the

calculated

the

program

and

to the hardware calculated CRC in the DRCK check

end

the

WRP0O

NRZI

transfer,

‘the

DRFC

(frame

If non-0, the DRCK
is loaded with 0 and read.
The
(check character) register is selected all the time.
until now because
checked
not
is
register
character
check
the previous tests are unable to force a bit on in the

counter)

DRCK

For a TM02,

with

the

in PE mode,

data

rate.

the program has trouble keeping

fills

every other

Only

each

time the MC bit changes state.

with

frame will

The program

appear

the missing frames before assembling words out of the good
This fill is required so that a bit dropout
frame data.
error in PE mode will seem nonrepeating when actually a
Note that
particular bit may be dropping on every word.

ASCII),

format which has
every

will be 1,

frame

will

frames

eventually

3, 5, 2, 4, 1, 3, 5,

per

word

appear

«...).

(CORDMP

(the

and

sequence

1If a format with

an even number of frames per word is used, the even frames

will never appear (COMPAT format will give you 1, 3, 1, 3,

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table
Test

DSTUA Test

Summary

for

Part

(TMO2/TMO3)

(Cont)

Description
For

TM03,

since

WRPO

for

both
NRZI
and
PE
mode
only
character
across
the
Massbus,
be seen each
time
the MC bit

transmits
every
9th
data
only every 9th
frame will

changes state.
For
example,
if
the
record
size is
100
(octal) and core dump format (5 frames per word)
is used,
(octal)
of
the
9th
frame will
be
seen
in
the entire

WRPO

operation.

The

amount

the

9th

frame

calculated
(decimal).

available

by
the
formula
(record
size
X
frame
no.)/9
Also, in order to do data compare, the program
will
fill
in
the missing
frames before assembling words
out of the good frame data.
The maximum size transfer at
800 and 1600 bits/in densities is 100 words.
65-66

WRP4

GLOBAL WRITE

WRAPAROUND

ROUTINE

Density

Test

Format

TMO02

65
66

CORDMP
COMPAT

(not

used)

800

bits/in

NRZI

(not

used)

800

bits/in

NRZI

TTMMO3

Frames/Word

This wrap is used from
function as WRPO with

TMO3

only.

generator

the

exception

clocked

the

will

not
wraparound

this

errors

during

error

correction

the

allow

WRP4

performs

that

NRZI

the

same

write

CRC

mode.

The

purpose

generation

the

crc

enable

crc

maintenance

mode

testing

sequencing

(see

test

CRC

error

test).

WRP4 will
also transmit every 9th data
character
across
the Massbus;
however,
only every 9th frame will be seen
each

time

the

The
67

FORCE

DBUS

This

test

CRC

ERROR

This

PART

test

error

maximum

record

ERRORS,

not

used

ensures
test

SINGLE

and

changes

state.

size

with

100.

TM02/TMO3

the

RH11l.

CORRECTION

The

This

bit

NOTE

PAR

test

works.

that

the
two

contains

BAD

TRACK,

simulates

bad

subsequent

CRC
error
parts.

EVERY

FRAME

track

correction

tape
of

resulting

data

the

logic

following
allowed.

data

tracks.

Note

010020,,040104

that

Track

100200, ,401040
200401,,002000
401002,,004000
004010,,020042

020040,,100210
The

test

proceeds

Step

Execute

WRPO

Step

Execute

format

and
the
is

follows.
in

NRZI

mode

pattern and
record size.
check for CRC error:

If
If

COMPAT

OWOO-JOYyNNWN

002004,,010021
040100,,200420

only

CRC

failing

track.
It writes a known data pattern (all Os, all 1ls
525252,528282)
with
a
data
bit
altered
in
each
of

error
error

=
=

WRP4

1,
0,
in

with

halt or loop
continue.
NRZI

mode

a
known
completion of

with

data
WRPO

error.

the

same

record

size and data pattern; however, alter data in one
whole track as shown above.
This will generate a
CRC

error.

completion

WRP4

check

bit:
If
If

error
error

=
=

0,
1,

halt or loop
continue.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

error.

CRC

error

DSTUA

Table

Test

DSTUA Test

Summary

for

Step

Execute

same

WRP3

Step

reverse

size

and

(TM02/TM03)

check

step

initiate

found

and

bits

Execute

WRP4

completion

cleared
data

program

each

data

Part

the

pattern

(Cont)

the

BAD

- Same

Same
as
track is

Step

Same

step

Step

Execute

WRP4

again

Step

data
error

should

match

the

data

step

drive

steps

for

each

halt

track

EVERY

FRAME

This

test

and

checks

not performed.
detected
the

When
test

Part

except

than

corrected.
The
1If not, loop on

CRC bit
error.

and

ERR

bit

NOTE

clear

existing

can

between

used

the

four

clear
steps.

clear
because
it

is
will

absolutely
<create
an

which

ruin

the

PULSE,

one

with

INIT

ILLEGAL

step

the same data as in step
completion of WRP4, the CRC error

not be
be 1.

error

not,

Controller
disallowed
CRC

CRC

Part

CAUSE

track

inverted.

same

Part

step 2
in
altered.

However,

errors

bad
are

follows:

Only

correction

the

correction is
tracks
are

Step

should
.should

this

above.

Step

the

track

the

step

WRP4,

above

TRACKS,

that CRC error
multiple
bad

error

WRP3,

received

pattern mentioned

proceeds

with

generated.

with
of

CRC

bad

transmitted

repeats

MULTIPLE

mode

used

purpose

error.

loop

or
The

again

and

The

the

should

NRZI

pattern

data).

completion
all

error

data

need

Also,

read

record

(no

cycle.

Part

Description

will

correction

entire

cycle.

FUNCTIONS

This test loads all the illegal functions into the control
register
and
expects
the
illegal
function
error
bit
(ILF)
to be 1 as well as the status ERR bit
(other error
bits
to

must

cause

loaded
and so

0).

43
45

65
67

23
35

47
53

73
75

the

bit

The

control
no

must

have

been

loaded

following

codes

are

(other

codes

with

sequentially

are

legal

that

caused

error):

15
17

Loop

The

error.

the

generate

be
the

into

error

loops

the

particular

function

error.

ILLEGAL FORMAT ERROR AND DRV CLR TEST
TMO2

TMO3

Legal

Illegal

Legal

0-3

4-17

0,3,14,16

The

test

starts

just

ERR

bits

should

come

WRP3

Illegal

did,

1,2,4-13,15,17

with

Immediately after the GO bit is loaded,
the

illegal

error

with

formats.

the

drive

control

clear.

Loop on

error will

clear.

the

error

and

The

DRY

test

clear

error
loop on

then

command

should
the

should

tape

motion.

reset

for

each

the FMT error and

tries

rather

remain

particular

reset

the

than

with

the

drive

which

after
format

occurred.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table
Test
73

DSTUA Test

Summary

for

Part

(TM02/TMO03)

(Cont)

Description
TEST

RMR

DURING

WRP3

This

test ensures that if an attempt is made to write any
of
the
writable
registers
(DRCS1,
DRFC,
DRTC)
an
ARMR
error will be received
(and the ERR bit)
and the data
in
the register will not be affected
(VPE error is expected
in TTMTM03),

test

WRP3

each

test

from

what

see

the

Loop

TEST

the

OPI

the

TM02

bit

and

the

ERR

clear

error

bits,

TMO3

set.

that
first.

and

after

each

AND

READ

set

the

distinguished
program expects

see

The
is

for

The

checks

change.

loop

is
Then

will

not

occurred.

WRT

data

did

will

error
ON

This

the

with

which

and

loaded

was

RMR

controller

operation,

under

that

the

program

data

does

tested.

particular

(WRAP

test
checks
times;
i.e.,
how
long
OPI
error
(operation incomplete) takes to occur on writes and reads.
The program sets the TM02 or TMO3 up for a WRP2 and does
not

toggle

between

the

To
time OPI
on
TMO3 for a WRP3
is

from

bit.

the GO

OPI

and

write

the

OPI

the

coming

time

up.

NOTE

TM03,

OPI

error

will

identify

than

rewind

that

operation

other

execute

within

error

read)

time

bit

a read,
the program sets up the TM02 or
but does not toggle the MC bit.
OPI time
bit until OPI comes up.

For

Loop

OPI

the GO

during

TIME

will

loop

which

EXTEND

seven

the

error

particular

begins

(write

TEST

test checks that the OPI error
middle
of
a
1long
record
write.
for

mode

occurred.

This

prepares

any

fails

seconds.

standard

WRP2Z

will
The

not occur in the
test
first
sets

write-wraparound

transfer,

the

transfer,
but does not toggle the maintenance
The test instead does the following to toggle the
maintenance clock
(MC):
Wait 250 ms, toggle the MC, wait
200
ms,
toggle
the
MC,
wait
500
ms,
read
the
error
register.
The test will see OPI
if the OPI time was not

clock.

extended
tape

(due

frames

extended.

the

being

maintenance

written),

error

will

but

clock toggling simulating
will not see OPI time was

out

the

OPI

time

was

extended.
Loop

This

test

error

will

only

loop

the

whole

run

test.

answered

the

fourth

question

asked at the beginning of the program.
OPRSEL switch is not set,
the question will not
and this test will not be run.

TEST

REV

This

test

MOTION

BOT

positions

the

NEF

ERROR

tape

BOT

and

executes

reverse of 1 record.
The test then checks that
NEF error and the status register error bit.

the

tape

not

BOT,

the

test

errors.

BOT

at
is

BOT,

the

does

then

test
a

run.

will

loop

only

the

If the
asked

space

gets

tape

rewind

the

without
checking
for
test
is
run.
If BOT
is

still 0, the test asks to position the tape at
DOOPT
(19)
or CHGDRV
(20)
switches are set.
is set, the test will be skipped.
Loop on error
the test.

not

the

space

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

BOT if the
If neither

reverser

part

DSTUA

(Cont)

DSTUA Test Summary for Part Bl (TM02/TMO3)

Table 2
Test

Description

TEST NEF ERROR

TOO FEW FRAMES

IN NRZI,

This test ensures that a record of fewer than 13 (decimal)
The test attempts to write a
frames may not be written.
record (at 200 bits/in for a TM02, 800 bits/in for a TMO03)

of 1 through 12 (decimal) frames, each time expecting to
Loop on error will loop
see an NEF error and the ERR bit.
on the particular frame size that did not result in an NEF
error.

Bl,

TM02/TMO3

TMO02s

part

concludes

Test

any

TMO2s

testing.

TMO2s or TM03s have not yet been tested on this pass, part
Bl

run

now

those

all

TMO3s.

TMO3s have been tested, the console switches are read.

is set, control goes to the control software;

(SW 0)

abort

(Drives)

DSTUA Test Summary Part B2

Table 3
Test

Description

100

CHK STATUS BITS

FOR NONEXISTENT SLAVES

asks

test

This

run.

another pass of Bl

if not,

address

all

have

all

select plugs of

the

for

except

slaves on the current TM02 or TMO3 pulled,

Put the current slave off-line,
current slave under test.
After a controller
with the address select plug in.
SLA=0, MOL=0,
clear, the following bits are checked:
012 for TU45.
TUl6,
for
SsC=0, SPR=1, DRV type=011(8)

the bit states should be

With any other drive selected,
the same as

in the previous

the bit states

1indicate

will

what

drive

asks

for

selected

was

test.

when

The test

error

the

occurred.

The

also

test

drive's

the

serial

number

slave

address

An error will be printed if the
decimal digits maximum).
typed-in serial number does not match the serial number of
off-line slave.

the selected,

error

Loop

This

test will

will

(CHDRV)
101

102

’

Not

the

selecting

loop

which the error occurred.

be done only

‘19 (DOOPT)
switch

set.

implemented

CHK ON-LINE DYNAMIC STATUS BITS
The first part of the test asks for the current slave to
be put off-line if not already off-line, and then does a
controller clear.
Then the test asks for the slave to be

The following bits are checked:
put on-line again.
SLA=1, MOL=1, ATA=l, SS=1, SPR=1, and the 9-bit drive type
The test then deselects the slave
012 (octal) for TUu45.
under

again

test

the

and

checks

slave

under

because deselecting

SL=0.

that

SLA

test.

The

then

test

should

still

the slave should clear SLA.

selects

equal

(On the TU45, deselecting the slave will not clear SLA, so

this last SLA check
then printed.

The

second part of the

are

checked:

test does a

controller

SLA=0,

<clear

initialization.

and

Then

S8C=1l.

The

test

asks

the

checks

clear,

then

The following bits

asks for the slave to be put off-line.

controller

Any errors are

is not done on TU45s).

that

does

slave

(DOOPT)

test

for

SS=0
the

then

after

the

put on-line again.

This

test

(CHGDRV)

will

1is set.

done

only
'

switch
;

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table

DSTUA

Test

Description

103

TEST

SLAVES'

This

test

MTAO.

Test

RESPONSE

first

The

Summary

asks

other

Part

(Drives)

ALL

ADDRESSES

for

the

slave

address

under

plugs

unplugged.
expecting

again

SPR=0

for

through

has
put

been
back

Loop

the

error

expecting

This

test

CHECK

THE

loops

error,

done

FREQ

this

numbers,

put

must

set

with

the

slave

the

program

only

switch

SWC2

MAINT

REG

the

frequency

the

TEST

ERASE

AND

This

test

checks

ensure

the

divides

AND

THE

status

interrupt

the

(CHGDRV)

slave

the

slave

address

numbers

set.

write

clock

The

accumulators

TCW

bits

system

whatever

all

the

then

REWIND,

the

polls

maintenance

loop

and

should

(SWC2

SWC2

MTAl,
the

plugs

checks

for

After

while

timing

SPR=1

on.

test

special

address

slave

TM02

slave

the

time

and

This

400 cycles
printing.
105

other

tested on MTA7, all
where they were.

caused
an
through 7.

uses

test
this

The test then polls all slaves 0
through 7,
to
see
SPR=1
for
MTAO,
and
SPR=0
for
MTAl
MTA7..
Any errors are then printed, and a request
slave to be changed to MTAl.
The test then polls

through
for the

104

(Cont)

test

measure

400

before

time

and

after

BIT

during

operates

rewind

properly.

rewind
with
subtest 1.
TIf

a
10
second
wait
for
BOT
is
done
before
the drive was not already near BOT, timeout
will
occur.
A
longer
wait
1is
not
wise
because
has
not
yet
been
tested
and
the
program
would

errors
rewind
appear

The

hang

first

the

subtest

rewind

sets

did

not

the

finished,

work.

tape

control
register
and
Cchecks that the TCW bit (in the tape control register)
is
1.
Then the test does an erase and checks to see
that the
TCW bit is 0 after ACCL goes low during the erase.
Note
that for TMO3, there is no need to check the TCW
bit since
this bit is redefined as the SLA bit.
As

soon

the

erase

rewind
should

the

program

does

and
waits
for
DRY
to
come
up.
After
DRY,
ATA
be 1.
The program then writes the proper bit
in
the ATTN summary register to clear ATA, checks that SSC is
0, deselects the slave under test, and waits for that Dbit
to

come

again.

When

ATA

goes

high,

the

program

that SSC is 1, does a drive clear
(note that
-still deselected)
and checks that SSC is 0.
then reselects the slave and checks that BOT

106

The

second

subtest

the

status

registers,

Loop

error

will

TEST

THE

This

test

there
TMO3,

READ-IN

request

does

slave

rewind

making

loop

PRESET

checks

the

that

the

failing

BOT

SSC

and

bit

PIP

reads

set.

subtest.

CMD

that the
on MTAO

will

sure

while

checks

drive is
program

preset TM03
which is on

function works.
the current TM02

If
or

this test.
off BOT if

made
to put
one
there
just
for
The test then does an erase to move the tape
the drive was at BOT.
The test loads 6777 into

the
The

control

tape

control

tape

bits/in,
PIP

CORDMP,

low

and

ODD

PAR,

then

checks

set

test

make

sure

test

will

there

is
no
slave
set
to
address
0.
slave on 0, the test will be run.

This
drive
after

does

The

and

skipped

then

should

MTAO.

This

already

the

switch

read-in

then
BOT

waits

(CHGDRV)
If

preset.

1000

(800

for

high.

not

set

there

test
is
run only once per TMO02.
(If more
than
1
is
to be tested on this TM02,
the test
is skipped
the first slave is tested.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table 3

DSTUA Test Summary Part B2

Test

Description

107

TEST THE WRITE-LOCK FEATURE

(Drives)

(Cont)

This test will request that the write ring be removed from

The WRL

the slave and then tries to erase on the tape.
the NEF

bit,

test

This

(CHGDRV)

110

and

the

status

done

only

switch

will

set.

1is

bit

(DOOPT)

(UNLOAD)

The
This test does an erase, then the unload command.
test then waits for DRY and expects SSC to be 1 at this
0).
be
(should
TU45s
on
SSC is not checked
time on TUl6s.
The program then waits for PIP to go low, then checks that
is low.

is high and MOL

BOT

set.

(CHGDRV)

TEST THE

UNS

ERROR

executes

test

This

BIT

for

and

<checks

back

on-line.

error

will

checking

for UNS

This

will

Loop

test

done

SPACE

REV TEST

test

first

makes

reset)

and

then

checks

per

TM02

is set.

the

bit

which

record

The test does a
status

the

and

reverse

The

test

the

status

bit.

command,

and

the

TMO03,

only

bit

The

the

status

1.-~ The

The program waits
the

(the

bit

counter

(if TU45)

should

reset TM.

not

will

frame

10 ms

then waits

set pulse should

and

should

that

(so

clear

a space

1777777).

the drive

because

no-op

sure

the

drive

does

and

the

then writes a tape mark.

is 0,

then

set

(CHGDRV)

MARK,

test

error

once

This

DRY,

UNS

loop

TAPE

for

the

error.

and

(DOOPT)

switch 19

1is

test

The test then asks for the drive to

drive

the

on-line,

still

drive

the

requests that the drive be put off-line.
be

The test first does an unload to put the drive

off-line.

no-op,

the

while

command

no-op

(DOOPT)

switch

only

done

will

test

off-line.

112

ERR

ls.

TEST THE REWIND OFF-LINE COMMAND

This
111

bit,

all

should

error

The test then waits for DRY and again checks that TM is
set to 1.
The test then does a controller clear and makes
sure

the

whole
TM,

test

SPACE

the

done.

bit

REV,

end

reset.

Loop

that

is,

WRITE

error

TM,

loops

SPACE

REV,

the

WRITE

etc.

position will

once;
the

test,

test

this

rather

rewind

with

1looped

far

long

wait

for

the

error

BOT

tape

from BOT.

NOTE

The

be
113

WRITE

BAD

This

test

PARITY

tries

TM0O2

the

TM03;

write

(DRCS1)

with

lines.,

not

set

and CPAR

the

whole

error

will

SIMPLE

MOTION

These

tests

bits/in

The

800

size

loop

AND DATA

exercise

all

bits/in

and

pattern

parameters you typed
that

the

XFER

size is

erase

should

tape

TRY

the

control
on

114122

tests that follow expect
positioned close to BOT.

bad

SET

bit

BIT

command

parity

should

into

the

CBus

Loop

test.

TEST

the

tape

1600

bits/in,

used

for

motion
data

commands

using

all

records

200

formats.
are

the

in at the start of the program except

even

number,

the

test

will

add

make the size odd to more rigorously test the LRC logic.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table 3
Test

DSTUA

Test

Summary

Part

(Drives)

(Cont)

Description
Density

Test

TTMMO02

114
115

200 bits/in
(not used)

‘
'
TMO3

116

200

bits/in

800 bits/in
(not used)
(not used)

117

200

bits/in

800

120
121

1600
1600
1600

122

Each

test

loop
on
subtests

which
on

bits/in

(not

used)

ASCII

bits/in

(not

used)

COMPAT

composed

10 subtests,
whole
subtest.

the

subtest

both

. COMPAT

ASCII

bits/in

1600

error
and

Format
CORDMP

the

error

subtests

correctly.

the

each of which will
The
exception
1is

either

occurred.

that

CORDMP
-

Loop
tape

will

indicate

error

will

loop

positioned

.
NOTE

Errors

during writes and reads will not.
be retried.
A bad tape will cause the
test to fail on a good drive.
1If this
test

fails

and

working,
try

you

think

another

tape.

the

drive

Subtests
1.,

LONG

Write
the
ALTPAT
pattern
and
check
the
LRC.
Also
checks that ATA is 0 after the data operation unless
EOT is up or ERR is up (in which case ATA must be 1).

min

timeout)

REWIND
READ

REWIND

FWD

SPACE
READ

REV
FWD

Also
checks
that
ATA
is
0
after
unless EOT is up or ERR is up
(in
be 1),

'5.

the
data
operation
which case ATA must
.

READ REV
SPACE

FWD

Also

checks that data
is 0
after
the data
operation
unless EOT is up or ERR is up (in which case ATA must
be 1).

WRITE

TAPE

MARK

WRITE

THE

ALTPAT

REWIND
FWD

SPACE

PATTERN

records

NOTE

This
test
expects
the
terminate
early
with
a
.ERR.

Frame

1777775,
to
9.

the

counter

and

tape

SPACE

REV

SPACE

FWD

spaced

See

note

should

SPACE
FWD
to
FCE
error
and

initially

stop

set

177777

due

mark.
RECORDS
.

record

records)

(or

records

the

o
NOTE

only

counter

under

difference
is

1is

initially

subtest.

that
set

the

The

frame

to 177776.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

space

rev

DSTUA

Table 3
Test

DSTUA Test

Summary Part B2

(Drives)

(Cont)

Description

REWIND

LONG

10.

After each write data at 200 b1ts/1n or 800 bits/in, the
program calculates the LRC character (where noted above)
character

the

with

character

calculated

the

compares

and

The

in the 9-bit data field in the maintenance register.
is

LRC

the

and

calculated

character

CRC

the

(CRC generation

from

read

was

pattern

frame

the

DTA

check

the

WRPO

the

basis

checked

character
write

test).

wraparound

| Note that the parity bit

is the hlgh order bit in the CRC

character in the check character register, but the parity

bit is the low order bit in the maintenance register data
An LRC character error will print out in
field.
format.

(low order parity bit)

maintenance

’

NOTE

Time ranges involved in all timing tests
are made to meet the requirement of ECO
M8921-00008
123

(TU45

only).

TIME WRITE FWD AT BOT
This test measures the

ACCL

relevant times

shutdown delay,

ACL delay,

delay

shutdown

setting

between GO

time

the

for

write

and settledown delay.

ACCL

and

between

time

the

BOT:

going

the

when

frame counter overflows to 0 and SHUTDOWN becomes 1.

Settledown delay is the time between when SHUTDOWN becomes
1

and

SHUTDOWN

becomes

The test does a long rewind

doing
124

TIME

WRT

FWD NOT

BOT

(see test

This test measures only the ACCL delay

write

previous
125

(7 minute maximum wait)

before

the write.

not

BOT

test

BOT).

(should

shorter

much

for

123)

the

than

TIME READ

FWD AT BOT

at BOT:

ACCL delay, shutdown delay, and settledown delay
The

123).

(see

test

time

between

are

times

for

times

relevant

This test measures the

the

measured

read forward
same

way

the write forward at BOT except for shutdown, which is the
the

when

when shutdown becomes

frame

final

The test does a long rewind
The test
doing the read.

count

is reached

(7 minute maximum wait) before
also does not check for data
~

errors.

Test

126

previously

must

123

this

test manually.

TIME

READ

FWD NOT

been

have

run

AT BOT

This test measures only the ACCL delay

read

not

BOT

BOT).

test

and

(should

much

before

(see test

shorter

starting

123)

than

for

the

The test does not check for data errors.
Test
127

123

must

previously

this

test manually.

TIME

READ REV

This

test

checks

123

must

the

have

been

same three

run

before

parameters

starting

does

test

123 except that this test times the read reverse not at

Test
this

previously

have

been

run

before

starting

test manually.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table

Test

DSTUA Test

130

TIME
This

TURNAROUND, FWD TO REV
test measures the time

forward

command

(Drives)

(Cont)

the

drive

takes

reverse command.

change

The program

from

first
the
the
low

read.

the

TIME

TURNAROUND,

The

program

reverse,

REV TO

writes

reads

forward.

Turnaround

time

the

reverse

read

FWD

first

then

forward.

132

executes a write forward.
As soon as DRV is raised,
program executes a read reverse.
Turnaround time is
time from when DRY goes high the write until ACCL goes

during
131

Summary Part

Description

the

time

until

good

from

ACCL

record,

when

goes

DRY

1low

then

goes

reads

high

after

the

read

during

TIME GAP SIZE - STOP HALF
This test measures the time the tape takes to stop at the
end of writing a
record
(a measure of the distance into
the

interrecord

gap).

The

test writes a record and waits for SHUTDOWN to go
which indicates that the tape has stopped.
The test
does
a
read
reverse and measures
the
time
from GO
until the frame counter
increments to 1,
indicating
the first frame has been read.
133

TIME

GAP

the
and

previous test,
and
the
frame
counter

This

measure

134

GAP

SIZE

test

SIZE

does

START

tape

low,
then
=
1
that

HALF

read

travel

forward over the record written in
measures the time between GO = 1
increment
during

This

gives

startup.

INTERRECORD

This test will measure the interrecord gap
(IRG)
on the
fly.
The time should not be equal to the start half plus
the stop half, because the acceleration and deceleration
delays

than

are

the

not

used

here.

(The

time

here

should

less

sum.)

The
test
writes
two
records,
then
reads
reverse
two
records.
(Do
the second read reverse as soon as DRY is
raised
from
the
first one.)
The
gap time
1is
the
time

135

between

counter

increments

TIME

GAP

This

test

between
2nd

SIZE

for

WITH

writes

each

the

second

read

during

the

VARIABLE

ms,

2nd

The

with

delay

and

3rd

reverse,
second

DELAYS

records,

record.

about

BETWEEN

ms,

the

frame

reverse.

WRITES

different

time

and

read

delay

between
3rd

and

the

times

1lst

4th

and

ms,

etc.
The
test
then reads
reverse over all 17
records,
checking the time between DRY = 1 from the previous record
and
The

the frame counter increments to 1 on the next record.
times which are not within range are printed as out of

range

(17
136
142

errors.

writes,

Loop

DATA RATES
These
tests

read

time

error

will

loop

rates

the

whole

test

reverses).

the

drive

data

the

following

densities:
Tape

CNTL

Density

No.

TMO2

TMO03

Test

Field

136
137
140

0
1
2

200
556
800

bits/in
bits/in
bits/in

{(not
(not
(not

141
142

3
4

800

bits/in

800

1600

bits/in

1600

of Words

(Decimal)

Format

used)
used)
used)

160
556
540

CORDMP
COMPAT
CORDMP

bits/in

640

CORDMP

1280

CORDMP

bits/in

Each test writes four inches at the above densities,
‘and
times from when the frame counter begins incrementing to
the
time
at which DRY becomes 1.
The
test divides the
time by 4 before printing so you get the time for one inch
plus
1/4
of
becoming 1.

the

time

between

the

last

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

frame

and

DRY

DSTUA

(Drives)

DSTUA Test Summary Part B2

Table 3
Test

Description

143

TIME ERASE

(Cont)

This test ensures that erase will erase the proper amount

of tape.

The test times between GO = 1 and GO = 0 (DRY =

TIME WRITE

TAPE MARK

1).

144

This test does the same thing as the previous test except

that the command executed is write tape mark.

TEST CAPSTAN SPEED WITH 800 BITS/IN MASTER/SKEW TAPE
This test asks you to mount an 800 bits/in master tape on

145

The

to test the capstan speed..

(write locked)

the drive

test reads 8 inches of tape and measures the time from the
time the frame count increments to 1, to the time the
frame counter increments to the 1last frame (the time
The test
between the first frame and the last frame).
divides the time by 8 before printing, so for TU45s at 751
:

in/s, you should get 13.33 ms.

The test then asks you to put the scratch tape back on the
drive.

This test will be done only in exec mode and if switch 19

154

TESTS

COMPLEX MOTION

These

tests

exercise

densities.

the

is set.

(CHGDRV)

or 20

(DOOPT)

146

write

different

many

€function

spacing

for

Errors on writes and

patterns

various

and

tape

and

formats

reads will be

retired.

The transfer size used during this test is the size typed
in at the beginning of the program (the default here will

except that if an even number of words was typed

be 101)

in , the test will add 1 to result in an odd record size.

An odd record size will better test the LRC logic.
|

Density

Format

(not used)

CORDMP

YES

(not used)

ASCII

(not used)

CORDMP

YES

1600 bits/in 1600 bits/in CORDMP

YES

TMO02

146

200 bits/in

147

not used

151

200 bits/in

153

800 bits/in

150

152

154

Exercise Spacing?

TMO3

Test

556 bits/in

first

Each test

then 40

used)

{not

200 bits/in

COMPAT

(not used)

800

bits/in

YES

CORDMP

rewinds and writes

tape mark

tape,

records in the sequence WRT, READ REV, READ FWD,

The data patterns used are the same
and then a tape mark.
Loop on
as the patterns used for the wraparound modes.
error during a read will loop on the read operation that
caused the error by inserting a space APE in the proper
On a write, loop on error will cause the drive
direction.

to write continuously.
(tests 147 through 151),

If the test is not in CORDMP
If the
the test is finished.

test is in CORDMP, the spacing exercising of the test will

begin.

Note that the routines used to write and read data are the
same routines used during reliability, interchange, etc.
Tape and data errors will be retried (unless the inhibit

retries

switch

inhibited,

the

test

set

will

INHRSW).
retry

retries

each data

are

operation

not
and

retries.
will loop on error only after exhausting all thewhich
the
Loop on

error will

loop on

the operation

error occurred.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table
Test

DSTUA

Test'Summa
Part
ry

(Drives)

(Cont)

Description
The

spacing

subtest

consists

first

rewinding

the

tape,

writing
a
tape mark,
and
then WRT,
READ REV,
READ FWD
40 (octal) records, starting at BOT.
The data patterns are

0,
1,
2,
3,
4,
word, other bits

....
37
(right
justified
in
the
36-bit
0)
then write another tape mark.
These
particular patterns will allow the test
to read a record"
and tell how many records there are from BOT.
To exercise

the

spacing

commands,

space

forward

| ranges

from

steps

of 1.

space

records,

Loop

record

read

many

Error

(over

the

forward,

records

will

loop

tape

and

were
on

mark),

rewind.

written

the

(40)

whole

above

sequence for a constant N.
If the drive spaces the wrong
number of records, the error printout will
tell how many
the drive should have spaced (good) vs. how many the drive

did

space

After

(bad).

each

‘

write

calculates the
character with

data

LRC
the

the maintenance

200

character
character

basis

bits/in,

the

program

and compares the calculated
in the 9-bit data field
in

The

LRC

the

high

order

calculated

the

CRC

of the frame data pattern and the CRC character as
read from the check character register (CRC generation
was
checked in the WRPO write wraparound test).
’

Note

that

the

parity

bit

character

bit

in the check character register, but the parity
the low order bit in the maintenance register data
An
LRC character
error
will
print
out
in
maintenance register (low order parity bit) format.

bit is
field.

the

end

records

each

written,

errors

switch

will

Loop

mark

operation

error

test,

etc)

retry

the

tape statistics
printed out only if

are

dead

tracks

the

current

inhibited

the

(in

write

value

(number of
there were

Setting

during

spacing
data

PE).

the

totals

statistics.

initial

subtest.

operation,

the

Also,

will

write

looping

result

APE

1long

blank
spots
on
the
tape
because
the
loop
on
error
operations are SPACE REVERSE,
ERASE,
and WRITE
(the same
as normal write retries).
These blank spots may cause OPI
errors if the spacing part of the test is allowed to run.
155

TEST

TAPE

MOTION

This

test

uses

‘loads

CROCC

oCC

MAINTENANCE

MODE:

CRIPPLE

RECEPTION

The

the

main

(cripple

mode

CROCC

reception

0CC)

(17) .

The

into' the

program

MAN

REG.

test then executes a write.
DTE (drive timing error)
and
the
status
register
ERR bit should
come
up shortly
thereafter.
‘
o
’
’

156

TEST WRITE

This

a
by
the

skew,

TEST

ILL

CHAR

This

test

CHAR,

The

uses

dead

erase

normal

CHK

program

words).

The

Looping
on

the

WRT

error
on

the

during

waiting

tape

the

‘for

mark)

NRZI

WRPO

that

21).
it

DRY,

bit

the

should

mode
The

not

ILCCI

program
at

BOT,

error

the

maintenance

mode

(data

bits

pattern
=

CORCRC

error

ERASE,

FWD

(mode

loops

CSITM

come

up.

maintenance

track-mode

sets

the

While

’

mark

(illegal
first

and

only on

and

-1,

WRPO

come

and

write

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

and

then

FORMAT,

should

up.

does

routine).

ILCC1l

COMPAT

PEFLRC

should

CHRK

executes

then

wrap
transfer
arou
. (using the
nd
WRPO

executes

WRPO

setting
the maintenance
register
to
WRT tape mark command into the drive

illegal

ensure

WRPO

tape

(correctable

MARK

writes

control

157

TAPE

test

wraparound
mode,
WRPO and loading

come

forward,

not

DSTUA

Table 3
Test

160

DSTUA Test Summary Part B2

TEST ILLEGAL TAPE MARK - NRZT
This

mark,

test

uses

dead

MAINTENANCE

executes
4

The

After

DRY

(Cont)

ITM12

(illegal

should

for

‘The

pattern

up,

The

program

the

= -1,

CSITM

LRC character

data

field)

(as

seen

should

1in

the

MODE,

COMPAT

and

INC

(as

seen

tape

loads

MAINTENANCE

146

format
errors,

for

check

then

the

TU45.

character

777.

The

each

frames
special

(data

comes

up.

ITM12-23).

once

mode

the

TRKS IN PE MODE
tests the dead track

DEAD
test

and

character

TEST
This

with

forward

should

CRC

maintenance

write

words).

and ERR

the

tracks-mode 23).

maintenance

161

(Drives)

Description

code of

maintenance

(200
words
pattern
s6

maintenance

the

subtest

mode.

Both

modes

(ILCC1l-21

executed

twice,

modes do 1000 (octal)

of
COMPAT
format),
PE
mode,
and
a
that
the
data
frames
come
out
like

377,003,377,003,...

The

program

After

begins
to execute ‘a

settlng'the

bit,

the

write

test

forward

waits

normally.

until

the

frame

count = 0, which indicates that all the data frames have
been written, and the record
is just about to reach the
read head for read-after-write.
The test then_loads the

MAINTENANCE
dead tracks

After
(1

DRY comes

dead

track)

up,

the

should

test checks

get

CORCRC

mode

the error
ERROR

the

check

ERRORS are "don't
the error.:
'

care").
i

(CORCRC,

ATA must
’

002

ILCC1

should

"don't care").
ERROR and 046
PEFLRC,

also
‘

bits.

and

in the check register (the PEFLRC error is
ITM12
(2 dead
tracks)
should get an INC
should

cause

and

because

NSG

NOTE

the

test

run

and extra

bits

in the check register, the tape
bad
and
these
extra
bits
may
result of real-live dead tracks.
162

TEST

INCORRECT

This

test

maintenance

write

The

INC

40(octal)

the test

first

sets

frames).

change,

PRE (incorrect

test

written,

beglns

been

the

mode.

forward

counter
has

PREAMBLE

tests

appear
may be
be
the

for

As soon as

indicating
loads

preamble-27)

that

the

good

the

normal

frame

preamble

maintenance

with the INC PRE MAINT MODE.
After DRY comes up, the
expects to see INC and PEFLRC,
in the error register

For
a TM03,
is

163

this test

now derived

error

treated

is SKipped because PE format error

rather

for

read

test ‘ensures that

odd parity

writes

record

write

algorithm

which

operations.

the

READ/WRITE

the

in NRZI (200

complex

and

TEST EVEN-ODD PARITY TAPE
This

test
(NSG

‘

"don't care").

test' can

bits/in)

-252525,,525252

write

and

tape.

odd

read

First

even

the

parity.

test

Then

reads
reverse
even parity.
=
The
data
should
all
be
correct, but an INC ERROR and ERROR should be received.
Loop on error will loop on the above pair of operations.
Next

the

test

writes

tape

even

parity.

The drive

should

character

with

forces one

the

read

and

the

because

Loop

error

flux
in

should

the

record

odd

would

tape,

even

result

parity

INC

040100,,200400.

parity.

from being

bit

ERROR

written

any channel.)

and the

parity

frame

do so

change
bits

an all

(To

the data

reverse
data

prevent

The
to

will

tape

drive
1.

appear

ATA

must

also

write,

read

reverse

error.

will

loop

the

above

sequence.,

164

Not

implemented

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

" Table

DSTUA Test

Summary

Part

(Drives)

Test

Description

165

FORCE DBUS PAR ERRORS TM02/TM03 TO RH
This test causes the RH1l to detect
The test uses the following patterns:
eee

200

is only 18 bits
half
the
36-bit
record,

then

wide, we
word.)

read

(DBPE)

bit

(Note

DBus parity errors.
0, 400000, 200000 ,

that

since

the

record

with

the maintenance mode
makes
sure
that
the

the

only need rotate the 1
First
the
test
writes

reverse

set up in
The
test

parity.
error

bits/in.

(Cont)

CS2

CS2 bits, the test does a data
data transferred was accurate.

set.

the

bus

good

through

maintenance

to generate even
data
bus
parity

After

compare

data

checking

the

ensure that

the

Loop on error will loop on the sequence WRITE, READ REV,
before the particular pattern at which the error occurred.

166

This

test

REEL

SERVO

done only once

TEST AT

per

TMO2.

BOT

This test spaces back and forth continuously over a number
of records near BOT to check that the reel servo will keep
the proper amount
of tape in the vacuum column.
The test
first writes
30(decimal)
records starting at BOT.
Each
record is written at 200 bits/in core dump, and contains
16 (decimal)
inch

words,

(including

the

that

The
test
then
begins
forth over a varying
records

The

medium

(in

case

loop

record

per

spacing

the

tape

back

and

The number
increment of

on line (MOL) is not asserted:
wait for
the drive went off-line [lost vacuum] on

Rewind
Space

forward

to make
N

records.

Space

reverse

records.

Increment

the

sure

direction

Loop

occurs

error

(N)

step

and

back

the

step

will

of motion and the size of the
error
will
loop on
the
size

loop
that

through

above).

If the drive
the
program

loses
will

vacuum due to
type
"waiting

servo

response

Load

the

put

for

TM02/TUl6

the

test

will

TEST
This

END OF TAPE
test checks

time

records

when

TM03)

until

tape).

again,

the

drive

up.

comes

not

seen

can

First,

(for

TM02)

(about
the

The

first

subtest

that

the

controller

the

drive

writes

tape

clear

is
and

one

well

more
past

ensures

only space

the

test

800

10-15

test

tape.

" ensure
a

that

bits/in

EOT
EOT

tape

errors,
to

on-line,

continue.

EOT

200

printout

(steps

on-line...".
and

the

sync.

loop size

If
an
error
indicate the

inches.

of
1.

MOL

loop).

the

contains

gap).

from

caused

167

varies

tape

number of
records.
5 to 21 with an
follows:

spaced

loop

the

interrecord

min

will

for

write

record

EOT.

The

that

EOT

one

just

record

writes

bits/in

2400

the

end

the

tape

test

(for

off

then

does

still

set.

Next the test space reverses 3 records (one at a time) and
checks
that
EOT
is
0.
Then
the
test
spaces
forward
3
records and checks that EOT is 1.
Loop on error will loop
on this subtest except for the initial write of the extra
record past EOT.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

DSTUA Test Summary Part B2 (Drives)

Table 3
Test

(Cont)

Description

The
The second subtest writes 3 more records on tape. Next
etc).
data patterns are 1,2, and 3 (000000,,000001,
should
drive
The
records.
2
reverse
space
to
it attempts

and the
stop after 1 record with a FCE (frame count error)
Then READ REV a record,
frame counter equal to 177777.
If the
up.
(attention)
ATA
and expect to see data = 2 and
data is wrong, the error message will calculate how many
(i.e.,
information
that
print
records were spaced and just

Loop

if the data was 1, you know 2 records were spaced).

'on error will loop on this subtest except for the initial
write

records.

to
The third subtest writes as many records as necessarytest
Then the
see EOT come up (should already be up).
rewinds and checks that EOT is 0 when the drive reaches

BOT.

Loop on error will loop on this whole subtest, but

it will be useful only if a special tape that has the EOT
marker located close to BOT is used.
This test will be done only if switch 18 (TSTEOT) is set.
170

TEST IDNB BIT AND MEASURE DURING NRZI
This test ensures that a PE read will

recognize

the IDB

(ID Burst) near BOT, and that an NRZI write will erase the

IDB.

a
The first subtest rewinds the tape to BOT and writes
to make

1600 bits/in record (100 words, all 0) and checks

sure that the IDB burst bit is 1.

The second subtest rewinds the tape,
1600 bits/in and checks that IDB is 1.

spaces forward at

The third subtest rewinds the tape and writes 100 words a
800 bits/in all 0.

IDB should also be 0.

The fourth subtest rewinds the tape and spaces forward a
record at 1600 bits/in.

IDB should also be 0.

Loop on

error on this subtest will loop on the sequence: REWIND,
1600
WRITE FWD at 800 bits/in, REWIND, SPACE FWD atscoping
bits/in. The write is added to the loop so thaterase the
may be used to find out why the write does not
IDB, although the SPACE FWD detects whether the IDB was
actually erased.

Loop on error will loop on any subtest that detected an
error.

171

TEST EAODTE BIT

(TC REGISTER)

bit (in
This tests the enable abort on data transfer errorwrites
a
The test first
the tape control register).
record of 200 words, all 1ls (pattern is -1), odd parity.
bit
EAODTE
the
with
record
the
reverses
Then the test read
on. The test passes if the drive stops reading with less
than 8 words slipping through.

This test is done once per TMO2.
172

AUTO DENSITY SELECT TEST

select feature on
This test tests the automatic density the
first subtest
It contains two parts:
the TMO03.
writes a record in PE and reads reverse in PE to make sure

that the record being written is good. Then it rewinds to
in
BOT to change density to NRZI and tries to read forward
should

NRZI.

At the completion of test, IDB and PES bits

‘be 1, INC/VPE and COR/CRC bits should be 0.

that the drive automatically selects the

This indicates
proper density-PE from BOT and actually performs the read
forward operation in PE rather than NRZI.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUA

Table
Test

DSTUA Test

The

second

‘reverse

good.

and

tries

test,

subtest

This

writes

NRZI

make

Then

rewinds

read

forward

IDB,

PES,

density

(Drives)

(Cont)

that

the

from

forward operation

This

test

skipped

record

that

the

in
NRZI
and
reads
record being written

BOT

change

density

completion

should

to
in

PE.

and

NRZI

read

sure

INC/VPE,

indicates

pProper

173

Summary Part

Description

COR/CRC

drive

automatically

BOT

and

in NRZI

This

test

record
at
NEF

BOT)
and

write
NRZI

ensures

tape
PE

starting

operation.
starting

from

The

from

the
the

DEN AT BOT

BOT,,

then

write
at

second

BOT,

to write
1 at the

selects
performs

density changes cannot.
be allowed
BOT.
The first subtest writes a

to NRZI and tries to
ERR bits should be 1

and tries
should be

than

TMO2.

that
not

actually

rather

TEST NEF CAUSED BY NOT CHANGING

whenever

the
bits

changes

another

the

subtest

changes

record in
completion of the

writes

density

another

density

record

completion

(not

a
a

PE.

NEF

last

write

(not

NRZI.

the

last

record
BOT)

and

ERR

bits
operation.

This test is skippedvon a TM02.

Table
Symbol

Description

TMO02

Current

TMO02

half

the

TU1l6

DSTUA

TMO3

under

Summary

test

(right-justified,

word).

Current

TUl6

half

the

word).

Symbol

TU45

under

test

left

(right-justified,

right

ERRORF

Error

DATSIZ

Default no. words/recofds (set up during option select).

OPTIMSK

Contains a

flag.

1If

No.

passes

option

cause

loop

error.

1 for bits you care about data comparing‘(set

up during option
RELRPT

will

select).

each

density,

réliability"(set

select).

during

TITSKW

Close skew window: 0 = No, 3 = Yes (set up during option

ADRDAT

Contains
the
first
1location
used
as
the
data
buffer.
This
location may
be
patched
to move
the
data buffer

select).

around.

PHYADR

the

paged,

DATTAB
through

DATTAB+
NUMPAT-1)

Contains

The

the

data

physical

buffer.

ADRDAT

table

complex

actual
will

motion

DATTAB+RELPAT-1

This
always

data

needed

contain

patterns

address

being used

becaus
when running
e

400000.

used

tests.

Reliability

plus

multiple

the

’

(22-bit)

for

wrap

uses

word

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

modes

DATTAB

patterns.

and

through

DSTUB

GENERAL INFORMATION
DSTUB.SAV

CODE

Magtape

RH11-TMO02/TM03-TU45/TU77

DECSYSTEM-2020

Title

Reliability Diagnostic

DSTUB is the RH11-TM02/TM03-TU45 Unibus adapter
magtape system reliability diagnostic written to
The dlagnostlc will test up to
run on the KS10.
that can be
the maximum number
drives 64
This
connected to a single RH controller.
dlagnostlc tests multiple drives serially; that
is, the program runs one unit through a set of
tests, and then runs another drive through the

Abstract

same

set

part

Each

tests,

and

the

preassigned defaults

on.

diagnostic
(record

will

size,

(14), and

start

the

run

with

data

mask,

of each part.
OPRSEL switch

in the description
etc.) as noted
set the
To change the defaults,

concerning

Questions

test.

asked.
be
will
parameters
relevant
Parameters that have been changed will remain in

the

effect until

the

parameters

are

changed

again.

1is asked before several
If the same .question
parts, the response typed in will affect all the
if a response is not
In exec mode,
parts.,
received for each question within a few minutes,
the program will timeout and assume the default.

Hardware

KS10 Mainframe

Required

Minimum of

48K of memory

_RH11-TM02/TMO03
- up to four TU45s

Preliminary
and

Associated

(KS10 STD module)

Programs

Refer to diagnostic hierarchy

Restrictions

Drives to be tested must be connected to the same

RH11 and each TMO2 or TM03 must have at least one

"slave attached.

and

Starting
Procedures

Exec

Mode

Operation

Mount tape of known quality on the transports

the transports
“and REMOTE

tested.

Place

READY

WRITE

‘

Set the appropriate data sw1tches,

Refer

the

standard

ENABLE

and operating

procedure in the KS10 STD module.

User’Mode Operat;on

Gain access to the time-sharing system.

Assign transports to be tested.

Mount

Place the transports to READY WRITE ENABLE,

Set the data sw1tches

and

tape of known quality.

REMOTE

if des1red.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUB

Control

Switches

Refer

Notes

Table

Run
and

times (all switches
TM03 are the same.

Part

times

for

TM02

TU45

Reliability
one

Run

(one

density,

pass,

2400

min

tape)
Interchange

(write

write

"bunch")

Interchange

(read
2.

read

"bunch")

aid
in
scope-looping
a
problem,
the
instructions SCOPE and SCOPE2 are located at
various places in the program.
SCOPE selects
the
serial
number
register
which
provides
sync

capability

the

serial

Select

occurs

select

1line.

appears

the

1listing.

testing

the

serial

number

not

quite

number

wherever

SCOPE

However,

when

SCOPE

useful.

SCOPE2

selects
the
serial
number
register,
the checksum register,
then the serial

then

number

SCOPE2

point

from

Massbus

The

SCOPE

INIT

two

when

desired.

another

pulses

distinguish
than
one
sync

useful

signal

on.
Massbus INIT occurs wherever
contains
RHCLR
or
MTACLR
in
diagnostic.

OPERATIONAL
MANUAL

The

first

SPECIFY

will
(3
If

= TMO03,

typed,

TMO2

response

entered
be

the

response

entered

the

following

TMO3

#X;

printed

1If
For

drives)?"
be:

tested

than

one,

they

TM02

typed

in,

TU45,

drive

type.

TU77)
The

question

SLAVES:
type

separate

the

them

question

question,

number
by

will

If
For

slave

printed

will

one,

they

typed

in,

printed:

TU45,

drive

type.

TM03

SLAVES:

gquestion,

one,

tested

than
TM03

the

this

be:

than

number

commas.

each

(TUl6,

typing

response

the

(0-7).

commas.

will

more
each

printed.

question,

one,

question

be:

DRIVE

the

this

SLV TYPE
by

1If

the

this

than

its

will

(0-7).

will

TM02

separated

Respond

the

printed will

#'s-

typed,

TMO3

starting

allvon4line

the

(0-~7).

commas.

(TUl6,

typing

1If

test

after

question

question,

TYPE

be:

must

TU77)
The

type

separate

the

them

question

slave

number

commas.

CONFIGURATION

carriage

TMO3 question,
the
all on-line drives.

SLV

will
next

number

question

will

INPUT

this

its

printed

(0-7).

just

printed

Respond

the

separated

following

TTMO02

= TM02,

§$'s

must

AUTOMATIC

question

be:

INPUT

TMO3

basic

CONFIGURATION

configuration

TTMTMO02

to sync
listing

the

CONTROL

DRIVE

diagnostic

the

return

<CR>

program

then

typed

answer

enters

the

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

the

TMO2

configuration

or
and

DSTUB

The program automatically determines whether the controller on the

RH11 is TMO2 or TMO3 based on the value of the drive type register
bit 5

= TM02,

= TMO3).

NOTE

This auto mode should not be used unless
the drive type bits work properly.

The

program will not automatically enter in

the configuration any on-line drive on
in the read
error occurs
which an
routines.

The maximum number of slaves able to be simultaneously tested may

be changed at assembly time by redefining UNTMAX to be that number
The configuration routine will not allow
(currently 10 octal).
than UNTMAX slaves to be entered into the configuration

(UNTMAX controls the statistics table size.)

table.

USER MODE DRIVE CONFIGURATION

In user mode, only one drive may be entered in the configuration.

The desired drive must be on-line and write-enabled to allow the
diagnostic to do an OPEN on the drive.

In both TOPS-10 and TOPS-20, the drive must be assigned.
In TOPS-10 the question "type MTAPE to be tested" is asked in the

form: MTXN<CR>.

MTC5,

Type the logical name of the drive; i.e., MTAO,

etc.

In TOPS-20, the question "type MTAPE to be tested" 1is asked in the
Type the logical name of the drive; i.e.,
form: MTAN:<CR>':.

MTAO:,

asked,

etc.

MTA3:,

1f the drive exists, the slave type will be

and then the RH #,

the monitor)

TMO02 or TMO3 #, slave %, and serial

If the drive does not exist {according to

number will be given.

the program will give an error message and ask the

above questions again.
TEST SUMMARY

Table 2 summarizes the test and routines available in DSTUB.

Table

OPERATOR

commands

the

summarizes

routine.

which

may

used

with

the

Table 4 summarizes the DDT symbolic locations.
Table 1

DSTUB Control Switch Summary

Mnemonic

Description

18 .

TRASW

Trace

PHEDSW

Print header for compatability and interchange

INHRSW

Inhibit error retries on data ops

LOOPTS

Loop on current test

SPCTST

Switch

Sstandard (refer to the KS10 STD module)

0-17

23-25

Program

Loop on specific test
Not used

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

Table

DSTUB_Test

Summary

Cross

Test

Description

Enters DDT

CompatibilityuTést'

Ref.

InterchanQe;Read Test

Interchange Write

Test

Operator Function Select Test

Reliability Test (1600 bits/s and 800 bits/s)|

2.
2.

Reliability

Reliability Test (200 bits/s only)

Reliability

Test

(556

bits/s

only)

Reliability

Test

(800

bits/s

only)

Unknown

Test

Tape

Read

Table
Command

(1600

bits/s

only)

Test

DSTUB

Command

Summary

Description

Erase

Réad forward

Read

Rewind

SFN

Space

reverse

forward

indicates
record

(N,

no.
will

of
be

present

record

must

between

spaced.

and

just

SF,

printed.

SRN

Space

Unknown

read

forward

(No

length

data

checking)

Unknown

read

reverse

(no

length

data

checking)

Write forward

Write

reverse

tape

(same

for

SFN)

mark

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUB

Summary

Symbol

DSTUB

Table 4

Description

Symbol

TTMO02

Current TMO2 or TMO3 under test

(right-justified,

left

Current TU45 or TU77 under test

(right-justified,

right

the word).

' half of

TU1l6

the word).

half of

If 1, will cause loop on error.

ERRORF

Error flag.

FASTNR

On interchange, fast mode writes this many bunches.

DATSIZ

Default no. words/records (set up during option select).

OPTMSK

Contains a 1
option

(set up during

reliability

of passes each density,

No.

RELRPT

in bits for data comparing (set up during

select).

optlon select).

3 = Yes

Close skew window 0 = No,

TITSKW

select).

patched

may

location

This

location

first

the

Contains

ADRDAT

(set up during option
-

buffer.

data

the

used

the data buffer

to move

around.

PHYADR

Contains the actual phy81ca1 (22-bit) address being used
This is needed because when running
as the data buffer.

‘

paged,

always contain 400000.

ADRDAT will

Reliability uses DATTAB through DATTAB+RELPAT 1 plus the

DATTAB

through

multiple word

patterns.

DATTAB
+NUMPAT-1

TEST DESCRIPTIONS

SELECT TEST

OPERATOR FUNCTION

This

test

permitting

operations

and

typing

allows

performed

scope

parameters.

select ‘this. test,

type

a heading

program prints

and

(TEST

sequence

looplng

WHAT

the

operations

particular

TEST

set

duestion.

The

(no

asks what TM

(in exec mode)

need to specify TM02 or TMO03).

Type the TM and

<CR>

is the

(carriage

.
return), or just <CR> for the default (the last one tested)
Then the test asks what slave. Type the slave address number
The
(CR>, or just <CR> for the default (the last one tested).
next

parameter

specified

sequence

operatlons.

The test prints the available operations and puts the carriage
on the next line.
Type the desired sequence separated by
Type <CR> immediately to use the last sequence typed.
commas.

Type ALTMODE to go to DDT.

)

Then the test asks a number
operations were requested:

questions,

1600

bits/in):

TYPE THE DENSITY

the

Specify

sufficient;

(CR FOR

'density

i.e.,

for

be used

800 bits/in).

depending

first

digit

(the

what

NOTE

For TMO3,

BOT.
are

FORMAT
Type

800

allowed

(CR,0

the

density

Only

TMO3.

PARITY

(CR,0

only

be changed

and 1600

1 = 7TRK,

= ASCII,

= COMPAT):

format.

= ODD;

NOTE

format are not allowed
= EVEN):

Type the desired parlty (CR = 0).
be asked

b1ts/1n

TMO3,.

= CORDMP,

desired

can

bits/in

7-track and ASCII

This question will not

1600 bits/in density was specified.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL
\

DSTUB

RECORD SIZE

(4-1000(8),

Type the desired size

100):

in words.

CLOSE SKEW WINDOW ON WRITES Y

OR N

Type

WINDOW

only

DATA

run on writes.
PATTERN

(CR

MASK(CR

Type desired

SKEW

Otherwise,

FOR

THE

ONE):

reads.

(CR

the

desired

number

The

test

will

clear

the

data mask.

Type

tape,

mode

-1):

COUNT

the

ONLY)

maintenance

type N.

and

REPT

sequence

(EXEC MODE

LAST

for writes

used

Type data
DATA

the

1):

commands

until

repetitions

beginning

the

statistics

repeat

decimal.

then

execute

position

the

current

count

satisfied,

until

°C

is typed, or until the restart switch is turned on.
If
the repeat count was satisfied, the test asks for a new
command sequence.
Type "C or set the restart switch if
the
If

test
the

finished.

tape

complete

reaches

command

will

cause

the

Note

that

timing

sequence
come
up

during

sequence,

sequence

again.

statistics

message

printed.
waiting 7

used

If the
1limit

due

bit

did

test,

the

test

will

the

tape,

and

begin

the

TOTALS

switch

print out.

"ACCL

This
s for

the

rewind

Turning

counter

of commands.
within
the

(approximately
error

EOT

the command

the

when

executing

drive ready bit
of
the
timing

problems

occurring

not

come

will
eliminate
the
OPI error to come up

each

does not
counter

time"

drive,
will

hung for a long period of time.
The timing counter
no effect on the test if the drive is working.
Note

that

once,

EOT

1loop

SF6

past),
over

instance,

command

tape

all

one

the

will

mark

attempt

read

records will
particular

unknown

test,

The tape will be
record.
Then use

count of
forever).

500

RELIABILITY

has

records

reached

spaced.
that

find

failed,

the

for

number

example, record number
command
string
of
RW
with a repeat count of

positioned immediately before the
the commands UF, SR with a repeat

loop

If a DDT breakpoint is to
put a breakpoint at OBRK.

The

space

BOT

record

read

that record from the printout (for
69).
Run
the
0
test
with
the
(rewind).
Then use the command SF
68.
69th

{(or

not

wusual
process
of
and has the drive

the

hit

record

after

(-1

each

1loop

operation,

TESTS:

reliability

diagnostic writes non-random data patterns on
(including the alternate pattern selected during option
select)
in random size records (for the list of patterns, see
tape

section

9.0

diagnostic

The

reliability

responses

Type

called

table

consists

are

four

tests

will

typed

the

data

patterns).

tests:

test

run

WHAT

TEST

The

through

any

reliability
test

the

following

question:

For Density

1600

bits/in,

1600

bits/in

then
only

800
(test

bits/in

(test

800

bits/in

ONLY

(test

556

bits/in

ONLY

(test

(TMO2

200

bits/in

(test

(TM02

only)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

and

test

DSTUB

the

OPRSEL

switch

following

questions:

COMPARE

DATA

(SW

14)

(CR

MASK

The data compare mask

what

bits

compare.

carriage

mode,

return

the

OPTIONAL

The

DATA

all

bits.,

check

asked

when

indicating

doing

bit

the

format

bits

are

always

printed

but

data

compare.

as-is,

during

here

will

used

one

the

return

typed,

the

result

PATTERN:

typed

most

carriage

recent

SKEW WINDOW

while

data

position

optional

data

pattern

(initially

’

123456, ,654321) .
c.

the

or -1 or just

In COMPAT tape

to be corrected.

pattern

the

BITS):

four

patterns.

will

ALL

will

is a 36-bit octal number
is

ignored

36-bit

data

CHECK

you

program

last

always

are

on,

to ignore data altogether,

Type 0

that bit

means

the

WRITES

<CR>

Skew Window maintenance mode

writing,

type

Otherwise,

type N.

used,

The

default

asked

about

the

user

mode,

the

question

will

USING

FORMAT

(CR,0

skew window and
4.

START TESTING
:
COMPAT)

When

any

reliability

used

specified

default

not

the window will not be tightened.

density

section

= ASCII;

started,

the

format

The

tested.

format

first

the

core

= CORDMP;
1is

dump.

NOTE

ASCII

format

not

allowed

TYPE NR OF THE TAPE PASSES/DENSITY
One

tape

forward
number

The

the

program

current

pass

until
tape

EOT

passes

writes,

pattern

defined

and

write,

mark

for

reads

TMO3.

(DECIMAL)

each

(CR = 1):

read

seen.

reverse,

Type

the

read

desired

density.

reverse,

pseudo-random

then

reads

record

size

forward

the

lowest

numbered TMO02 or TMO3 and lowest numbered slave. The program
then
writes,
reads
reverse,
and
reads
forward
the
current
pattern and
record size on the next to the lowest slave on
that

TM02

TMO3s

have

error

occurs

read

TM03,

been

reverse

selects

the

data

above

sequence.
all

tape

mark,

after

each

the

COMPAT

current

read

a
in

the
a

all

TMO02s

write

skip

the

The

program

then

another

random

record

size,

8K,

and

repeats

the

program writes

been

written,

REV

and

the

status

sequence

then

core

reaches

sequence

the

space

bit

dump,

the

reached
started

current

FWD,
is

and
(TMO2

mark,

the

Now,

only),
tape

the

remaining

EOT.
One pass has
(continuing with

density

checks

asserted.

ASCII

EOT

continues

completed is less than the number
the option select questions.

At
the
end
density, the

nonrecoverable
program will

operations.

core

drives have
Another
is

pattern)

slaves

the

another

drive

above

that

1If

the

all

that

computes

have

space

used.

until

retries,

forward

patterns

does

operation

and

Note

pattern,

buffer

drives until all
been
completed.

passes
during

write

format

1is

rewound

and.

moves

After

and

written.

after

number

passes

now
the
of

requested

of
the
desired
number
of
tape
passes
of
each
statistics
(number of records written, number of

errors,
etc.)
are
reliability
test

printed out,
1is
started

and
if

the

density of
all

desired.

After

the
the

densities that were requested are run,
control will
the console package software if the abort switch
(0)

pass to
is set.

run

the

switch

another

program

the

see

not

statistics

printing

switch

(Sw 2).

program

gets

the

(off-line
retry

type

set,

the

reliability

test

will

for

pass.

error,

etc.)

errors,

the

during

the

non-retry

gets

drive

test,

use

the

(FATAL)

type

(decimal)

ignored

for

statistics

error

nonrecoverable
the

test.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

rest

the

DSTUB

The

set of patterns used for reliability begins at DATTAB and
continues through DATTAB+RELPAT-1
(139 single-word patterns).
The
set
of
patterns
includes
0s,
1ls,
alternating
1010...,
rotating 1s, field of 0s, rotating 0 in field of 1ls, and some

worst—-case

patterns

compatibility
patterns

always

repeat

COMPAT

Because

wused

tests.

that

for

the OPI
size
at

during

The

over

these

test

time extend ECO
200
bits/in is

maximum

record

size

words.

The minimum

record

size

NUMBER

READ

(TEST

some

not be
larger

556

words.

format

in.
than

bits/in

3777 (octal)

words.

words,

the

mode,

and

for

vertical

If the OPRSEL switch
will be asked:

(SW

14)

and

other

LRC

NRZI

test

just

mode.

READ

REVERSE

Type

Just

read

forward.

THE

DENSITY OF

TYPE
The

ALSO

read

initial

checks

reverse

parity

the

format of
the tape.

parity,

and

dead

following

read

CRC,

tracks

questions

forward;

default

(CR FOR

density

is
also
1600
bits/in.
density is sufficient.

vertical

<CR>

well

initial

TAPE

default

for

set,

The

The maximum
1777 (octal)

This test is used to read a tape without knowing the
the data on the tape, or the size of the records on
In

and

additional

The

patterns.

may
not

The

TAPE

interchange

uses

PDP-10

multiple-word

record
words.

UNKNOWN

the

also

several

1600

when

Typing

type

bits/in):

the

program

the

first

restarted

digit

the

NOTE

200

bits/in and

allowed

cC.

TAPE

FORMAT

Type

the

(CR,

desired

important

only

after

read

each

556

CORDMP;

format.

if
it
is
with DDT.
‘

format

WANT

SYSERR

YOU

exec

IDB

mode,

burst

there
print

are

not

= ASCII;
that

this

not

allowed

TMO3.

RECORDING

the

tape

there

and
ask

you

are

OR NO

read

BOT.

is not
out and

2
Note

necessary

= COMPAT):
question

examine

the

data

NOTE

ASCII

bits/in

on. TMO3.

and

<CR>
see

NRZ

there

density,

a: warning

will

if the diagnostic is to continue. Type
Y to continue or N to restart the diagnostic. If nothing
is typed, the program will timeout and assume Y.

The
read

tape

FWD,

read

(read

REV,

FWD

space

if N was

FWD)

until

typed to question
EOT

seen

2 tape marks in
a row are seen (whichever comes
If
the
frame
counter
shows
that
less
than
13
frames were read (in exec mode), or if less than
were

read

(in

with

any

other

exec

pass

after

the

console

again.
ohe

mode),

errors

mode,

set,

user

the

user

each

read

warning

mode,

printed

out

occurred.

tape

package

switch

that

read

until

first).
decimal
4 words
along

:
once,

control

will

if
the ABORT switch
(0)
is
set,
the
tape will
be read

not

the

test

will

always

record

data

will

abort

after

pass.

After

the

data
buffer
for
examination
by
DDT.
The
routine
handle any size record, but if the record is greater

will
than

7776
(octal)
destroyed by

the

words,

the

first

word

7777th

word,

etc.

the

compatible

(including
diagnostic

with

the

other

TM1OA

and

(IW,IR,C)
one drive
another drive at
The header
and

PDP-10

TM10B

diagnostic

magnetic

record

INTERCHANGE AND COMPATIBILITY TESTS
This test allows writing a tape on
data comparing the tape on
800
bits/in
(selectable).

present

and

1600

will

reading

bits/in

and

data
format
|is
interchange tests
tape
reliability

program).

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUB

The

tape

interchange

other

used

drives
of

are

mainly

read.

The

the

run,

the

OPRSEL

switch

(SW

14)

TYPE THE

the

DENSITY OF TAPE

Only

800

densities on IW,IR
CLOSE

tests

window

maintenance

type Y

otherwise N.

may process

bits/in):

bits/in

test.

mode

exec

The

tape.

test

1600

only

same

1600

and

any

<CR>

the

during

these

get

the

tests

1is

1600

are

legal

and

density

the

asked

The

the

(CR FOR

Y OR

whole

either

when

mode.

will

is mainly

asked:

and

only

test

set

bits/in

and C

writing

are

SKEW WINDOW ON WRITES

question

This

Initially,

density.

bits/in.

when

read

and

the following questions

Type

used

and transferring the tape to

compatibility

and

write

drives

tape is identical
tape written by the other.

are
a.

many

when

format

tests

(or at least a lot of tape),

while

and

timeout defaults

initial

skew

writes,

doing

run

are

FAST MODE Y OR N <CR>
This
question
will
only

write.
If

If Y

is typed,

EOT

1is

before

timeout
VERIFY

many

complete

reached

defaults
TAPES

asked

bunches

<CR>

~
during

interchange

5 bunches maximum will be written.
are

will

fit

written.

The

the

tape

1initial

and

are N,

AFTER WRITE

OR N

This
question
will
only
be
asked
during
interchange
run
be
to
is
read
interchange
if
Y
Type
write,
immediately after interchange write.
Otherwise, type N;
the default
When

or C),
at

BOT.

not

ask

the

mode

the

and

tape

and

is N.

exec

read

there

the

density,

diagnostic

start

see

and

NRZ

reading

there

warning

will

continue.

a set

record

first

records

header

record

containing

the

serial

number,

processor

type

and

each

header

and

comment.

header
(once

will
per

the

out

during

PHEDSW

COMMENT
Type

any

(18 CHARS):
comment

continue.

MOUNT

TAPES

to 18

ALL

DRVS,

out

and

is typed,

the

to continue

19)

bunch)

(IR

there

type

number,
is

set,

written

and

date,

this

read

type

<CR>

write).

only.

characters

The program will
ON

drive's

serial

(switch

interchange

DATE AS MM-DD-YY
is asked in exec mode

TYPE
This

tape

writing

tape

IDB burst

Type

or N to restart the diagnostic.
1If nothing
program will time out and assume Y.

The

is a PE

density,

WRT

then

maximum

type:

ENABLED;

TYPE

CR:

DO YOU WANT TO USE REDUCED-SIZE FORMAT
(N

= NORMAL

The

FORMAT)?

interchange write,

test provide

interchange

the option of

the

reduced-sized

format

read

reduced-size

write

format,

(half

bunches

type

read

and

compatibility

the

normal

using either

format

size

the normal

records.

the

question

To
DO

TO USE REDUCED-SIZE FORMAT (N = NORMAL FORMAT)?

size)

use
YOU

the
WANT

IW-INTERCHANGE WRITE TEST (TEST NUMBER 7)
This test will write bunch format tapes on all the drives
at

the

current density.

When all

the bunches are written

the statistics are printed.

1Interchange read will be run

console switches are read.

The program then runs another

if you typed Y

pass

set)

or aborts

the

interchange

verify tapes question.

write

(if

the

the console software

ABORT

If not,

switch

(if ABORT is set).

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL .

the

not

DSTUB

DATA

COMPARE

MASK

(CR

CHECK

ALL

BITS):

The data compare mask is a 36-bit octal number indicating
what bits you want the program to check when doing data
compare.
Type 0 to ignore data altogether, or -1 or just
carriage return to check all bits.
A 1 in a bit position
means you require that bit
format mode, the last four

but

are

YOU

always
WANT

NORMAL

This

USE

the

VERIFY

are

asked:

OPRSEL

TYPE

asked

Only

densities

MASK

Type

tape

as-is,

the

response

(TEST

NUMBER

the

following

TAPE

(CR

FOR

1600

bits/in):

bits/in and
and C test.

the

ignore

bits/in

BITS):
octal number

check

data

questions

density

1600

CHECK ALL
a 36-bit

1is

the

10)

set,

yes.

(CR

was

Initially,

800
IW, IR

COMPARE

TEST

The data compare mask is
what
bits
the
program

compare.

COMPAT

14)

density.

bits/in.

'DATA

READ

(SW

DENSITY

the

1In

FORMAT

again

AFTER WRITE?,

switch

THE

Type

correct.

REDUCED-SIZE

1is

IR-INTERCHANGE

FORMAT)?

question

bits are always printed
during data compare.

ignored

when

1600

are

legal

indicating

doing

altogether,

-1,

data

just

carriage

return to check all bits.
A 1 in a bit position
requires that bit to be corrected.
In compatible tape
format mode,
the
last
four
bits
are
always
printed
as
-ls, but are always ignored during data compare.
The

program

MOUNT

types:

TAPES

ALL

DRIVES

THE

CONFIGURATION;

CR:

TYPE
DO

then

INTERCH

YOU

WANT

USE

REDUCED-SIZE

(N = NORMAL FORMAT)? Y
The interchange write,

test

provide

FORMAT

interchange read and compatibility
option of using either the normal size

the

format or
the
reduced-sized
(half
of
the
normal
size)
format to
read
or write bunches of records.
Make sure
that
response agrees with the
format
in which the
tape
was
If

previously
the

OPRSEL

only

ask

This

test

written.
switch

the

last

then

‘

(SW

14)

question
reads

not

above

tapes

set,

and

the

program

then

continue.

standard

written

will

bunch

format.
The test reads on all drives as many bunches as
were written
(until
two
tape marks
in
a
row have been
read).
After
all
bunches
are
read,
printed and the console switches are

switch

(SW

ABORT

switch

program

runs

software

14)

1is

not

another

(if

set,

pass

the

not

set)

ABORT

set).

the
statistics
are
read. If the OPRSEL

test

over

aborts

the

console

interchange

read

was

interchange

to verify the
tapes
and
the abort switch
interchange write, then interchange read is
If

OPRSEL

switch

tapes

(move

etc.)
to be

and the
rotated

the

After

number

program

ABORT

runs

software

the

times,

switch
(if

set,
on

the

(not

another

ABORT

tapes

the

not
is

test

assumes

from
one
drive
configuration.

pass

set)

set).

there
to

all

have

console

C-COMPATIBILITY TEST
This

test

first

asks

the
the

run

was not set,
run again.
to

drive

(if

rotate

the

second,

interchange test runs again.
The tapes are
one time less than the number of drives in

configuration

drive).

tape

and

read

the

if
been

there

rotated

switches

only
the

are

interchange

read

aborts

the

(TEST NUMBER

11)

one

tape

that

all

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

drives

one

proper

read.

The

(if

the

console

be
1in

moved
the

DSTUB

The

first

question

(after

questions above) asked is:

CMD (CR, R = READ TAPE;

the

switch-selected

OPRSEL

W = BEGIN WRITING NEW TAPE;

E =

WRT EARLY EOT):’

Will read all the bunches on the tape and ask the CMD

Will write a bunch starting at BOT and ask the CMD

Will ask WRT EOT AFTER HOW MANY BUNCHES (DECIMAL) :
Type the number of bunches to be saved on the tape.

question below.

The test will write a logical EOT mark (2 tape marks)

after that many records. It will then ask the above
CMD question again. The erase will abort if a logical
EOT is seen before the requested number of bunches.

CMD (W = WRTBNH;

CR,R—REWIND'AND EXIT;

E = ERASE):

Writes a bunch and asks the CMD question again.

NOTE

1f physical EOT is aborted, the number

of bunches on tape remains the
before the current W command.

same as

Rewinds the tape, types the statistics, and asks to

move the tape to the next drive in the configuration.
After all have been tested, the console switches are
read. The program runs another pass of compatibility
test if the ABORT switch (SW 0) is not set.
aborts to the console software if ABORT is set.

Erase asks how many bunches from the end (decimal)
are to be erased (going toward BOT from the current
tape position). If 2 is typed and tape is positioned
be three bunches
after the fifth bunch, there will
begin
left. The test will then rewind the tape, and
the C test on the next drive in the configuration.

number of bunches of
A compatibility tape will consist of a descripti
ve record, a
records, each bunch containing a headerlengths, followed
by a

rnumber of data records of different
tape
tape mark. Tf the bunch is the last bunch on tape, two

marks will

follow the bunch.

compare all the
A compatibility program should read and data seen
in a row),
bunches on tape (until two tape marks are
bunch, then a
another
erase the second tape mark, append
program
the
EOT,
sees
drive
the
if
However,
mark.
tape
second
should reverse to the previous tape mark, append another tape

mark (thus aborting the write), and inform the operator that
the

tape

full.

e
There are three possible formats for tapes (each incompatibl
800 bits/in

800 bits/in NRZ, 9-track

with the other) - 7-track
be
NRZ, and 9-track 1600 bits/in PE. The tape format should
clearly marked on the tape, as most drives must be told what
they are

reading.

Bunch format - 9-track (normal size)

by 1 tape mark.
A bunch will contain 199(10) records followed
frames (see
The first record will be a header record of 48(10)
contain 24(10)
will
records
66{(10)
header format). The next
frames per record. The lst and 34th record will contain the

first 9-track pattern repeated to £i1l out the record, the 2nd

and 35th record will contain the 2nd 9-track pattern repeated,

etc.

The

set

66(10)

records

will

contain

528 (10)

[=1020(8)] frames per record, with the same data format as the

previous paragraph.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUB

The

third
set
of
66 (10)
records
will
contain
12024 (10)
[=27370(8)] frames per record, with the same data
format as in
the previous paragraph.

1600

bits/in,

written.
written.

800

Bunch

format

bunch

will

mark.

The

frames

(see

records

will

The

record

800

record

contain

set of

24(10)

The

third

per

record,

56(10)

the

set

same

56(10)

with

the

will

tape

will

(normal‘size)

followed

header
per

one

record

format).

will

format

records
same

tape

The

record.

tape

48(10)

56(10)

The

1lst

and

frames

per

first 7-track pattern repeated,
contain the 2nd 7-track pattern

records

data

feet

NRZ

frames

contain

will

data

paragraph.

At 800 bits/in,

header

contain the
record will

records

will

etc.

with

feet

bits/in

169(10)

paragraph
will
30th

approximately

7-track

contain

first

29th record
the 2nd and
repeated,

approximately

bits/in,

approximately 80

the

528(10)
previous

contain

format

paragraph.

12024 (10)
in

the

frames

feet of tape will be written.

HEADER FORMAT
The

header

will
be
a
PDP-10
type
SIXBIT
descriptive
record
information about the writing drive and processor.
string
may
be
6
characters
1long,
left-justified,

containing
Each
test

with unused
be
written
character,

string

SIXBIT

bytes
onto

non-0,

comment

(18

zeroed)
,

strings

Text

String

DRIVE

TYPE

3
4

DRV SER NR
PDP TYPE
PROC SER NR

5
6

DATE
COMMENT

7
8

COMMENT
COMMENT

100284

Header

are

the

same

should

a
be

1984

[THIS
=
IS
.. COMMENT.
]

THE

LISTING

reduced-size

bunch

size

for

size

and

both

format

with

data

normal

patterns

formats.

MICROFICHE

STRUCTURE

the

diagnostic

the

program may

loop

possible

provide

However,

this

tight

used)

the

subtest

taken

NOTE

format.

OoCT.

MMENT.

LOOPING

Meaning

THIS I
saco

with

ERROR

will

characters

5039

half

and
8

unused

PDP-10
1

size

SUMMARY

Example

equals

REFER

6,
max,

first character will
before
the
second

TU45

Bunch

ERROR

test

to 0
(space). The
read
from
tape

characters

String

The

possible
to loop
which may contain

set
and

etc.

scope

structured

small

loop

most
is

section
cases
only

looped

on a whole
one or more

test
error

that

the

tight

possible

the user of
current test
scope

loop.

(unless

DDT

causes

error.

(even if
loops.

error

occurs)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUB

TSTLN>:

TSTSET

; THE START OF TSTKN>

LOOPST

;SETS UP TO LOOP ON

LOOPSE

;SETS UP TO LOOP ON ERROR

;

INITIALIZES

;

CURRENT

;

VARIABLES

TEST

SUBTEST

(SUBTEST
PNTERR

;PRINTS

OUT

ERRORS

;IF AN ERROR OCCURRED,

LOOPFE

MOST

LOOPS

;

BACK TO

;

(IN THIS CASE SUBTEST

RECENT

LOOPSE

;SETS UP TO LOOP ON ERROR

LOOPSE

;

SUBTEST

" (SUBTEST
PNTERR

LOOPFE

;IF

LOOP
ON ERROR,

;

see

test

looping

if EOT

being
loop

which
run,

(end

LOOPS

; LOOPS BACK TO MOST RECENT

LOOPCK

While

ON SUBTEST 2

the

error,

tape)

normally

LOOPFE

will

;

LOOPST

;

LOOP ON CURRENT TEST

loop

asserted.

hit

rewind

EOT

the

YOU

error
If

routine checks

tape

(EOTTFL
tape

WANT

is at

flag

before

EOT

and

continuing

not
to

test.

ERROR HANDLER AND PRINTOUTS

16 (named E) is used as an index in the error stack.

error is actually reported the next time a PNTERR
is executed. This stacking of errors is necessary because
critical registers may change state while the error is being

reported. An entry in the error stack includes this critical
‘

data.

On normal format printout, some register names have
parentheses and some do not. The names without parentheses are
the critical stacked registers. The names with parentheses are

and may contain data other than what the

stacked,
registers contained at the time of the error. For instance, if
occurs during an operation with the GO bit high, the
error
an
control register will probably be printed later when the GO

not

bit is low. However, the data in the command bits willofstill
the

be valid. To see the true value of GO at the time
error, look at the status register DRY bit (not GO) because
the status register is saved at the time of the error.

Whenever the program detects an error, a fault instruction
(UUO)

executed,

which

looks

1like

fault

$C,<ADDRESS>.

The

<ADDRESS> is a pointer to the error table which contains an
entry for every possible error. Each entry in the error table
consists of flags to tell what format the error should be
printed out in, text describing the error, and board isolation
data. The $C indicates that the program should continue after
the error is stacked. (the $C may also be in the error table.)
1f the $C were not there, the fault routine would return
directly to the routine that called the routine that executed

the fault (the next address on the P STACK). Thus, if $C is

not there,

the current routine will abort.

Oon word data errors, A WD ADR of 1 is the first word of the
transfer. On frame data errors, frame 1 word 1 means the first
frame of the transfer.

When there are more than 8 word data errors (defined by DERMAX

the
at assembly time - see paragraph on assembly parameters), This

first 7 are printed, followed by the last word in error.
feature allows the user to infer whether the data errors
persisted until the end of the transfer or whether the errors
stopped in the middle of the transfer.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSTUB

ERROR

CLEARING

initialize

INITS,

the

MTACLR

also

RQUTINES

the

RH
and
magtape,
instruction MTACLR.

reads

error
stack
if
Massbus INIT.

the

error

the
.

and

program

does

Massbus

puts an entry on
not
clear
after

the
the

In
the
reliability,
compatibility,
interchange,
and
unknown
-read sections, a Massbus INIT is done only at the beginning of
the test and after the printing of any errors.
Drive clears
are done normally but only if the ATA,
ERR,
or SSC bits are

PROCESSOR-DETECTED

NXM

error

will

detected,

buffer

are

the

ERRORS

cause

the

memory

accessed.

program

containing
printout

fail.

the

occurs

program
if

error

the

data

error

clear

the

detected and the word is written back into memory
parity error. The diagnostic then continues.

parity

and

parity

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSUBA

GENERAL

INFORMATION

Code

DSUBA.SAV

Title

DECSYSTEM-2020 Unibus Adapter Exerciser

Abstract

is
diagnostic
This
DECSYSTEM-2020 in exec

a
on
run
to
designed
mode, and will verify that
minimum
A
properly.
function

the Unibus adapters

one,

and

preferably

least

two,

Unibus

exerciser modules are required to achieve complete
testing.

However,

which

does

manufacturing,

but

exists

stand-alone mode of

placed on the Unibus.

the

Hardware
Required

field.

require

not

Programs

Refer

(KS10 STD module)

set

first

tests.

EXERCISERS

BUS,

the

- WARNING:

TESTS

The

operator

UBA

MEDIATED

ABORTED

diagnostic

the

is set,

(STANDA)

IF SW 20

the diagnostic

following message:

the

receive

in place,

Unibus

the

and

not

run

only

will

(preferably

(UBE)

(STANDA)

exerciser modules are not

will

1in

(Rev. 2 or higher)

(UBA)

to diagnostic hierarchy

for

least

Restrictions

use

recommended

256K

128K of memory,

0 to 12 Unibus exerciser modules

its

precludes

‘

1 or 2 Unibus adapters

Preliminary
and Associated

anything

The program was written

nothing

KS10 mainframe

Minimum of

operation

will

run

CPU

has

all tests without Unibus exerciser modules.
It

important

absolutely
line,

the

remember

over

control

operator

the

that

does

the

not

KS10

bus

disable

parity
parity

checking via the 8080 console, the occurrence of a
will
adapter
Unibus
the
in
error
parity
automatically and irrevocably stop the diagnostic.
However, if parity is disabled, the program will
check for assertions of the SMPE bit in the UBA
(assuming of course that it 1is
status register
possible to access this register), and provides
fairly extensive scope looping facilities for this
kind

Notes

error.

the Unibus

Note that all

must have jumper W1
last

one

jumper

the

CAl

sure

each

from

removed

reference,

further

systems

except for the

Also,

by an exerciser module.

occupied

For

CBl

exerciser modules

installed,

Unibus.

exerciser

consult

diagnostic,

the

that

slot

Unibus

(MD-11-DZKUA),

exerciser module diagnostic,
Unibus
the
(MD-11-DZKUB), the bus exerciser engineering
specifications (M7855-0-8), the Unibus adapter
technical

drawings

KS10-Based

(M8619-0-UBA-1-H),

DECSYSTEM-2020 Technical

and

the

Manual

(EK-0KS10-TM)

Loading and

Starting

Procedure
Control

Switches

Standard

(Refer to the KS10 STD module.)

Sstandard (Refer to the KS10 STD module.)
Right half switches are as follows:

Allows start at operator-selected test.

Loop on selected test.

Stand-alone

Check parity even

22-35

Not used

mode

use

exerciser mediated tests only.

non-Unibus

it seems to be stuck

high.

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSUBA

OPERATIONAL

CONTROL

The

will

program

tested,
in

and

start

ask

for

autosize

question,

and

test

and

the

for

will

parameters

proceed

control,

(1,

manually.

are

The

through

the

Unibus

adapter

modules

execution.

the

tests

the

numerical

only

exceptions

error

occurs

22),

which

case

all

this

default

the

basic

remaining

are

aborted.
operator-selected

The

exerciser-mediated

tests,

manually.

All

(ring

bell

TEST

SUMMARY

Table

the

summarizes

ERROR SUMMARY
Standard (Refer

switches

test,

Checks

are

find any
mediated

perform

test,

exerciser

switches

tests,

aborted.

bypass

parameters

are

also

used

etc.).

performed

the

KS10

STD module.)

Unibus

tests

that

status
set,

the

DSUBA Test

status

DSUBA.

Summary

high

only

UBA

and

status

which
33-35
memory

accessed,

force

the

CPU

this

write

setting

the

parity

can

parity

the

diagnostic

testing
parity

switch

bit

was

inhibits

to
access
write only

the
UBA
register,

causing

without

high.

we can successfully write to and read from the
registers, and that parity does not get set as

UBA paging
we do so.
Writes

adapter

condition

that

the

accessed

testing.

check

that

Unibus

the

ability

failure

Checks

cannot

stuck

parity

can be successfully
failure or parity error.

tested

page

unless

the
maintenance

page

and

Checks

being

further

error,

operator

not
all

Description

aborted,

loop

input

the

(UBA)
currently
without causing

the

diagnostic

loop on

Table

Test

allow

and

standard

error,

order.

accessing

tests

will

flow

Another exception is when the autosizing routine fails to
exercisers on
the
Unibus,
in which
case
the
exerciser
tests

adapter

Execution

functioning so that autosizing is
restart the diagnostic and enter

when

21,

exerciser

commence

If the Unibus adapter is not
possible, the operator must
-

number

Unibus

then

reads

several

test

Only

includes

patterns

the

into

read/write

and

out

bits

are

data

bit

(no.

28).

error

the

tested,

the high and low PIA bits
(bits 30-32
respectively),
and
the
disable
transfer
if
detected,

and
bad
the

test
1is repeated
with
the
maintenance
bit
set,
thus
providing a quick check of the 4 X 4 memory locations.
5

Checks
out of

that we can write several
test patterns
the UBA status
register without causing

into
a

and

parity

error.

Checks

the

paging
parity

RAM.
bit.

format

Checks

that

the addressing lines for the 64-word UBA paging RAM
by writing the number of a page into that specific page,
doing
the
same
for
all
pages,
and
then
checking
that
nothing
was
over-written.
This
procedure
is
done
both
top-down

and

bottom-up.

‘

read/write

bits

for

each

location

There is no longer any
The error routine types

concern
out the

in the
about a
bits in

the

format.

which

they

both

are

the

written,

clear

Checks

these

out

the

wrap-around

field

bits

WRIO

test.

read-pause-write

tested.

NPR

word

0dd

word

transfers

and

field

operation.

the
maintenance
initiate NPR transfers
memory.

Uses

KS10

transfer

the

are

wrap-around

read

device

and
the time-out
to a nonexistent I/0O device.
then the ability of UBA INIT

bits are set high on a write
If both bits are in fact set,

not

nonexistent

UBA
RAM
the

mode
low byte of

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

KS10

done

of
the

memory

both

check

the
even

UBA
word

the

to
of

DSUBA

Table
Test

Uses

the

UBA

read-reverse

DSUBA Test

Summary

maintenance

transfers

word

transfers

are

done

alternately

Uses

the

36-bit

UBA
is

wrap-around

KS10

the

Both

even

field

1ls

and

wrap-—around

transfers

stored

the

KS10

field

mode

memory.

UBA

and

should

NPR

transfer

words

are

tested.

from

Uses

the
maintenance
initiate NPR transfers

KS10

memory.

mode

byte

the

high

odd
are

initiate

full

even

not

cause

Both

wrap-around

and
and

Os.

The

should

word

disturb

both

UBA maintenance wrap-around mode to

word

1initiate

operations,

memory, and the odd word transfer
to be written into memory at once.

Uses.

mode

memory.

read-pause-write

maintenance

fast

transfer

(Cont)

Description

words

initiate a

even

and

odd

of
‘the
UBA
to
of the even word

of KS10 memory.
This is a read-pause-write operation, and
the transfers are made to both a field of 1s and a field
of Os.
17

Uses

the

maintenance

initiate

transfers

memory.

t?e

transfers

This
is
are made

Uses

the

initiate

Uses

the

made

wrap-around

some

see

end

the

UBA

odd

word

operation,
and
1s and a field

the

mode

Checks

write
and

select

was

the

max.

will

the

clear

field

WRIO-NPR

RAM.

effort

location,

address

of
and

disturbed.
in

the

is
The
and

RH.

into

all

KS10

memory

This

test

uses

paging

writes

memory.

locations,

determine

the

address

This

test

only

error

and

another

memory

mode

write

into

This

memory.

1location

memory or

reflush

cache

all

KS10

the

address

memory

test uses paging

exclusively,
and writes

each

into

1is

There

after

each

write.

test transfers to 256K max.
the

upper

exerciser

test must

can

be done

Checks

that

the

NOTE:

I/O

this

successfully

two

bits

only

set

bit

disable

the

when

Unibus

this

with

UBA paging

then

word

and

the

into

few

zero

UBA

odd

disturbed.

that

disabled

from MEM low to MEM max.

This

Note:

transfers

MEM

program

location

@MEMLOW,

written

1location

wrap-around

the

locations

NPR

location

each

Uses

;attempt

pages
in

low

was

RAM

exclusively,

field

all

word,

into

for

MEM

the

the
1s

zero

both

from

byte

other

the

mode

high

operation,

RAM

location

the

read-pause-write

paging

transfers

occurs

the

mode

wrap-around

location

not

should

show

@MEMLOW

the

does

made

does

Uses

are

1is

wrap-around

data

locations

byte

This

number

RAM

mode

low

maintenance

transfers

the

a
read-pause-write
both to a field of

NPR transfers

memory.

the transfers
of Os.

Os.

KS10

wrap-around

NPR

K510

Unibus
the

data

can

paging

RAM.

lower 16

bits,

the

transfer

in wrap-around mode.

registers

accessed

without

test

fails,

data

the

Unibus

exercisers can

other

UBE

causing

all

I/0

page

fails.

tests

are

aborted.
26

Checks

data.

similar

paths
30

that

can

Unibus

any

the

and

all

the

UBEs

without

the

1losing

read

from

test

25,

except

that

checks

the

data

checks

the

UBA

UBE cycle count registers.
to

test

25,

Is similar to
to

written into
‘

similar

address

the

test

UBE control

25,

except

that

paths.

except that

it checks the data path

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

DSUBA

Table
Test

DSUBA

Test

Summary

similar

the

Sets

test

read/write

the

UBEs

each

UBE

25,

except

bits of
to

KS10 memory.

for

two

Only one

the

that

Sets

KS10

the

each

that

the

UBE

This

Sets
word
used

for

each

that

the

Sets

the

transfers
and

one

test

signals

word

used

work,

check

one

either

word

pattern

intended

not

verify

used

verify

check

either

lines.

control

addressing

the

work,

not

check

UBEs

the

bus,

the

Only

test

only

control
WRIOB

one

half-word

verify

check

either

transfer

from

one

This

bus.

control

low byte
then

test

pattern

intended

the

does

test

signals

and

not

word
used

location and one pattern

basic

WRIOB

work,

intended

Only one

the

that

the

UBE

test

signals

UBE

Does

This

lines.

each

verify

This

bus.

KS10 memory.

for

basic

RDIOB

all

verify

intended

work.

data

only

1ls

from

each

the

same

transferred.

the

operation

data

the

signals.
to

the

high

byte

the

each

UBE
on
the
bus,
register.
'Only a

and
then
does
a
RDIOB
from
the
same
test pattern of all 1ls is transferred.

This

intended

test

basic

only

control

Causes
a

UBE

worth of

data

time.

Only

test

then

being

used

for

the

basic

Checks

fact

CPU,

one

UBE.

control

verify

request

read

the

operation

the

pattern

and

This

test

that

results

from KS10

the

one

memory

UBE

half-word

intended

full

once,
at

location

only

check

signals,

the interrupt

correct.,

and

NPR

being

transferred

each

that

signals.

36-bits

and

control

basic

This

addressing

UBE

used

transfer

one
to

Sets up the UBEs,
to do one fast transfer to one full
of KS10 memory. Only one transfer and one pattern is

word of

four byte

bus.

not

path

intended

that the basic control signals
the data or addressing lines.

the data
37

data

up the UBEs to do two read-reverse transfers to one
of KS10 memory.
Only one location and one pattern is
for each UBE on the bus.
This test is intended to

verify
either
36

transfers
is

work,

one

the

and one pattern

test

the

checks

half-word

transfer

bus.

Only

basic

the data
35

UBEs

memory.

for

the UBE control

that the basic control signals
the data or addressing lines.
34

(Cont)

Description

Each

error

vectors

UBE

made

generated

the

VECNUM

interrupt

only

the

table

are

the

KS10

resultant

vector
is
not
the
same
as
the
one
given,
or
if
no
interrupt is generated at all.
If the actual vector is
‘incorrect,
it 1is automatically autosized and printed out
during the error call.
44

Causes
a
transfers

Unibus
exerciser
to
perform
multiple
NPR
from MEM low to MEM max.
Only one exerciser is

used

test, and routine BLOCKT is used to work
that this test transfers up to 256K max.

UBE.
45

Note

Checks

(by a
if

this

that

UBE)

this

having

will
bit

satisfactorily.
46

Causes

the

Unibus

get

low

line

exerciser

UBA,

can

the ability of the UBA to
KS10
at

sequentially set

level.

BR4,

UBE

jis

two

NPR

relinquishing

any

for

the

level

interrupt

that

Checks
to

asserted

LOW bit

set,

(Note only one

KS10 memory without
47

set the AC/DC
does

used

word

translate

Unibus

the

UBA

status

test)

transfers

the bus.

exerciser

levels

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

that

cleared

from Unibus BR4

and

Unibus

and

in this

control of

the

set

up
is

DSUBA

Table

(Cont)

Summary

DSUBA Test

Test

Description

Checks the ability of the UBA to translate from Unibus BR5
A Unibus exerciser is set up
level to any KS10 PI level.
|is
and the UBA status register
interrupt at BR4,
to
sequentially set up for PI levels 1 to 7.

Checks the

ability of

the

UBA to

translate

from Unibus BR6

A Unibus exerciser is set up

level to any KS10 PI level.

to
interrupt at BR6,
and
the UBA status
sequentially set up for PI levels 1 to 7.
52

Checks the ability of the UBA to translate from Unibus BR7
A Unibus exerciser is set up
level of any KS10 PI level.
is
register
and the UBA status
interrupt at BR7,
to
sequentially set up for PI levels 1 to 7.
of

the

Unibus

bits

are

read

bit

interrupt-pending

the

that

Checks

adapter gets set when a UBE is trying to interrupt.

KS10

system

Checks

that

adapter get

1is

turned

interyrupts

leisure.
54

the

set

off,

interrupt

when a

Goes

and

through

checks

correctly.

all

that

The

UBE

the

pending

combinations

first

and

The

occur.

KS10 PI system is turned off,
No interrupts occur.
leisure.
55

Unibus

two

UBEs

trying

and

bits

the

two

the

are

different

logic

arbitrator
listed

Unibus

The

interrupt.

bits

read

levels,

functions

UBETBL are

set

interrupt the CPU and are both set off at the same time

SIMUGO.

Is similar to test 45,
UBA to arbitrate
the

should

always

get

except that it tests the ability of
(The NPR
between BRs and NPRs,

priority.)

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL